Document mmYYGvBYXQDVvojg9p4a0Z64b

United States Gypsum THE GREATEST NAME IN BUILDING BB013 1446 -- srr United States Gypsum Company Gypsum Drywall construction 4IA edition HandDooK TRADEMARKS: The following trademark] are owned and/or regis tered in the U.S. Patent Office by United States Gypsum Company, B9 and are used throughout this handbook to designate particular CD products manufactured by that company: USG (metal products, O gypsum coreboards, fiber boards, sheathing, adhesives, joint com a 14 pounds. plaster, paints); Sheetrocx (gypsum wailboard, moldings, u sealer, adhesives); FtanconB, Baxboro, Ultrawaia (gypsum board); Perf-a-Tapb. Di/rabond ( jointtreatment): Dur-A-Beao,Perf-A-Bead, Pbrf-A-Trim (corner reinforcement); Pyrobar (gypsum partition tde); Thzrmafiber (insulation products); Grand Prize, Tbxoutb, A-B Tex, Textonb (paint products). >4 .1 Copyright 1965, United States Gypsum Company. > . . . ABOUT THIS HANDBOOK This Handbook of Gypsum Drywall Construction presents complete data on products and systems developed to simplify and speed construction, enhance appearance, and increase the use of gypsum drywall construction. It contains new data on partition, ceiling and fireproofing systems, and revised up-todate information on tools, products, methods of installation and good construction practices. It is a complete and authoritative guide, valuable for both those with limited knowledge and those with broad experience in gypsum drywall construction. HOW IT SERVES YOU This handbook will serve as a quick and comprehensive refer ence for any drywall information you want: Architects and Builders--Complete information on drywall systems, including descriptions, advantages, limitadons and de tail drawings. Contractors and Dealers--Full data on all aspects of drywall products, tools, methods, including estimating and planning. Applicators, experienced or beginners--Clear, concise illus trated instructions on all phases of drywall application from framing to finish. TO FIND THE INFORMATION YOU WANT: Use the fully cross-referenced index at the back. Or--check Table of Contents on page J to find the applicable chapter, then use the detailed table on the first page of that chapter to find the right page. For example, if you want informadon on metal trim, it's in the index both as "Metal trim" and 'Trim, metal." Also, the facing Table of Contents shows "Products" as Chapter 2 and the table of contents on page 21 shows metal accessories to begin on page 32. BB013 5 chapter 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. TABLE OF CONTENTS page Gypsum Drywall Construction 7 Products 20 Methods of Installation 57 Systems 124 Fire and Sound Ratings 232. Drywall Problems and Remedies 242 Tools 264 Index 280 U t l ) " 'vi.-.' _ a'-L-- 6 BB013 1450 /CHARACTERISTICS AND PRACTICES GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION chapter X page Advantages of Gypsum Drywall Construction 9 Good Construction Practices 10 Framing Requirements 10 Job Storage 12 Mechanical Handling 13 Temperature and Humidity Conditions 13 General Recommendations 14 Measuring 14 Cutting 14 Fastening 16 Joint Treatment 17 Decorating 19 CHAPTER 1 Good practices/The drywall revolution THE DRYWALL REVOLUTION In the last decade, gypsum drywall construction has revolution ized the building industry. A dynamic expansion is taking place --to the point that today more than 75% of all new residential buildings have sturdy, beautiful walls and ceilings of fire-resist ant gypsum wallboard. In the last five years, through leadership in research and de velopment, United States Gypsum has introduced many new products and systems for drywall construction. These systems offer specialized sound control and fire resistance together with speed of installation, strength and low cost. Their wide accept ance in commercial, industrial and institutional construction follows the same pattern of drywall's dominance in residential work. The key product in this revolution is Sheetrocx*, the first and most widely used brand of gypsum wallboard, now available in various types to meet every wall and ceiling requirement. Sheetrocx has its beginning in the ground as a gray to whitecolored rock called gypsum. The basic ingredient of fireproof wallboards, gypsum is a non-metallic mineral composed of cal cium sulphate chemically combined with water of crystalliza tion. This "dry" water makes up approximately 20% of the weight of gypsum rock. It is this feature which gives gypsum its fire-resistive qualities and makes it so adaptable to the manufac ture of wallboard. After gypsum ore is mined or quarried (illustrated. Page 6), it is crushed, dried, ground to flour fineness, and heated or cal cined to drive off the greater part of the chemically combined water as steam. This calcined gypsum, or plaster of Pans, is then mixed with water and other ingredients and sandwiched between two sheets of specially treated paper to form a ribbon of Sheetrocx. as illustrated on Page 6. After the gypsum core has set. the wallboard is cut to length, dried, pre-finished as required and packaged for shipment. The entire process is con ducted in strict accordance with specifications to meet carefully controlled high quality standards. Success and continued expansion in gypsum drywall construc tion depends on keeping standards of quality and appearance high while cutting construction time and costs to a minimum. U.S.G. has consistently been in the forefront of this effort, . providing new materials to increase utility and lower cost; new systems with improved fire resistance and sound control; ad- ; visory services to promote better materials handling, market analysis and business management; specification and application 1 information as a guide to good construction practices. ... .1 Advantages of drywall/Good practices 9 Advantages of Gypsum Drywail Construction Fire Resistant--Gypsum will not support combustion. Gyp sum when exposed to fire behaves like a cake of ice when the flame from a blow torch is applied. The ice melts on the surface in contact with the flame while the opposite side re mains cool. Similarly, the surface of gypsum wailboard opposite the flame remains at a relatively low temperature until the m core is completely calcined. Smooth Unbroken Surfaces--Perf-A-Tape* Joint System re inforces and conceals the joints between Sheetrock panels and provides an uninterrupted wall or ceiling surface. Decoration--The strong, highly calendered face paper on Sheetrock Wailboard is suitable for any type of decorative treatment such as paint, texture or wallpaper and permits re peated redecoration during the life of the building. Pre-finished panels are available which require no painting or joint finishing. Walls are complete as soon as panels are installed. These fire-resistant panels have a durable finish that is easily maintained. Minimum Moisture--Sheetrock Gypsum Wailboard eliminates the use of tons of water on the job. Since excess moisture is not put into the building, the possibility of moisture damage is minimized. Craclt Resistance--Bonded together by Perf-A-Tape Joint System, Sheetrock panels form walls and ceilings that are exceptionally resistant to cracks caused by minor structural movement, vibrations or settlement. Uniform Quality--Sheetrock Gypsum Wailboard panels are factory-made products. The raw materials and the manufacture are carefully controlled. Speed of Erection--The use of Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard permits earlier completion of construction--and earlier building occupancy. Snug-Fitting Trim--The uniform thickness of each panel per mits installation of wood or metal trim snug to wall surfaces. Warp-Resistance--Expansion or contraction of Sheetrock under normal temperature and humidity changes and resulting deformation are negligible. 'T.M. Reg. U.S. Pat. OH. BB013 14S3 Good practices/Framing requirements Good Construction Practices Two ingredients are required for a quality drywall job--quality products and skilled craftsmen correctly employing good con struction practices. Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard, the Perf-ATape Joint System and drywall accessories are top quality prod ucts designed to work together, job-proven and constantly im proved. But without proper planning and correct installation by the applicator, the products by themselves cannot be expected to produce the desired quality results. This section deals with the basic recommendations that should be followed in planning and completing the best possible job. These good construction practices can give the applicator greater profit through fewer callbacks, less waste and lower job costs, and quality results that produce quicker sales, higher prestige and an enduring business reputation. Framing Requirements The framing that will receive Sheetrock Wallboard should be thoroughly inspected to be certain that all previous work has been completed in good order. Good framing is essential re gardless of the type of wall surfacing materials used. Minimum requirements for wood framing include the follow ing: 1. Framework must meet minimum requirements of F.H.A., V.A. and/or local building code regulations. 2. Framing and bridging members must be adequate to carry the design and code loading requirements. 3. Lumber must be of the proper grade for the intended use, and 2"x4" nominal size or larger must bear the grade mark of a recognized inspection agency using grading rules recom mended by the American Lumber Standards Committee. scai o CJ . CM Framing requirements/Good practices Although the moisture content of grade marked lumber is low enough for most framing uses, it may exceed 15% which is the maximum recommended for gypsum wallboard application. At the time of wallboard application the moisture content should be as close as practical to the amounts recommended in the U.S. Department of Agriculture publication. Wood Handbook No. 72; 7% to 12% for dry Southwestern areas and 9% to 14% for the remainder of the United States. If the framing mv,- content exceeds 15%, delay the wallboard application until the requirement is met. Drying can be speeded by heating the building to 55 to 70F. and providing ventilation. 4. Framing lumber should be straight, true, and of uniform dimension. 5. Extremely soft framing members should not be used for attachment of gypsum wallboard. 6. Studs, plates, joists and headers should be checked for accu rate spacing and alignment (illustrated, left). Spacing of fram ing should not exceed the maximum allowable for the thickness of Sheetrock to be used. If framing is out of alignment, the surface of the wallboard applied to it will be correspondingly put of plane. 7. Horizontal load bearing members should be of sufficient dimension, and trusses should be fabricated in such a manner that when the full design load is applied the deflection should not exceed 1/360 of their span. 8. Studs or back-up members should be provided at all interior comers for both support and end or edge nailing of Sheetrock Wallboard. Nails may be omitted when Floating Interior Angle attachment is used (see page 75 for details). . 9. All joTsts must be level and correctly bridged in spans over 6'. Bridging should be securely nailed and should not extend below the bottom of the joists. 10. Exterior door and window openings should be properly framed with double studs and headers. 11. If joists, rafters or trusses do not fall directly over studs, top plate must be of sufficient dimension to transfer the load from these members to the studs. Single plate may be used in non-load bearing partitions. 12. Adequate headen should be provided to support fixtures such as sinks, cabinets, towel rods, soap dishes, etc. 13. Frames at all openings in gypsum wallboard surfaces should be set for thickness of wallboard to be used. 14. Electrical outlets, switch boxes, all concealed heating ducts and rough plumbing work should be set to receive the thickness of the Sheetrock Wallboard to be used on the job so that none will cause the board to be held away from the framing. Rough plumbing work and heating ducts should be tested before Sheetrock application. GSfri eioaa Good practices/Job storage FRAMING CORRECTIONS If joisu are out of alignment, 2"x6" leveling plates attached perpendicular to and across top of ceiling joists may be used. Toe nailing into joists pulls framing into true horizontal align ment and insures a smooth level ceiling construction. Bowed or warped studs may be straightened by sawing the hollow sides at the middle of the bow and driving a wedge into the saw kerf until the stud is in line. Reinforcement of the stud is accomplished by securely nailing l"x4" wood strips or "scabs" on each side of the cut (see photo). Job Storage If possible, Sheetrock Wallboard should be ordered for de livery a day in advance of drywall application. Materials stored on the job for a long period of time are subject to excessive abuse. Wallboard, like millwork, is a finish material to be handled with care to avoid damage. The Sheetrock should be placed inside under cover and stack ed flat on a clean floor in the centers of the largest rooms. It is often desirable to place the necessary number of pieces of Sheetrock Wallboard in the location where they will be used. All materials used on the job should remain in their wrappings or containers until ready for actual use. Sheetrock planned for use on ceilings should be placed on top of pile for removal first. Avoid stacking long lengths on short lengths, as the weight of overhang of the longer board is apt to break the boards. If flat storage space is not available an alternate method of short-term, on-the-job storage is placing the wallboard verti cally against the framing with the long edge of the board hori zontal. This method should not be used for long periods since vertical storage may deform the board. With this type of stor age, some jobs cannot be stocked until electrical and plumbing installations are made. Caution should be exercised not to overload the framing mem bers acting as a brace for this manner of storage, and not to overload floor space in a storage area when board is piled flat a a o * u There are so many variable conditions that, in general, outside, storage of Sheetrock Wallboard is not recommended. j* Handling & ventllation/Good practices 13- Mechanical Handling When drywall construction moved into high-rise buildings, it brought with it the new challenge of moving large wallboard panels from the ground to the point of use many stories up. Materials handling on the job site can add cost and whittle away profit while the contractor scarcely knows where his money has gone. Time and money savings can be substantial when correct handling procedures are used. Job conditions vary so widely that it is impossible to establish universal materials handling procedures. However, there is much to be learned from inspecting methods used in various job situations and from reviewing resulting costs. Case studies with photos and step-by-step procedures of ma terial handling methods used by contractors around the country are found in the free booklet "Better Ways to Get Gypsum Wallboard Upstairs." This booklet. No. X-351, available from your U.S.d. representative, will help in determining on-site handling costs and methods best suited to particular job condi tions. Temperature and Humidity Conditions (n cold weather (outdoor temperatures less than 55* F.), con trolled heat in the range of 55* to 70* F. must be provided. This heat must be maintained both day and night 24 hours before, during and after entire gypsum wallboard and joint treatment ap plication and until permanent heating system is in operation or the building is occupied. Ventilation should be provided to elimi nate excessive moisture. In glazed buildings, this may be accom plished by keeping windows open approximately 2' top and bottom (or side-pivoted windows approximately 4') to provide air circulation. In enclosed areas lacking in natural ventilation, temporary circulators should be used. Under slow drying condi tions, allow additional drying time between coats of joint com pound. Avoid drafts during hot. dry weather to prevent too rapid drying of joint compound. Also see "Cold Weather Tips --Perf-A-Tafe Joint System Application," page 97. BB013 1437 Good practices/Wailboard application General Recommendations for Applying SHEETROCK Wallboard Ceiling panels should be installed first. Sheetrock Wallboard panels should be cut so as to slip easily into place. All joints should be loosely butted together. Boards should never be forced into position. Tapered edges, except at angles, should always be placed next to one another. Butt ends should never be placed next to a tapered edge. (Sheetrock Wallboard is tapered and wrapped along the long dimension to facilitate joint treatment. Exposed ends (butts) along the short dimension are not tapered.) Wherever pos sible, Sheetrock should be applied horizontally and in lengths to span ceilings and walls without end (butt) joints. If butt joints occur, they should be staggered and located as far from the center of walls and ceilings as possible. All ends and edges of Sheetrock Wallboard must be sup ported on framing members, except face layer of Double Layer application and where end joints are to be back-blocked and floated. For description of Back-Blocking see page 76. * If metal trim is to be installed around edges, doors, or win dows, determine if trim is to be installed on framing prior to application of wallboard. Refer to Chapter 2 for description of products and to Chapter 3 for description of installations. Measuring--AU measurements must be accurate. They should be taken at approximate wall location of each edge or end of the board, whichever the case may be. Two measurements should be made as a check, one on the other. In addition, this procedure will usually warn applicator of partitions or door frames that are out of plumb so that allowances in cutting may be made. A 12-foot steel tape rule is recommended. Ail tools for measuring and cutting are illustrated and described in detail in Chapter 7--Tools. Cutting--Straight line cuts across full width or length of board are made by scoring face paper, snapping core of board, and then cutting back paper. The common tool used to score and cut gypsum wallboard is a Stanley wallboard trimming knife. e Regardless of type used, blade should always be kept sharp so c that score will be made through paper into core of gypsum ii wallboard. l Use of a straight edge is recommended. An aluminum 4-foot T- j j square, ruled on both sides, facilitates clean, straight cuts. J Measuring & cutting/Good practices 15 Score paper on face of board with cutting knife, using a straight edge as a guide. Break the gypsum core of Sheetrock by snapping and bending away from the scored paper side. Complete cutting by running knife through back paper from above or below. Smooth cut edges with a rasp, coarse sandpaper or metal lath wrapped around a block of wood, or trim with a cutting knife. ta 09 o u Cfl -0 1. BB013 145fSi Good practices /Fastening Fastening--Sheetrock Wallboard is fastened to wood framing with either nails or screws. Traditionally, nails have been the sole fastening means for wallboard constructions, but use of the USG Drywall Screw--Type W is the best known insurance against fastener pops caused by loosely attached board. IVi" USG Drywall Screws--Type W are applied with a positivedutch electric power-driven screwdriver equipped with an ad justable screw depth control head and a Phillips bit. Extensive comparison tests have shown the superiority of the screw over the GWB-54 annular ring nail, itself the most effec tive of nail fasteners. Compared to the nail, the screw offers: * Over 100% greater withdrawal resistance. * Over 100% greater "push-off resistance. * Reduced incidence of loose board. * Increased coating protection against rust. * Reduced fastener head defects, resulting in fewer call-backs. * Tighter attachment of Sheetrock Wallboard to framing. * Fewer fasteners, less spotting and joint compound needed. * Elimination of paper tearing and core fracturing associated with nailing. Two alternate methods for fastening wallboard are available: 1. Double Nailing System--for minimizing defects due to loosely nailed wallboard by placing second nails within 2' of first nails. 2. Adhesive Nail-on System--A continuous bead of Sheetrocx Brand DWA-14 or DWA-10 Adhesive is applied to fram ing plus supplementary nailing; improves bond strength by 50% to 100%, greatly reduces face nailing needed. BB0i3 n Joint treatment/Good practices IT Specifications for recommended nails and drywail screws are given in Chapter 2--Products. The spacing of fasteners is in cluded in the description of each type of wallboard application in Chapter 3. For fastener specifications used in specific drywail systems, see Chapter 4 or consult the official test report. General Recommendations for Joint Treatment The growth of drywail construction in the building industry is due largely to the development of quality joint finishing. U.S.G., the originator and developer of modern joint treatment, has perfected products with overall qualities that provide the best, most uniform finished result. But satisfactory appearance and performance on interior walls and ceilings are in the hands of the applicator. The quality of his work determines how well wallboard joints are reinforced and concealed and fastener heads covered. His planning and skill will determine the quality of the finished surface. Occasionally, during construction, problems arise which are be yond the control of the manufacturer. Nevertheless, through his experience, the manufacturer has developed improved products and methods of use to overcome recurrent problems. The drywall applicator can save time, trouble and expense by observing proper precautions and, in the event that difficulties arise, by making a complete and frank appraisal of his work. The follow ing are precautionary measures designed to prevent problems. Materials--Store joint treatment materials in a dry place and rotate stocks; age and dampness affect the working qualities of this material. Protect Ready-Mixed Pejif-A-Tak Compound from freezing. Check Working Surfaces--Gypsum wallboard must be firmly attached to framing members without cutung the surface paper or fracturing the core of the board. Make certain each board forms a true, even alignment at each joint. Check width and depth of taper in the board. Mixing--Use clean containers and mixing tools. Follow direc tions for mixing the particular joint compound shown on the package. Use clean, lukewarm (not hot) water for mixing. Add powdered compounds to the water. Do not over-thin compound with water! BB013 146 Good practices /Joint treatment Application--The channel formed by the tapered edges of the gypsum wallboard must be completely filled with compound level with the plane of the board. When tape is applied and wiped down be sure that sufficient compound remains beneath the tape but not more than 1/64" under the feather edge. A recommended procedure is to apply a skim coat of compound immediately after embedding tape. Avoid heavy fills. Finishing compound should not be used for embedding tape or as a firstcoat application. Three-coat work is essential for quality results. Because of its exceptional smoothness, low shrinkage and ease of sanding, Ready-Mixed Compound is the ideal material for taping and all finishing coats as well as all nail spotting. Good workmanship by the mechanic will provide finished jobs that require little or no sanding--the goal of all applicators. Abnormal Drying Conditions--Allow joint compound to dry properly before applying second and third coats or decorating. In cold, damp weather all types of joint compounds will dry slowly and 24 to 48 hours is often insufficient between coats. Durabond* Joint Compound will perform at its best under slow drying conditions because its chemical hardening principle is not affected by high humidity conditions. Cold weather diffi culties are more prevalent when improper or inadequate heat is provided. The minimum heat requirements of 55 F. should be maintained at all times during the erection of the gypsum wallboard as well as through the taping, finishing and decorat ing phases. Use thermostatically controlled central heating and take particular care to maintain proper ventilation. Applicators will recognize too rapid drying conditions when the compound takes on a shorter working life, especially along the feather edges and where one joint joins or crosses another. Rapid drying is usually due to low humidity and warm winds or over-heating in extremely cold, dry winter weather. During these periods every effort should be made to prolong the work ing and drying time of the compound. Stop drafts of warm, dry air by closing doors and windows. Shorten the time required to complete the application by working shorter tengths of joint at one time. Raise the humidity by liberally sprinkling sub-floor with water. Do not thin compound with additional water. T.M. Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. eioaa Decorating/Good practices 19- Care of Equipment--As with other crafts, applicators should keep tools clean and in good shape to secure maximum benefits. Mechanical taping and finishing equipment must be kept in perfect working order and all parts must be replaced as soon as they show the slightest sign of wear. Mechanical tools can often "read the wall" better than the applicator. Therefore, a compe tent mechanic with a thorough knowledge of his equipment will constantly adjust his tools to obtain higher or lower crowns ren- ' by particular surfaces on every job. It is recommended that a conventional garden hose with nozzle be available to properly flush and clean Durabond Joint Com pound from all tools, mixing containers, bread pans and equip ment before the chemical hardening action takes place, immer sion of equipment in water will not prevent hardening of the compound. Care of equipment is beyond our control and, there fore, United States Gypsum cannot assume any responsibility for any loss or damage to equipment. Joint treatment product description and specifications are found in Chapter 2--application procedure in Chapter 3. Completion of Job--After trim has been applied and before decoration, correct all surface damage and defects to leave walls and ceilings smooth and without observable blemishes which will show through decoration. Remove all debris and rubbish, excess material, equipment and scaffolding from the job and clean all surfaces as necessary to remove joint com pound, adhesive droppings, etc. so the finished work will be left ready for decoration. General Recommendations for Decorating Quality drywall construction merits equally good decoration, and the wise applicator will recommend paints that enhance the appearance of his finished job. For smooth walls U.S.G. speci fically developed Sheet*ocK Sealer and Texoute* PrimerSealer to lay the nap of face paper raised by sanding. Either will give a satisfactory base coat for Grand Prize* or Texoute Alkyd Latex Paint and other quality interior finishes. U.S.G. also manufactures a full line of texturing materials to meet the preference of every customer. Refer to Chaper 2 for the Se lector Guide to USG Paint Products. Good practices for decorating require that: 1. All surfaces, including joint treatment compounds, must be ta{S dry, sound, dean, free of dust, grease or oil. ta01 2. Paints should be delivered in original unopened containers oO and protected from damage and tampering. ** GJ 3. All materials should be used according to instructions. u 4. Wallboard joints and fasteners should be treated with PekfA-Tape Joint System in accordance with directions. T.M. Reg. U.S. Pat Off. BB013 1464 - /PRODUCTS GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION 2L chapter 2 page SHEETROCK Wallboard 22 Metal Wallboard Accessories 32 SHEETROCK Demountable Products 37 ' Sound Control Products 42 Fasteners and Adhesives 43 . Joint Treatment Products 50 Selector Guide to USG Paint Products 54 CHAPTER I Products/Quality coordination QUALITY PRODUCTS FOR DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION There is only one Sheetrock--the interior wall and ceiling surface developed and improved by United States Gypsum. It is the product which has dominated the "drywall" revolution in residential construction. Systems using Sheetrock wallboard are fast gaining the same acceptance in commercial building. Sheetrock is manufactured in nine different forms for special purposes. Complementing these is the industry's broadest line of metal accessories, fasteners, adhesives, joint treatment prod ucts and paints to provide complete partition and ceiling assem blies for dozens of specific applications. The products described and illustrated in this section are the basic materials recommended by United States Gypsum Com pany for gypsum drywall construction. These materials are de signed to meet the essential requirements of economy, speed of installation, strength, fire resistance, and ease of decoration which are characteristic of quality drywall. U.S.G. drywall methods and materials are the result of years of experience in the field of building materials. They have been developed to achieve the optimum results based on extensive laboratory tests and job-proven performance. The United States Gypsum Com pany trademark is your assurance of a product of proven quality to meet your construction needs. United States Gypsum maintains special wallboard sales repre sentatives to consult with contractors, architects and dealers on wallboard products and systems and their applicauon to special job problems and conditions. They may be reached through the nearest U.S.G. sales otfice (listed inside back cover) or by directing inquiries to United States Gypsum, Dept. 147, 101 S. Wacker Dr., Chicago, Illinois, 60606. SHEETROCK Wallboard DESCRIPTION Sheetrock is a mill-fabricated gypsum wallboard composed of a fireproof gypsum core encased in a heavy maniia-finished paper on the face side and a strong liner paper on the back side. The face paper is folded around the long edges to rein force and protect the core, and the ends are square-cut and finished smooth. Sheetrock Wallboard complies with Federal Specification SS-L30b; ASTM C36. WB B 0 1 3 1 <> Types of wallboard/Products 23 ADVANTAGES Interior walls and ceilings built with Sheetrock have a durable surface suitable for any type of decorative treatment and for repeated decoration during the life of the building. The joints between adjacent boards may be reinforced and concealed with the Perf-A-Tape Joint System, or may be featured by leaving expo*ed or covering with a decorative moulding. Drywan Instruction--mill-fabricated boards eliminate ex cessive moisture in construction. Fire Resistance--Up to 2 hours for partition and floor-ceiling constructions have been obtained. See Chapter 5 for fire resist ance ratings and related construction. Sound Control--Sheetrock Wallboard is a vital component in partition and floor-ceiling systems having excellent sound resist ive properties. See Chapter J for sound ratings. Crack Resistance--Exceptionally resistant to cracks caused by minor frame movement, vibration or settlement Quickly and Easily Applied--keeps construction costs low. Readily Decorated--with paint, texture, or wallpaper. Warp Resistant--under normal atmospheric changes. Availability--24 strategically located U.S.G. operating plants produce and/or stock the gypsum board materials described here. Seven warehouse facilities, in addition to these plants, increase the total distribution and service efficiency to major markets and rural areas from coast to coast. AJ1 standard or specialty gypsum board products may be considered readily available and easily procured upon short notice. GENERAL LIMITATIONS 1. Not recommended where exposure to moisture is extreme or continuous. 2. Must be adequately protected against wetting when used as a base for ceramic or other wall tile (see Insulating Sheetrock limitation). Sheetrock W/R Wallboard is the recommended product for this purpose. 3. Maximum framing spacing: Vi" and 44' Sheetrock Wallboard is designed for framing centers from 16' to 24'; 46' and 'A" Sheetrock, on centers up to 16'. When H' or 44" Sheetrock Wallboard is applied across framing on 24' centers and wallboard joints reinforced, headers are not required. 4. Application of Sheetrock over 44" wood furring applied across framing is not recommended since the relative flexibility of the furring under impact of the hammer tends to loosen nails already driven. Furring should be 2'x2' minimum. 5. The application of Sheetrock over an insulating blanket, that has first been installed continuously across the face of the fram ing members, is not recommended. Blankets should be recessed and the blanket flanges attached to sides of smds or joists. BB013 1467 Products/Types of wallboard TYPES OF SHEETROCK WALLBOARD Types of Edges Tapered Edge SHEETROCK has long edges tapered on the face side in order to form a shallow channel for the joint reinforcement which provides smooth, continuous wall and ceil ing surfaces. Made in four thicknesses: Vs", recommended for the finest single layer drywall construc tion. The greater thickness provides increased resistance to fire exposure and transmission of sound. Vi", for single layer application in new residential construction. Vs", lightweight, applied principally in the double wall sys tem and in repair and remodel work. Vi", a lightweight, low cost, utility gypsum wallboard, for use over old wall and ceiling surfaces. Width: 4'; length: 8', 9,' 10,' 12' or 14' (except Vi", available in 8' and 10' lengths only); edges: tapered; finish: ivory manila paper, suitable for paint, wallpaper or other decoration. SHEETROCK FfRECODE* Wallboard, made in Vi" and Vi" thicknesses, combines all the advantages of Regular Sheetrogk with additional resistance to fire exposure--the result of a spe cially formulated mineral core. Vi' "Firecode C" Wallboard makes possible fire ratings in floor ceiling constructions previously obtained only with Vi" gypsum wallboard. In accordance with Underwriters' Labora tories tests, certain partition, floor-ceiling, and column fireproof ing constructions afford 45-minute to 3-hour fire resistance ratings. These products are used in 2-hour floor and ceiling, 2hour wall and 2 and 3-hour column fireproofing constructions as listed by Underwriters' Laboratories (see Chapter 5). Limitations in addition to General Limitations, page 23:(1). In order to attain fire resistance ratings, the construction of the partition and/or floor and ceiling assemblies must be in. accordance with the respective Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., panel designs. See Chapter 4-Systems, for description of panel constructions. (2) Maximum spacing of frame members: " td 24' c. to c. ol Width: 4'; length: 8', 9', 10*, 12' or 14'; edges: tapered; finish: ivory manila paper, suitable for paint, wallpaper or other deco ration. ( T.M. Reg. U.S. PaL Off. - H, Insulating wallboard/Products 25 Insulating SHEETROCK Wallboard is made by laminating a sheet of bright aluminum foil on the back surface of regular Sheetrock Wallboard. It is effective as a vapor barrier for exterior walls and ceilings when applied (1) with foil surface next to the studs in single layer application, or (2) as the base layer (with foil surface next to the studs) in the double layer system. A significant thermal insulating value is achieved when Sheetrock is installed with the aluminum foil facing an air space of 14' minimum. The metal' foil reduces outward heat flow in winter, and inward heat flow in summer. Insulating Sheetrock also provides an efficient vapor barrier which resists the passage of moisture vapor through the exterior wall and roof construction. The possibility of condensation within an exterior wall and resulting exterior paint failures is minimized. Meets ASTM requirements for a vapor permeability not exceeding 0.30 perm. Limitation: do not use as a base for ceramic or other tile. Thickness: 'A" and Sizes, edges and finish are same as. for regular Tapered Edge Sheetrock. Thermal resistance (R) value Insulating SHEETROCK Wallboard (1) Thickness watt application H' Vi' %' 2.04 2.15 2.26 calling application summer conditions 4.80 5.00 5.11 winter conditions I.SS 1.77 1.88 (1) IncJudini nr spiel of K* or more. BB013 1069 Products/Prefinished wallboard SHEETROCK Vinyl Wallboard is a new product with an unequalled range of style and color, pre-decorated and virtually maintenance-free. A rugged 8 mil vinyl film is laminated to beveled edge Sheetrock Wallboard to provide long-lasting re sistance to stains and scuffs, plus ready washability. The stand ard gypsum core protects against lire. Adaptable to any U.S.G. partition system, also ideal for resurfacing; beveled edges form pleasing "V" groove at joint when boards are erected; no fur ther treatment needed. Available in two series; SHEETROCK Vinyl Panel Wallboard, in choice of 9 stocked colors, embossed with slight texture pattern; SHEETROCK Custom Vinyl Wallboard, in choice of 122 designer-selected colors and six different patterns, on minimum order only. Thickness; Vi"; width: 4'; length: 8', 9' or 10'. Matching col ored nails available. ULTRAWALL" Panels are also pre-decorated, in V-groove, random plank patterns to simulate fine wood paneling. The finish may be treated with USG Plastic Glaze (clear) when additional protection is desired. Matching colored nails are used for inconspicuous nailing; molding available in matching pat terns (see page 36). Thickness: 4k"; width: 4'; length: 7', 8', 9' or 10'; edges: square; finish: Ranch Pine (shown below). Club Walnut, Orchard Cherry, Java Teak and Scandia. T.M. Reg. U.S. Pat Off. BB013 1470 W/R wallboard & coreboard/Products 27 ULTRAWALL Colorcast Panels are pre-decorated with a durable coated paper in a choice of three solid pastel colors. The surface durability is comparable to one coal of semi-gloss paint. Matching colored nails are used for inconspicuous nailing; matching moldings available (see page 36). Thickness: width: 4'; length: 7\ 8', 9' and 10'; edges: bev eled; finish: Shasta White, Sahara Tan and Gulf Green. SHEETROCK W/R Gypsum Wallboard is a water-resistant gypsum wallboard that provides an excellent base for the ad hesive application of ceramic, metal, and plastic tile. It is waterresistant all the way through: (1) multi-layered face and back paper is chemically treated to combat penetration of moisture; (2) the gypsum core is made water-resistant with a special asphalt composition. It was developed for application in bath rooms, powder rooms, kitchens, utility rooms, and other highmoisture areas. Sheetrock W/R Gypsum Wallboard is easily recognized because of its distinctive green face. In addition to its use as a superior tile base in new construction, Sheetrock W/R Wallboard is a cost-saver in modernization work. It permits new tilework to be installed over existing surfaces without tearing out old walls. Limitations: adherence to recommendations concerning sealing exposed edges, painting, tile adhesives, framing and installation is necessary for satisfactory performance (see Chapter 3, page 83). Not recommended for use as an exterior soffit or in other exterior areas subjected to sustained high humidity and mois ture conditions. Thickness: Vi" and Vs"\ width: 4'; length: 8' or 12'; edges: ta pered: finish: green treated face paper, suitable for receiving tile, paint or wallpaper. SHEETROCK Brand W/R Sealant is applied to all raw cut edges and nail heads of special Sheetrock Water-Resistant Gypsum Wallboard used in high-moisture room areas--thus protecting the gypsum core from moisture penetration. Pack aged: 24 pts. oer ctn.; an. weight: 30 lbs. 1" USG* Coreboard is a solid gypsum board product fabri cated for use with the USG Solid, Double Solid, Triple Solid and Semi-Solid Partitions (see Chapter 4 for construction de tails). Additional layers of gypsum board are generally lami nated to the coreboard to provide the completed wall assembly. When used in conjunction with the 2' Solid, Double and Triple Solid Partitions, coreboard is manufactured with an inte grally formed "V" T 4 G edge. USG Coreboard, as used with semi-solid partitions, is available in l"x24" panels prescored either 6" or 8' o.c. Coreboard strips are then easily snapped and separated from this master unit. Thickness: 1"; width: 24"; edges: "V" T & G or square; length: 8', 9', 1(7 and 12' (pre scored--TV lengths only); finish: gray paper, not suitable as an exposed surface. T.M. Reg. U.S. Pat Off. BB013 1471 2a Products/Backing board Type Edge BAXBORD Size Square Edge H" 2' & 4' x 8' l' x 12' W 2' & 4' x 8' 4' x 12' Vs' 4' x 8' "V" T & G Edge Vi' V 2' x 8' 2' x 8' gypsum rib l'x6' gypsum stud iyB' x 6" USG Gypsum Studs and Ribs are made in two thicknesses and stock lengths to serve as non-load bearing internal members of four USG Studwall and Ribwall partition systems. The I%"x6" Gypsum Stud is factory-laminated from one layer 5A" Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard sandwiched between two layers of Vi" Sheetrock, and is used in the USG Studwall #258 and #278 partition (see Chapter 4) as well as in the USG Ribwall #368 partition. The l"x6" Gypsum Rib is snapped and sepa rated on the job from stock lengths of l"x24" USG Coreboard prescored 6" o.c., and is used in the USG Ribwall #418 dry- wall partition. USG Laminating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) is used in laminating studs and ribs to base layer or face panels. BAXBORD* Gypsum Backing Board is a low cost, easy-tohandle gypsum board encased on both sides with strong gray paper, made in three thicknesses: W BAXBORD, for use as a base for the job-laminated Double Layer Sheetrock Wallboard system, and the USG Metal Stud partition system. It may also be used as a base for acoustical tile when applied perpendicular to wood joists spaced not over 16'' o.c. Vi" BAXBORD, the recommended base for adhesively or mechanically applied acoustical tile. It may be screw applied to the USG Drywall Furring Channel: nailed to metal furring members or nailable steel joists; or nailed to wood framing. Vs" BAXBORD FIRECODE, for use as a base for adhesive or mechanical application of acoustical tile in one-hour fire-rated systems. "V" tongue and groove edges minimize air and dirt infiltration. ^ Q * in by W~ ba: the net are app Fin Inst the alur vap< Insu finis. Thiel l/z` vF Wallboard specifications/Products 29 in accordance with (he floor or roof and ceiling design listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (see Chapter 5). (2) Where Vi" or %' Baxbord is to be used as acoustical tile base, store acoustical tile and base in a dry area protected from the elements. Provide flat, solid support during storage. Take necessary precautions to prevent condensation in the storage area and within the structure in which the acoustical base is applied. Finish: gray paper, not suitable as "an exposed surface. Insulating BAXBORD Gypsum Backing Board is made in the same three thicknesses as standard Baxbord, but with aluminum foil laminated to the back surface. It functions as a vapor barrier and as thermal insulation in the same manner as Insulating Sheetrock Wallboard. Widths, edges and face side :S s finish are identical with standard Baxboro (above); length: 8'. e Table I. SHEETROCK Wallboard Specifications s Appro i. d Weight U Thickness Type Edge Width U>s. per MSF i FI RECODE Tapered 4B' 2.600 d H" Regular Tapered 48' 2.600 Insulating Tapered 48' 2.600 FIRECOOE Insulating Tapered 48' 2.600 it d FIRECODE FIRECOOE "C" Tapered 48' 2.02S Tapered 4B' 1,975 Regular Tapered, Square or Beveled ' 2,025 V4' Insulating Tapered 48' 2.070 >- FIRECOOE Insulating Tapered 48' 2,070 y Vinyl Panel W/R Beveled 48' 2.100 Tapered 48' 2.025 Regular Tapered, Square or Beveled 48' 1.526 ie K" Insulating ULTRAWALL Tapered Beveled 48' 48' 1,556 1.556 li >r >/" Regular Tapered 48' 1.097 (S Table II. Backing Board Specifications Appro*. jr Weight :o Lbs. per Thicfcneu Type Edge Width Length MSF >S BAXBORO FIRECOOE T-TK 24' 8' 2.600 %* BAXBORO Insulating V-TiG 24' 8' 2.600 a BAXBORD FIRECODE Insulating V-TtG 24' 2.600 a BAX80RD w BAXBORD BAX80R0 Insulating V-TtG 24' V 2.025 Square 48' 8', 12' 2.025 V-TtG 24' S' 2.070 ^ ft U BAXBORD w BAXBORO BAXBORO Insulating Square 24' 8' 1.526 Square 48' 8'. 12' 1.526 Square 24'. 48' 8' 1.556 Cqreooard V-TtG 24' Various 4.150 1' CorePoard (Prescored 6*88*) Square 24' Various 4.150 * > >8 U B B o ia i4 7 a \{ Construction (thickness)-* WALLS Inferior Walls Single layer over existing walls masonry (limed) wood Iramini metal Iramini Double layer masonry (furred) base finish wood framing base finish metal Iramini base finish ] Ceramic or Other Tile Base masonry (furred) wood framing metal framing WHERE TO USE SHEETROCK WALLBOARDS Regular *4" V4' FIRECODE Wallboard */4" `/a" Insulating (Foil back) y." ULTRAWALL Vinyl Panels Wailbd. %" only Va" only W/R Wailbd. BAXBORD Backing Board 'A' & y.' ye" %* ye' XX XX X X XXX X XXX X XXX X X XXX X X X XX X X XXXX X XXXXX XXXXX XXXX X X XX X X X XX X X XX XX XX XX XXX XXx XXX x x xx X XX Products/W allboard uses Wallboard uses/Products 31 I X XX X XX X XX Xx XX XX XX XX XX X XX X XX XX XX ! I I. jj XX X XX XX X XX XX . X XX XX X XX XX X XX XX X XX XX X XX X XX X 4 5 if w ^C * 0 ^ 0*0 1 til w a o *z ^ iii ^6 5 Jr 2 u c-- ill 5 6* CJ XX XX X X XX XX Xx XX XX XX X XX XX x x X XX XX xx X XX XX xx X XX XX xx X X On'S a* s is?? mi -e Me iB u% -? :i i " S .-s- -g .m2 <v --c r9? * --e ^ 9-ais'S^tfs 1S e a 5 3| Is a Is 5 Is . as 3 ? r-l 3 5I" < tn at o CJ U l V T V 4 W G to a a Double layer Masonry (limed) base finish CEILINGS 3Z Products/Metal accessories 1 i G Metal Wallboard Accessories No. 100 PERF-A-BEAD is a metal corner reinforcement formed of galvanized steel with Perf-A-Tape wings 1Vi" wide (A). Easily applied with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound; pro vides lasting protection for external corners. DUR-A-BEAD* is an all-metal heavy gauge hot dipped galva nized steel reinforcement for protecting external comers (B). It is nailed to framing through gypsum wallboard and concealed with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound as a smooth, finished cor ner. Available in three flange widths: No. 101 l'xl"; No. 102 I'xl Vi No. 103 1 !4 "xl Vi Also available in lighter gauge ECONO models: Standard 15/16"x 15/16"; No. 102 1'xlVi"; No. 103 1 Vi "xl Vi No. 104 IVi'xlV'a". USG Metal Trims offer protection and finished edges for gypsum wallboard at window and door jambs, at ceiling angles and at intersections where wallboard abuts other materials. Easily nailed through the channel and wallboard into the fram ing. Eliminates precision cutting and mitering with simply butted joints. Finished with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (except No. 400 series). Made in three types, ten sizes: No. 200 scries--steel casing, includes No. 20O-A U-shaped channel (Q in Vi" and Vs" sizes; No. 200-B L-shaped angle (D) edge trim without bade flange to simplify application, in Vi' and H" sizes; No. 200-C L-shaped trim (E), requires slotted jamb for installation in most cases, open "V" edge of flange inserts into kerf to make trim adjustable for use with Vi", Vi" and H" gypsum wallboard. PERF-A-TRIM* No. 300 series--galvanized channel with a Perf-A-Tape flange attached (F), suitable for single or double layer wallboard construction, includes No. 300 in size and No. 301 in Vi' size. No. 400 series--reveal type all-metal trim (G), requires no finishing compound, indudes No. 400 in Vi" size. No. 401. in Vi ' size. No. 402 in Vi " size. etoaa Accessory specifications/Products Table III. Metal Edge Trim Specifications Product No. 100 PERF-A-BEAD (200' ctns.) No. 100 PERF-A-BEAO (1000' ctns.) No. 101 DUR-A-BEAO (200' ctns.) l'xl' Flange No. 101 OUR-A-8EAO (500' ctns.) l'xl' Flange . No. 102 OUR-A-BEAO I'/i'xl' Flange No. 103 0UR-A-BEAD I Vi 'xl`/<' Flange ECONO* STANOARO 1Vu'x1Vt' Flange ECONO No. 102 I'/.'xl' Flange ECONO No. 103 1V4'x1V4' Flange ECONO No. 104 lVi'xlVi' Flange No. 200-A Vi' USG Metal Trim U-shaped No. 200-A H' USG Metal Trim U-shaoad No. 200-B Vi' USG Metal Trim L-shaped No. 200-B H' USG Metal Trim L-shaped No. 200-C USG Metal Trim L-shaped No. 300 H' PERF-A-TRIM No. 301 Vi* PERF-A-TRIM No. 400 H' USG Metal Trim Reveal Type No. 401 Vi' USG Metal Trim Reveal Type No. 402 H' USG Metal Trim Reveal Type Length 6' 8* V 6' 8' V S' 8' 6T0* 8' 10' 6' 8' 610' 8' 10' 6' 8' 8' 10' 8' 10' 8' 8' 8' 8' V 10' 7' 10' 7' 10' V 10' V 10' V 10' V 10' 7' V 9* 10' V 8' 9' 10' V 8' 9' 10' Pea. per Ctn. 30 25 150 125 30 30 25 20 75 75 S3 50 75 S3 50 S3 50 S3 63 S3 63 50 50 50 SO 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 SO 50 50 50 Un. FL per Ctn. 200 200 1.000 1.000 200 205 200 200 500 513 504 500 500 504 500 504 500 Approa. Weight Lba./MLF 55 SO 125 125 132 148 504 97 504 122 504 122 504 350 500 350 500 350 500 350 500 350 500 350 500 350 500 350 400 450 500 350 400 450 500 350 400 450 500 122 112 118 94 94 114 142 168 150 182 190 BB013 1477 34- Products/Metal accessories I USG Drywall Studs are non-load bearing channel type studs roll formed from 25-ga. electro-galvanized steel, designed for screw attachment of 3V, Vz" and 5/V Sheetrock Wallboard in the USG Metal Stud Partition System and certain other gypsum drywall systems (see Chapter 4 for construction details). Knockouts are located 12" from each end of the stud (24" from end in western part of country) for pipe and conduit installation. Packaged: 10 pcs. per bdl.; available as follows: Designation OWS-158 OWS-212 OWS-358 Width IK* zvr w Length 3'. 9' 8'. 9'. 10'. 12' 8-. 9'. 10'. 12'. 16' Wt./MLF 340 lbs. 430 lbs. 510 lbs. USG Drywall Runners are roll formed 25-ga. electro-galvanized steel channel-type sections designed to receive USG Drywall Studs and to secure various types of U.S.G. partitions to floor and ceiling. Length: 12'; packaged 10 pcs. per bdl.; available as follows: Designation DWR-158 DWR-212 OWR-218 DWR-358 Width 1Hzvr 2V4' 3H' Wt./MLF 207 (bs. 331 lbs. 380 lbs. 4)4 lbs. "L" Shaped Metal Drywall Runners are I3VxJVx22 ga. electro-galvanized steel angle sections used to secure 1' core board at floor and ceiling in USG Solid, Double Solid and Triple Solid Partitions. Length: 10'; packaged: 10 pcs. per bdl.; weight: 176 lbs. per MLF. USG Metal Base provides a 2!V wide 18-ga. metal face plate as a flush-type or reveal-type wall base. Length: 10'; finish: one 1 coat rust-inhibitive pnmer; packaged: 10 pcs. per bundle. { Available either painted weighing 600 lbs. per MLF or galva- , nized and painted weighing 640 lbs. per MLF. i USG Splice Plates are used to attach face plates to the parti- ' tion and to connect plates at joints. - Metal accessories/Products 35 OWC furring channel i RC-1 channel \ u"'* c"p i^5>qpiA!R^*.y,~r Cold-rolled channels OWC Drywall Furring Channels are ceiling and wall furring channels made of 25-ga. electro-galvanized steel designed for attachment of 34", 34" and 34" Sheetrock Wallboard with 1" USG Drywall Screws-Type S. Face width: 134length: 12', packaged: 10 pcs. per bdl.: weight: 320 lbs. per MLF. OWC Furring Channel Clips are made of galvanized wire and used in attaching DWC Furring Channels to 134" cold-rolled runner channels. They are installed on alternate sides of the carrying channels: where clips cannot be alternated, wire tying is recommended. Packaged: 500 pcs. per ctn., weight: 36 lbs. per M pcs. USG Cold-Rolled Channels, made of 16-ga. steel, are used for furring, and in suspended ceilings and partition construction. Available either galvanized or black asphaltum painted. Sizes: 34", with 34" flange: 1 34", with 19/32' flange; 2", with 19/32" flange. Lengths: 16' and 20'; packaged: 20 pcs. per bdl. 34" size. 10 pcs. per bdl. 134" and 2" size; weight: 34"-300 lbs. per M lin. ft., 134 "-J00 lbs./MLF, 2"-590 lbs./MLF. RC-1 Resilient Channel is a 25-ga. electro-galvanized steel channel which provides for resilient attachment of gypsum wallboard to wood framing or through a wallboard base layer in double-layer application to USG Metal Studs. Widely used to improve sound transmission loss in partitions and ceilings of garden-type apartments, motels and other structures. Pre punched holes 4" o.c. in the flange facilitate screw fastening to framing members; Sheetrock is attached to channel by 1* or 134" USG Drywall Screws-Type S. Width: 234"; length, 12', packaged: 20 pcs. bdl., weight: 213 lbs. per MLF. Limitation: must not be installed beneath highly flexible wood floor joists. RC-1 Channels are attached to ceilings with 134" USG Drywall Screws-Type W--nails must not be used; see Wood Framing Requirements page 10. BB013 1479 16 Products/Metal accessories USG Core Spacer Clips, made of 20-ga. galvanized steel, 4" in height, are used in centering gypsum coreboard in DWR-218 Drywail Runners for the USG 2" Solid Gypsum Drywall Par tition. Packaged: 250 pcs. per ctn., weight: 110 lbs. per M pcs. USG Adjustable Wall Furring Brackets are used for attach ing 44" furring channels and DWC Furring Channels to ex terior masonry wails. Made of 20-ga. galvanized steel with serrated edges, they are wire-tied to horizontal stiffeners, 24" o.c., in braced furring systems. Packaged: 500 pcs. per ctn., weight 52 lbs. per M pcs. USG Galvanized Tie and Hanger Wire--9 ga. wire, for hang ing 1 Vi" and 2' runner channels in suspended ceilings is avail able in 50 lb. coils. 16 ga. and 18 ga. soft annealed wire, used for wall furring to tie furring channels to runner channels in ceiling construction, is available in 50 lb. coils and 25 lb. hanks (28' straight lengths). Divider Inside comer Outside comer SHEETROCK Moldings are available in permanently bonded matching finishes to enhance the beauty and durability of Ultrawall and Sheetrocx Vinyl Wallboard installations. Made of precision extruded aluminum, they cover joints and protect comers. Four shapes--Divider, inside Comer. Outside Comer and End Cap--match the five woodgrained finishes of 44" Ultrawall, the three pastel finishes of 44" Ultrawall Colorcast, and the nine standard colors of V6" Sheetrocx Vinyl Panel Wallboard. The 8' lengths are easily cut and mitered. Packaged 20 lengths per tube. r. c t; t Demountable partition/Products SHEETROCK Demountable Products A full line of specially designed accessories is available for use with the exclusive USG Demountable partition systems. Panels of Vi' thick regular. Vinyl Panel or Custom Vinyl Sheetrock Wallboard and 2Vi' USG Metal Studs and Drywall Runners are combined to create finished movable partitions of ceiling, cornice or bank rail height These easily installed, quickly relo cated partitions use aluminum, steel and plastic components in various combinations to provide modern, low-cost space divi sion. A-01(2Vn Aluminum Components are extruded sections with a satin finish and an abrasion and corrosion-resistant natural anodized coating. A-02 Ceiling Trim provides protection and finished edges to face panels on ceiling height partitions. Easily secured to ceding runner with USG Metal Lock Fastener before wallboard is applied. A-46 Drive-In Ceiling Trim provides face panel edge protec tion and trim on ceiling height partitions. Readily driven into place with plastic headed hammer after wallboard is erected. Not recommended for use with exposed grid ceiling systems having grid modules greater than 4'. A-45 Picture Mold provides ceiling trim and picture mold on ceiling height partitions. Designed for application to ceiling runner with Type S screws after wallboard is erected. A-01 (2V4") Baseserves as a finished exposed-type base with simple snap-on application over USG Metal Base Splice Plates. Easily notched and bent to form outside corners, butted at inside comers and over splice plates for continuous runs. A-37 (4") Base is an alternate 4' high exposed type base applied the same as 2VS" Base, A-01. BB013 1481 A-03 Exterior Corner, A-38 Interior Comer provide rugged, decorative corners. Comes with predrilled and counterbored screw holes and batten insert groove. A-04 Batten finishes vertical gypsum wallboard joints or may be used as alternate for interior comer. Has predrilled and counterbored screw holes and batten insert groove. A-06 Rail fits over wallboard and studs or runners to provide rigidity and a finished trim. Serves as bank rail cap and bottom rail, unglazed comice cap, glazed comice sill cap, partition ter minal. component for door frame assembly and glazing component. A-72 Door Stop provides for the installation of 144" hollow core doors in the ceiling and comice height partitions. Avail able in sets of two jamb sections and one header section for 3'x r T doors with right hand or left hand openings. Sections are j mitered. One jamb section is punched for three 4"x4" , hinges. The other jamb section is punched for a standard strike i plate (lock cutout) and for three rubber door bumpers which ji are included in the set. All sections have punched and counter- K bored holes for attachment with %" oval head drywall finish- J. ing screws. Also available in unfabricated 10' lengths without I miters, holes or cutouts to permit job fabrication :or special hardware or other conditions. _______ Demountable partition/Products 39 A-S6 Glazing Rail serves as the intermediate mullion glazing component and cornice cap in glazed cornice height partitions and the borrowed light jamb and header trim sections in ceiling height partitions. A-68 Glazing Rail Cover is designed as a glazing component for snap-in use with the A-56 Glazing Rail and A-06 Rail. A-70 Plain Rail Cover is used as a snap-in head or terminal closure for A-S6 Glazing Rail and A-06 Rail. A-73 Post is used with the S-36 Post Assembly as a glazing post for bank rail partitions and comer post for glazed comice partitions. A-73-A Post Channel slides into groove in A-73 Post to hold glass. Also receives horizontal edge of glass in bank rail parti tions and when inverted provides horizontal glazing stops for glazed comice and ceiling height partitions. $ A-74 Pedestal provides support for the bottom rail on bank rail partitions erected off the floor. B9 0* 03 Ct O !+ Steel Components used in all Sheetrock Demountable Parti a tions are USG Meta* Studs DWS-212 (2Vi", and USG Metal U Runners DWR-212 (2Vi")> both made from electro-galvanized l, steel (see page 34 for detailed description). Other steel compo- ^ nents. ail galvanized to provide corrosion-resistance and mini- 00 mize galvanic action with aluminum components, have been td designed for special applications. These are listed on page 40. - f HKB Pro< Products/Demountable partition rPwm S-36 Post Assembly consists of one Ys" threaded rod, two jamb nuts, one washer and one toggle nut. Available in two rod lengths--Wh" and 48". The 13 !A " length is used to secure the A-73 post in bank rail partitions accommodating 11 Vi" high glass. The 48" length is used to secure the corner post and intermediate mullions in the glazed cornice height partition. S-71 Post Plate is used with the S-36 Post Assembly as a back up plate in securing glazing posts, intermediate mullions and ~. comer posts. Also used to secure A-74 Pedestal in bank rail partitions erected off the floor. S-70 Rail Clips provide for alignment and attachment of A-06 Rail to A-56 Glazing Rail in glazed comice height parti tions. Used at door frames, wall intersections, and intermediate mullions when S-36 Post Assembly is not applicable. Clips, used in pairs, are screwed to the flat glazing rail web and fit snugly into the legs of the A-06 Rail. S-ll Floor Clip provides firm floor attachment of stud at the terminating end of bank rail partitions built on the floor. USG Metal Base Splice Plates serve as base clips to attach either 2V6" or 4" aluminum base. Plastic Components are designed for durability, low cost and attractive appearance. The gray color is highly complementary to the natural aluminum trim and rich decorator colors of Sheetrock Vinyl Panel Wallboard. Parts are compression molded from high impact vinyl plastic except as noted. P-05 Batten Insert provides a decorative gray color trim to cover screw heads. Made of flexible extruded polyethylene for easy insertion in A-04 Batten. A-03 Exterior Comer, A-38 Interior Comer and (optional) in A-45 Picture Mold. Also available in black color, P-06 Batten Insert. , gg 0 O y p* ^ P-10 Glazing Spline, made of black flexible extruded poiyethyl- /ene, is designed for use with 7/32" and V*" thick glass. P-69 Glazi: color, P-75 Alum. availa Tat Ceiling Drive-1 Picture 21V B; 4' Base Extend Interior Batten Pail Door Stc VxV Sira); Glazing ; Glazing I Plain Rai Post Post Cha Pedestal Post Assi Post Plat. Rail Clips Floor Clic Batten In Batten In s.Glazing Post CapPost Cap3ase Clos BaseJIos ?Ve*V eioaa Demountable partition/Products 41 P-69 Post Cap provides decorative gray cover and finish to A-73 Glazing Post on bank rail partitions. Also available in black color, P-70 Post Cap. P-7S Base Closure Cap serves to finish ends of A-01 2Vi" Aluminum Base at door frames and partition terminals. Also available: P-76 Base Closure Cap for A-37 4" Aluminum Base. Table IV. SHEETROCK Wallboard Demountable Product Specifications Product Ceiting Trim Orive-ln Ceiling Trim Picture Mold 2V$" Base 1' 8ase Exterior Corner Interior Comer Batten Rail Door Stop for IK'door 3'x7' LHorRH Straight Length Glazing Rail Glazing Rail Cover Plain Rail Cover Post Post Channel Pedestal Post Assembly Post Plate Rail Clios Floor Clio Batten insert--Gray Batten Insert--Black Glazing Soline Post Cap--Gray Post Cap--Black Base Closure Cao--214' BaseXIosure Cap--*' Part No. A-02 A-46 A-45 A-01 A-37 A-03 A-38 A-04 A-06 A-72 A-56 A-68 A-70 A-73 A-73-A A-74 S-36 S-36 S-71 S-70 S-U P-05 P-06 P-10 P-69 P-70 P-75 P-76 Length 10' 12' 15' 10' 15' 8' 9' 10' 12' 8' 9> 10' 12' S' r 10' 12' 15' 3 oc sat 10' 15' 15' 15' 10' 10' 10' I3V4' -- - -- 100' roll 100' roll 200' roll -- -- -- - Pcs. /Ctn. 36 36 20 36 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 75 7S 75 75 15 6 sets 12 10 10 10 4 20 4 12 sets 6 sets 50 100 20 10 rolls 10 rolls 5 roils 50 50 50 SO Ctn. Lin. Ft. Weight /Ctn. (lbs.) 360 66 432 72 300 57 360 88 300 114 80 25 90 29 100 32 120 38 80 21 90 23 100 26 120 28 600 73 675 82 750 92 900 110 225 105 -- 120 ISO 150 150 40 200 40 -- -- -- -- -- 1.000 1.000 1000 -- -- -- - 34 40 78 SO 52 32 16 60 5 8V4 94 3V4 9 5 6 5 14 14 `4 4 GO 00 O u tn U f  -VV---* Sound Control Products Adequate sound control is one of the fastest growing require ments in today's buildings. The public has become sufficiently "noise-conscious" to demand effective measures to control un wanted sound in both commercial and residential construction. With its advanced research, U.S.G. has been a leader in de veloping new systems and products for efficient, low-cost sound control for all types of new construction and remodeling. USG Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board, a l/i" thick. 4' wide, low-density board, is used behind gypsum wallboard to reduce sound transmission through a partition (see Chapter 5 for technical data). This structural board is easily nailed to 2x4 wood studs and provides a resilient base for the adhesive appli cation of wallboard. Limited to interior uses only. Gypsum board face layer must be permanently nailed. Not recommended as a base layer in radiant healed ceilings. Lengths: 4'. 8', 10' and 12', packaged: 6 pcs. per bdl., weight: 750 lbs. per M sq. ft. USG Mineral Fiber Sound Deadening Board is a 'h" thick, 4' wide incombustible rigid type board used behind gypsum wallboard to reduce sound transmission through a USG Metal Stud partition (see Chapter 5 for details). Lengths: 8' and 9', packaged: 6 pcs. per bdl., weight 1030 lbs. per M sq. ft. THERMAFIBER* Insulating Wool (Regular) Blankets consist of mineral fibers mechanically formed into a uniform mat of defi nite dimension and controlled density. One side is enclosed with a strong asphalted paper which also forms nailing flanges. The breather side is enclosed in a durable fire-resistant, porous kraft paper; open faced bacts are available if required. Specifications: _ Tbicknou 2* r Width (in.) IS. 19. 23 15. 19. 23 longth (.) 4. 8. 24 4. 8. 24 Approx. Wight>psf 0.33 1.47 T.M. Reg. U.S. Pat Off. B B Q 13, If Drywall screws/Products 43 1 THER.MAFIBER Sound Attenuation Blankets are semi rigid, paperless, spun mineral fiber blankets of uniform dimen sion and controlled density. When inserted in the partition cavity from floor to ceiling, these blankets help provide excel lent fire ratings and substantially increase STC ratings of parti tions. Available: 2" thick for use with USG Sheetrock De mountable System, and l'/i" thick for the USG Metal Stud, Double Solid and Triple Solid Partition Systems. Specifications: Thickness ivr 2" Density Ib./cu. ft. 3 2V, Size 24'x48' 24'x43' Pcs. per Package 11 3 $q. ft. per Package 38 54 Fasteners and Adhesives i USG Drywall Screws are the result of many years of de velopment aimed at producing the best possible attachment of Sheetrock Wallboard to steel, wood or gypsum supports simply and quickly. A complete line of 16 different special, self-drilling, self-tapping steel screws have been made available to improve construction systems and simplify installation methods. All drywall screws are highly corrosion resistant and have a Phillips head recess for easy installation with a special bit and powerdriven screw driver. Wallboard is fastened to steel framing with the Type S screw, to wood framing with the Type W screw, and to gypsum studs or coreboards with the Type G screw. The special patented bugle head used when attaching wallboard spins the face paper into the cavity under the screw head and produces a uniform depression free of fuzz for proper and easier spotting. Defects due to excessive or improper nail dimpling are eliminated. Other head designs are available for the assembly of metal framing and installation of wood and metal trim. Type S screws have a patented drill point and special design threads that provide maximum holding power in steel studs, minimize thread stripping. Special Hi-Lo threads on Type G and Type W screws speed installation, provide excellent holding power in gypsum or the varied woods used in framing. The ability of drywall screws to pull the gypsum wallboard tightly to the framing without damaging the board has virtually eliminated loose board attachment and consequent problems of "fastener pops" in wood frame construction. Fewer screws than nails are generally required. Speed of installation compares fa vorably with nailing when electric screw guns (see Chapter 7) are used. An adjustable screw depth control assures uniformity of penetration, protects the face paper, minimizes core fracturing. Although "fastener pops" caused by loose wallboard are elimi nated, screws will not prevent "pops'" due to excessive wood shrinkage or warping and twisting of framing. Correct selection and proper use of the screw recommended for the specific appli cation is most important Regardless of the attachment method used satisfactory results also depend on meeting proper framing, heating and ventilating requirements (see Chapter I). aa o u A to >4- . . s ^ * n * P i w 'i*a) P ro d u cts/S cre w se le cto r guide BB013 SELECTOR AND SPECIFICATION GUIDE FOR USG DRYWALL SCREWS Description SHEETROCK Wallboard to Metal Framing I* USG Orywall Sciew--Type S-- Bugle Head I' USG Orywall Screw--Type S I2--Bugle Head, ____________fastening Appllcallont__________ Single layer SHEETROCK Wallboard to 25 ga. steel studs SHEETROCK Wallboard to RC-1 Resilient Channel SHEETROCK Wallboard to metal fulling Batten strips in movable partition system____________ SHEETROCK Wallboard to 12 ga. (max.) sleel studs II Pkg.--Bulk with bits M Lbs. No. of qty. wt. bits 16 53 2 16 52 2 M qty.wt_ 2 Lba. 6 2 6'A bronre tinted for identification. Also in IK' 4 IK'lengths. IK' USG Drywall Screw--Type S--Bugle Head I' core units to l runner in 2' Solid. Semi-Solid, 16 61 2 2 Double-Solid and Triple-Solid Partition Systems. USG Metal Base and splice plates. IK" USG Diywall Screw--Type S--Bugle Head i IK* USG OtywiU Screw--Type S--Bugle Head --------------- -------- i Oouble layer SHEETROCK Wallboard to 25-ga. steel studs Double layer SHEETROCK Wallboaid to metal tuning _____ Vi" SHEETROCK Wallboard lace layers to l runners in 2* Sulid, Semi-Sulid, Double-Solid and TripleSulid Systems 44V4 2 1 5V4 2 2 12* 2`/t' USG Diywall Sciew--Type S--Bugle Head V," SIIEETROCKWallboardlacelayerstol lunners 8 60 2 2 15* & MnnutiiiiiEC 4 in 2" Solid, Semi-Sulid, Double-Solid and Triple Solid Partition Systems Face-layer SHEETROCK Wallboards--at floor line --in Metal Stud and RIM Resilient rimim.i --in Metal Stud and RC-1 Resilient Channel systems__________ _________________________ -1 ffl itMt SPttcalteei hi the.a. aalacl I uiaa Unith which li at laail \k* Wei.lUia Ua lalal Ihkhaau at lha aialaiUllla ha Iailaaa4. Ihll H ! AaatMawHh kl4i*| tlidk____________ *lncludi ( bit p< 2M tciiwt tAlt* V*tttal* I* No. 2 M.iUf Cattwnt. 4 *uiw aupplUd 4 pk| at P*l Pf etn . pti ao. UuUrlaCktwIaIkd.. USC &|rs*4ll Sciawi P|ni Nut 2.8?).732, 3.036.2J4. 3,123.923. Olher Patonts Ponding (U.S. lAd Fo(tign) Wood Trim lo Metal Framing 1H* USG Drywtll Screw--Type S--Trim Head ___________ ---------------- (j Wood trim over single-layer SHEETROCK Wallboard on 25-ga. Steel studs 2'A' USC Diywall Screw-Type S--Tlim Head -- - --(] Metal Studs to Door Frames, Runners c5yK* USG Orywall Screw--Type S-12--Pan Head,, r\ bronze linled lor identification Matal Trim t Door Hinges lo Motal Framing H' USG Ory wall Finishing Screw--Type S--Oval rt. Head, cadmium plated to match hardwara t turn ..W......M......l....l.l..S....Ill Wood trim aver double-layer SHEETROCK Wattboard on 25-ga. steel studs Metal door Irame to 12-ga. (mas.) steel studs. Metal studs to metal runners. Also in VS' sire for E-2 Wall application. Door hingos to door (lime and aluminum com ponents to metal IY>' USG Drywall Finishing Screw--Typo S-- Bugle Head, cad. pdlaatted to mi atch hardware & trim SHEETROCK Wallboard lo Wood Framing I1/*' USG Drywall Screw--Type W--Bugle Head Aluminum rail lo metal studs in USG demountable partition system Single-layer SHEETROCK Wallboard to wood framing 16 36 S3 6t 60 13* 8 VS Gypsum to Gypsum Hi* USG Drywailll Sbcerreeww---lTyyppee GU-Bugle Head j &Bfri cross Multi-layer gypsum to gypsum, (do not use for double layer V SHEETROCK Wallboard lami nated partitions.) 45 Screw selector guide/Products i I I* `1 -i i Products/N ail selector guide Wallboard Nutts have been vastly improved since the relation even with the annular ring nail (see Wood Shrinkage, Chap ship of wood shrintage to nail popping was discovered. Nails ter 6). have been developed to concentrate maximum holding power over the shortest possible length--notably the annular ring type As with screws, specification of the proper nail for each applica i nail which has about 20% greater holding power than a cement- tion is extremely important, particularly for fire-rated construc coaled cooler type nail of the same length. However, under tion. The nails recommended below comply with pctformance lengthy, extreme drying conditions such as during a lung, cold standards adopted by the Gypsum Association. Nails, except dry winter resulting wood shrinkage may cause fastener pops USG Mulching Color Nails, ate not available from U.S.G. SELECTOR GUIDE FOR WALLBOARD NAILS fisionlng Applications Fastener Description Nail Approx. Lbs. Nalls Spacing Req'd per MSF C. to C. (1) SHEETROCK 44*. H* and '/<' SliEETROCK Wallboatd; A" and 44' BAXBORD Gypsum Backing Buaid In wood frame (2) (3) l1/** GWB 54 Annular Ring Nail 121A ga ; wilh a slight taper to a small fillet at shank, bright finish; medium diamond point -<3uaummiw A 7' ceiling 8* walls 5'/. Y%* SHEETROCK Wallboard to wood frame (3) ____________ x P/i' Annular Ring Nail (Same as GWB-54 except lor length) a -<nmrmmiurn r-| 7* ceiling 8' walls 5'/, i SHEETROCK fIRECODE Wallboatd face layers lo sta&, feted wood studs over 'A ' USG Wood fibex Sound Deaden 2Vj ' hi Gypsum Wallboard Nail Cement Coaled, 13 ga., dia. head V walls (lace layer) 9 ing Board m ~ mnnuuiLT.| L Vii r -n tofcvveioaa ' Nail selector guide/P roducts V ind V SHEET ROC K Wallboaid over existing suilace, wood Name Vt' dia. head 7* ceiling 8* walls 6'/, V SHEEIROCK FIRECOOE Wallboaid to wood Name I Fi' 6d Gypsum Wallboaid Nail Cement Coaled, 13 ga., '/, * dia. head 6' ceiling V walls 6K V SHEEIROCK FIRECOOE Wallboaid to wood liame IV Sd Gypsum Wallboaid Nail Cement Coaled, 13V4 ga., Vii dia. head 6' ceiling V walls 5*/. V SHEEIROCK FIRECODE Wallboaid; V BAX BORO FIRECOOE Gypsum Backing Board to steel nailing channel ULTRAWALL Panels: ULTRAWALL Colorcast Panels --to wood Iraine (3) --ovei existing surface, wood liame (3) SHEEIROCK Vinyl Panel Wallboaid (9 colors) to wood liame (3) IV Fetter Annulai Ring Nail II ga., `/it' dia. head mmm IV USG Matching Color Nail (Sleel) IV USG Matching Coloi Nail (sleel) IV USG Matching Color Nail (Biass) 6' ceiling 8' walls 8* walls 8' walls IVi 4V4 IK NOTES: (I) Spacing shown ate lot single layer application wilhoul adhesive. (2) See Wood Flaming Requiiemenls and Healing Recommendaiiuns, Chaplet I. (3) Nails shown lor Ihis application aie also the piopei sire lot use with adhesive. J&w eioaa / Products/Drywall adhesives USG Drywall Adhesives represent the latest advancement in wallboard attachment where the finest room interiors are de sired. Their use greatly reduces the nail or screw fastening other wise required, thus saves labor on spotting and sanding. Two USG adhesives are recommended for laminating gypsum wallboard to gypsum backing board in multi-layer partitions and ceilings; Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) and USG Laminating Adhesive, both dry powder products, applied by spreader, require mixing and temporary fastening in applica tion; qualify for fire-rated construction. Two Sheetrock Brand adhesives, DWA-14 and DWA-10, are designed to adhere wallboard directly to wood framing with a minimum of supplemental fasteners required. A water-based contact bond drywall adhesive, commercially available, is used to laminate Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard to USG Metal Studs in the USG Demountable Partition System (see Chapter 4). TABLE V. SHEETROCK Brand Adhesive Specifications Type Adhesive DWA-10 DWA-14 PERF-A-TAPE Joint Compound (embedding type) USG Laminating Adhesive Item 5 gal. can '/ gal. ctdgs. 5 gal. can '/< gal. ctdgs. 32 lb. bag 25 lb. bag 25 lb. bag Items per Package 1 can 12/ctn. 1 can 12/ctn. 1 bag 1 bag 1 bag Gross Wt. U>s./Pkg. 52 30V4 46 29 32'/, 25V5 25 W X b b \ <tC Q 9 T Adhesive specifications/Products 4 Selector Guide For Drywall Adhesives Application A Ooicription Features SHEETROCK Wallboant to BAX80R0 Gypsum Backing Board or SHEETROCK ban layer PERF-A-TAPE Joint Compound (embedding type)--mixed with water, applied with spreading toot Tight bond; permits adjustment of boards after contact: temporary fastening required; qualifies for fire rated construction USG Laminating Adhesive--mixed with water, applied with spread ing tool Excellent bond; levels minor mis alignments; temporary fastening required SHEETROCK Wallboard to USG Sound Deadening Board PERF-A-TAPE Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Lami nating Adhesive--mixed with water, applied with spreading tool Excellent bond; supplemental fas tening required SHEETROCK Wallboard to wood framing DWA-U Adhesive--applied in con tinuous bead to face of framing members with cartridge gun DWA-10 Mastic--applied to con tinuous bead to face of framing members with cartndge gun 1) Not to bo usod in liro-ratod comtructioa. Conforms to ASTM C-5S7-65T 50% to 100% greater bond strength than with conventional fastening; eliminates all field nails on walls, most nails on ceilings; bridges minor framing irregularities; not to be used with Insulating SHEETROCK (1) Reduces face nailing needed by 50%; reduces impact sound; requires supplemental fasteners at 12' to 16' intervals into all 16' framing; can be used with Insulating SHEETROCK Wallboard (1) BBOta ilATOiWW i Products/Joint treatment Joint Treatment Products DESCRIPTION Today's complete U.S.G. joint treatment line includes both ready-mixed and powder-type joint compounds, fiber reinforcing tape suitable for application by either hand tools or mechanical taping tools, new one-day joint system, special topping com pounds, and laminating adhesive. In addition to conventional joint finishing and fastener spotting, certain of these products are designed for repairing cracks, patching, spackling, back-blocking, and for laminating layers in gypsum wallboard double-layer systems. - **ody Mixtd PlRHHAPf Joint treatment/Products 5 ADVANTAGES In Perf-A-Tape and Durabond Joint Compounds, these qualities of superiority have been developed: Excellent Bond--holds tight under normal conditions. Reduced Ridging--joints harden out smoother; low shrinkage and tight cohesion; reduce sanding to minimum; allow faster preparation for decorating. Smooth Working--easy mixing, excellent slip, ample wet mix life: no alkali burning of paint. . In Perf-A-Tape Reinforcing Tape, both comparative tests and long field usage have established these performance advantages: Strength--greatest cross tensile strength, producing joints as strong as the board itself. Crack Resistance--chamfered edges are wafer-thin for easy em bedding, greater holding power to resist edge cracking. Natural Bond--tape truly adheres to compound; spark per forations minimizes photographing; tape has least longitudinal stretch: is pre-creased for easier folding. Use of U.S.G. joint treatment brings the important added advan tage of dealing with a single manufacturer who is responsible, for all components of the finished wall or ceiling--all made by U.S.G. to work together. GENERAL LIMITATIONS 1. For interior use only; not intended for use on wood or wood fiber products (except in certain lamination applications--see Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound below). 2. Bagged products require protection against wetting. 3. Each compound coat must be dry before next is applied. Completed joint treatment must be thoroughly dry before proceeding with decoration. PERF-A-TAPE Joist System consists of Perf-A-Tape Com pound (powder type) and Perf-A-Tape Reinforcement (fiber tape), available either in one package or separately. PERF-A-TAPE Reinforcement is a strong fiber tape specially designed with chamfered edges feathered thin. Special crossfibered paper has great strength both with and across the grain of paper. Many small random perforations allow rapid air escape during embedding. Highly crack resistant. Uses: outstand ing performance when used with companion products for joint reinforcement on gypsum wallboards--either Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound, Perf-A-Tapb Ail Purpose Ready-Mixed Compound, or Dukabond One-Day Joint System. PERF-A-TAPE Joint'Compound is the standard of excellence among products used primarily for embedding tape, and the most widely used of all joint treatment preparations. Supplied in powder form, it has superior qualities of tight bonding, easy BB013 1499 Products/Joint treatment mixing, smooth working, edge and check crack resistance, out standing durability. Special formula minimizes paint discoloration and discoloration from most vapors and gas burner gases in air; no priming necessary with paints which have good resistance to suction differences. Uses: for hand or mechanical application on interior joints, corners and fastener heads; should be followed by Perf-A-Tape Topping Compound for finishing. Also used as laminating compound; requires supplemental fastening. PERF-A-TAPE All Purpose Ready-Mixed Compound is widely used because it produces uniform job results. Comes pre-mixed, hence not subject to variation in mixture. It has a creamy, lump-free plasticity that produces excellent slip and bond, extra smooth embedding and finishing--latest improvement in an all purpose ready-mixed product. Requires minimum sanding, elimi nates contamination resulting from dirty or impure water. Available in either machine or hand tool consistency; supplied either separately or with Perf-A-Tape Reinforcement as part of Ready-Mixed System. On-the-wail cost averages the same as with powder compounds. Uses: excellent for embedding tape, smooth finished joints, finishing metal trim, nailhead spotting. Limitations: container must be protected from freezing; not recommended for laminating in double-layer application of wailboard. PERF-A-TAPE Topping Compound is the companion product used for finishing over Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound. Preferred for its workability, smoothness and paimability; has fine texture and long working life. Latest improvements provide belter slip and feathering, reduced shrinkage, easier sanding, superior bond ing even under poor drying conditions. Has no "built in" factors to contribute to discoloration of paint from vapors or gases. Supplied in powder form, pigmented or unpigmented. Uses: for fine finishing of joints in second and third coat work; also for nailhead concealment. Limitation: not recommended for use in embedding. PERF-A-TAPE Ready-Mixed Topping Compound, a new prod uct, combines the exacting high quality standards of a pre-mixed product with the fine texture, creamy consistency, low shrinkage, better slip and feathering properties required for fine finishing of joints. Uses: as a finishing coat over all joint compounds or in concealing nailheads. Not required when Perf-A-Tape All Purpose Ready-Mix Compound is used for embedding and fin ishing. Limitation: protect container from freezing. DURABOND One-Day Joint Compound is the newest U.S.G.. development for faster finishing of gypsum drywall interiors andwhere early occupancy are important. A powder product mixed E with water, it chemically hardens in 3 to 4 hours, thus permits, c same-day finishing with Durabond Topping Coat or Perf-A- C Tape Ready-Mixed Compound and usually next-day decoration.. * Reduces mixing and clean-up time to result in lower applied.;, costs than most competitive one-day compounds--also produces', ebetter bond and appreciably lower shrinkage. Suitable for band ;f or mechanical application; edge and check crack resistant. Faster Joint treatment specifications/Products 51 hardening formulation also available. Uses: for embedding Perf-A-Tape Reinforcement and as first fill or topping coat, also for concealing nailheads or screws. Used directly over Dur-A-Bead and Perf-A-Bead Comer Reinforcement Limita tions: Not a finishing coat; must be completely covered with Durabond Topping Coat or Perf-A-Tape All Purpose ReadyMixed Joint Compound. DURABOND Topping Coat is a new powdered vinyl finishing compound developed for use over Durabond One-Day Joint Compound. Substantially reduces cost of one-day joint systems, normally ready for use immediately after mixing. Easily mixed; exceptionally smooth working simplifies sanding. Uses: as final or skim coat over Durabond Joint Compound. Ideal choice wherever one-day work is required. Limitations: Not recom mended for embedding. Use only over Durabond Compound. USG Cover Coat provides a smooth surface over above grade concrete ceilings and columns where gypsum wallboard is not required. Supplied in ready-mixed form; easily applied with drywall tools. Fill in form joints; apply one or more fill coats and a finish coat; follow with sealer before final decoration is applied. Limitations: not recommended for use in areas sub jected to continued moisture or prevailing low temperatures. TABLE VI, Joint Treatment Product Specifications Product Description Itema per Package PERF-A-TAPE Joint System 60' tape, 414 lb. compound* in box 250' tape. IS lb. compound in bag 10/ctn. 1 bag PERF-A-TAPE Ready-Mixed Joint System 100' taoe. 1 gal. compound in unit 2/ctn. PERF-A-TAPE Reinforcement 60- rails 250' rolls 500' rails 24/ctn. 20/ctn. 10/ctn. PERF-A-TAPE Joint Compound 32 lb. bag 25 lb. bag 5 lb. box 1 bag 1 bag 10/ctn. PERF-A-TAPE Topping Compound DURABOND Joint Compound, and DURABOND Topping Compound 32 lb. bag 25 lb. bag 1 bag I bag PERF-A-TAPE All Purpose Ready-Mixed Joint Compound 5 gal. carton with plastic bag 5 gal. metal an--no plastic bag I gal. metal an--no plastic bag 1 ctn. 1 an Vctn. PERF-A-TAPE Ready-Mixed Topping Compound 5 gal. anon with plastic bag 5 gal. metal an--no plastic bag 1 ctn. 1 an USG Cover Coat 5 gal. arton with plastic bag 1 ctn. *Cm m furnnhta without knnrta or with ono pJcxtic irnifo por tax. Gross WL Lbs./Pkg. 55 20 30 10 28 28 3214 2514 55 3214 2514 67 67 58 67 67 67 BB013 1497 Products/Paint selector guide BB013 14' SELECTOR GUIDE TO USG PAINT PRODUCTS INTERIOR WAUS-CYPSUM BOARD FINISH PRODUCT USED Typ* ol Finish Desired Velvet Semi-Gloss Gloss Multi-colored Special Surface Treatment New Work Redecorating TEXOLITE Primer-Sealer or GRAND PRIZE Paint SHEETROCK Seale/or FEXOLIFE Primer-Sealer USG Alkyd Enamel Undct. or FEXOLIFE Primer-Sealer USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat None; or FEXOLIFE Primer-Sealer GRAND PRIZE Paint None USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat None;or FEXOLIFE Primer-Sealer Durable Glare FEXOLIFE Alkyd Lalea or GRAND PRIZE Paint FEXOLIFE Alkyd lalea or GRANO PRIZE Paint Epoay Glare Sand Float Feature FEXOLIFE PrimerSealer or USG Epoay Enamel None Orange-peel to Ripple None feature Heavy Stipple or Period Teature As required Medium Light to Medium Heavy Usually none Feature Aj Medium Light to Usually none Very Light Feature Sand Finish None FEXOLIFE PrimerSealer or USG Epoay Enamel None None As required None None None Description GRANO PRIZE Paint FEXOLIFE Alkyd Lalea USG Satin-lustre Enamel, or USG Semi Gloss Enamel USG High-Lustre Enamel USG Super NEO-FLECK, or FEXOLIFE Alkyd latea with Add-A-fleck USG Plastic Glare Primer under USG Plastic Glaze USG Epoay Enamel USG Feature I USG Feature II FEXTONE*; then GRAND PRIZE Paint USG Feature Paint; then GRAND PRIZE Paint (also 2 finishes below) A B FEX* or USG Spray Teature USG Feature VII Thinner* NR/w NR/w NR/ms NR/ms NR/w NR/w SS/USG SS/USG NR/w NR/w W w w w Method Application Bl. Rl, St Rl, SI. B2 SI. Bl. R2 SI. Bl. R2 S Only Bl, Rl. SI Bl. Rl, SI SI, B2. R2 B), Rl Bl. Rl, SI B. R. 0 B, R. 0 B. R, S. 0 s Hours Drying Timo Touch Reco 24 w 24 3 24 3 24 V5 8 55 8 2 24 - 24 A 24 1 24 1 12 1 12 1 12 1n One Gal. Coverage (Sq. Ft ) 450 400 460 500 450 200 225 Variable 400 190 220 200 200 9-36 (lb.) 27 54 (lb.) 27-54 (lb.) KM Send finish r--------------- -- \ None None I USG Teslure VII I W| S 12 I 20-35 (lb.) INTERIOR WOOD TRIM Semi-Gloss Gloss Flat USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat USG Alkyd Enamel Undetcoal USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat None-dull gloss USG Salin-luslre or Seini Gloss Enamel USG High-Lustre Enamel TEXOLITE Alkyd latei. GRAND PRIZE Paint NR/ms Nfl/ms See Above SI, Bl. R2 SI.B2.R2 See Above 3 3 See Above 24 24 See Above 450-500 450 See Above INTERIOR METAL TRIM flat (Water Thinned) Rust Inhibilive Primer Gloss (Solvent Thinned) Rust Inhibilive Primer INTERIOR CEILINGS--GYPSUM BOARD None, il (ret ol rust None, il free of rust TEXOLITE Alkyd Lates, GRAND PRIZE Paint USG Satin-Lustre or USG Nigh-Lustre Enamel See Above See Above See Above See Above See Above See Above See Above See Above See Above See Above Flat (low Scrub) Nona None TEXOLITE Standard NR/w B1.R1.S1 `A 24 350 Paint Flat (Med. Scrub) None, or TEXOLITE Primer-Scalar None USG Super Ceiling White NR/w BI.Rt.S2 'A 8 250 Flat(High Scrub) TEXOLITE Primer- GRAND PRIZE LATEX GRANO PRIZE Paint NR/w Bl, Rl. SI 'A 450 Sealer or GRAND Wall Paint PRIZE Letei Textured USG Teslure 1, II, or USG Teslure 1, II, or Any ol above finishes See See See See Vtl VII lor wallboard Above Above Above Above Above 1 Rough Teitui* None (Smooth with Ready-Miied Compd.) None (Smooth with USG Imperiel 01 Ready-Mixed Compd.) Sprey Texture Paint NR/w $ Only 24 Not Rec. -- EXTERIOR SOFFITS-GYPSUM BOARD low Sheen Medium luitre 2-Coals, lor old light chalk surlace--dean, duslIrae, wire brush oil chalk prior lo painting USG Vinyl Exterior Painl USG Latex House Paint NR/w NR/w Bl, Rl, SI Bl, Rl. SI 'A 8 8 NOTES'. "Ocyin, Tims" and "Coveuis" ilimitai an based on svsnje conditions. "Touch"-lumiluie can bo relumed lo living aieas. Abbreviations Method ol Application: B-blush. R-roller. S-spias, T-lrowel, O-olhei: 1.2.3-order ol pieleienco. fhinneis: NS/w-Not recommended, use uiater spaii0|l>: NR/ms-Nol recommended. use mmeial spmls il needed: SS/USC-Special Solvent maiiulacluied by U S. Gypsum: W-watei pel diieclions. Paint selector guide/Products / I BB013 1500 \ 6 y ! /METHODS OF INSTALLATION GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION 5T I' chapter 3 page Types of Application 58 Planning the Job 59 Horizontal vs. Vertical Application 59 Framing Member Spacing 60 Wood Framing Requirements 60 Estimating Materials 61 Application Recommendations 64 Screw Application 64 Nail Application 65 Double Nailing Application 66 Adhesive Nail-On Application 67 Adhesive Application--Multi-Layer 70 Application Methods 73 Single Layer 73 Floating Interior Angle 75 Back-Blocking 76 Double Layer 79 Predecorated Wallboard Application 81 SHEETROCK Moldings 82 SHEETROCK W/R Application 83 Metal Trim Application 86 Joint System Application 88 PERF-A-TAPE Joint System 90 PERF-A-TAPE Ready-Mixed Compound 94 DURABONO Joint System 95 Cold Weather Tips 97 USG Cover Coat Application 100 Special Applications 101 Arches 101 Curved Surfaces 102 Sliding Doors 103 Resurfacing 104 Radiant Heat Application 105 Exterior Ceilings and Soffits 108 Wood and Metal Runner Attachment 110 Sound Control Products Application 112 Insulating Blankets 112 Sound Attenuation Blankets 113 Sound Deadening Board 113 Caulking Application 114 Metal Door and Borrowed Light Frames 115 Metal Window Installation- US Electrical Fixture Installation 119 Fixture Attachment 119 Installation methods/Application types Types of Application Sheethock Wallboard provides a variety of durable, fire-resistant easily decorated surfacing materials for interior wails, ceilings, and partitions. Sheethock may be applied in one or two layers directly to wood framing members, to metal studs or channels or to gypsum studs, ribs or backing boards. Single Layer Application--This basic construction is used to surface interior walls and ceilings not exposed to extreme or continuous moisture, where economy, fast erection, and fire resistance are required. It is equally suitable for remodeling, altering and resurfacing cracked and defaced areas: also usable for open porch and carport ceilings and soffits of eaves and rakes when the construction protects the Sheetrock Wallboard from direct contact with water. Double Layer Application--Consists of a face layer of Sheethock job-laminated to a base layer of gypsum, wood fiber or mineral fiber board that is directly attached to framing mem bers. This construction offers greater strength and higher resist ance to fire and sound transmission. Walls and ceilings so constructed are highly resistant to cracking, easy to decorate. They minimize the possibility of fastener "pops" and discoloration over fastener heads. Fastening Methods--Wallboard is applied by several alternate methods depending on the type of supports and materials used: 1. Single Nailing--conventional attachment for wood framing. 2. Double Nailing--for minimizing defects due to loosely nailed wallboard. 3. Adhesive Nail-on--continuous bead of Sheethock Brand DWA-14 or DWA-10 Adhesive applied to wood framing plus supplemental nailing; improves bond strength, greatly reduces face nailing needed. 4. Screw Attachment--USG Drywall Screws are the best known insurance against fastener pops caused by loosely attached board. Recommended in wood frame application; required with drywall systems employing metal framing. 5. Adhesive Attachment--the latest advancement for producing the finest room interiors. Usually requires only supplemental fasteners to attach face layers to gypsum studs, ribs or backing boards. Reduced nail or screw fastening required saves spotting and sanding labor; minimizes nail pops and joint ridging. TLQQ/ q Planning the job/Installation methods 59 Planning the Job Advanced planning by the drywall applicator can mean savings in time and material cost and a better appearing job. Proper planning will result in the most effective use of material, the elimination of unnecessary joints, and the location of required joints at the least conspicuous places. Try to span the whole wall or ceiling from comer to comer with one sheet of wallboard. Use the longest practical lengths obtainable. This will keep butt joints to a minimum. End joints, when they occur, should be staggered. In double layer construction, joints occurring in the face layer are offset at least 10" from parallel joints in the base layer. The layout of the base layer must be planned to account for this offset and still provide optimum joint finishing conditions and efficient use of materials in the face layer as mentioned above. HORIZONTAL VS. VERTICAL APPLICATION Sheetkock WaJlboard may be applied horizontally (long edges of the board at right angles to the framing) or vertically (long edges parallel to framing). Fire rated partitions generally require vertical application. Horizontal application is generally better because it offers the following advantages: 1. Reduces lineal footage of joint treatment up to 25%. 2. Strongest dimension of board runs across framing members. 3. Bridges irregularities in alignment and spacing of framing members. 4. Better bracing continuity--each panel ties more framing members together. 5. Joints on walls are at a convenient height for the finishing operation with Perf-A-Tape Joint System. BB013 1503 Estimating materials/Installation methods 6: 2. Framing members should be straight, true, of uniform dimension. Studs and joists must be in true alignment; bridging, lire stops, soil pipes, etc., must not protrude beyond framing. ' 3. All framing lumber should be of a good grade for the in tended use, and 2"x4" nominal size or larger should bear the grade marie of a recognized inspection agency using grading rules for lumber recommended to American Lumber Standards Committee. 4. All framing lumber should have a moisture content not in excess of 15% at time of gypsum wallboard applications. 5. Do not attach gypsum wallboard to extremely soft framing members. Failure to observe these minimum framing requirements, which are applicable to screw, nail and adhesive attachment, will mate rially increase the possibility of fastener failure due to warping or dimensional changes. This is particularly true if framing lumber has greater than normal tendencies to warp or shrink after erection. Framing should approach as closely as possible the moisture content it will reach in service by allowing the building, after it is enclosed, to stand as long as possible prior to the application of the gypsum wallboard. Provide heat in winter or during damp conditions at a uniform temperature in the range of 55 to 70F. Provide ventilation to remove excess moisture. ESTIMATING MATERIALS Wallboard--From practical experience professional estimators have developed many methods of determining footage required to complete various types of jobs. Basically, these methods stem from the simple principle of "scaling a plan," and determining the length and width and ceiling height of each room on the plan. Frequently, door and window openings are "figured solid" with no openings considered. Exceptions may be large picture windows and large door openings. From these dimensions the estimator determines the square footage of each room. The footage of each room is added to determine total footage re quired. From these figures, the lengths of gypsum wallboard needed may be determined. cog! eioaa Plan to use the longest practical length of Shebtrooc wallboard that will span the ceiling and wall area. This will reduce butt joints to a minimum or eliminate them entirely. When estimating walls adjacent to sloping ceilings, plan carefully so that there will be a minimum of waste. Refer to Chapter 2--Products--Tables I and II for available lengths of each type wallboard. For the convenience of the drywail applicator, the Rapid Room Measure Table shown on the next page gives the total area in sq. ft. (4 walls and the ceiling) of rectangular rooms with 8' cc<eiling heights. For net footage deduct openings. 62 Installation metiiods/Rapid room measure RAPID ROOM MEASURE TABLE1 33i -l*|2 =l=!= =|=b fc Islsisjs s jaj^ o S|S5 3 s 2 *a a 2 3 3li|| 2IIIIII s)a 8|5 S|5|5 s| I Si s a c 3 s 5 *llil illliilllil 5 s I Iili 312 Stl 2 3 2 2 3|3|Sl5|i R 112:9 IS s s| s| i 3 3 S sisis sisis 5iS !!3 2|S g sisjsii v. W 2 s s|a 5|| 3 a S sjsisjais lils Is ia is ISIS iS!5 is Is; 5i' 5 31 2 5| i 5 5 3 SI=| = |5|2j5!i!5ls;Si2i3!2i5i2iai5 i! **! * sjs 3 3 lisjfijsisjEjsisisisifllilr slslais 9 315 9 a 5 2 2IS| = |2l5|ijS,:g:5i3isi = ;| 3 IS is S S s i 5 s a 9 s|a sisisisjslsisjs iili? sisis sis s R| 3 a|a C 3|2|S|2!2|3|S|3lslsl2|ijl!s|=|2l= a l* K s s 3 =js|sjsts|2isjsis|sjsisjisis|= s|a c aj s 3 s * 3)S|S 3|s|2 3|2|3|3|l|3|3li|i|i|5 bis 1 5|5 5 s 3 5 S i S|3|r 1. |i j ' ' 1j Sj2|li|2|S|2|3|3|i!i " 0 bis a sjs 12 3 a 5 5|8|S|S 2 c|3j2|3|3js|5||&li ^9 9 In a gl 2 ff 5 5 a = 3l= =is = slsislsislllcislais z s s =| 3 5 3 5 3 3 513 3|= 3 sisIslSIZISIaliiili b 3 a si 5 s a s o a sis sis = sisis Is Slsialalsis z 3 2 313 S 3 12 5 =111513 3ISI313 IS ~;c`S121=13 z 3 kI 2 = a 2 g s sjsilis K = 13 IS IS slcl'lsisls o s: E 312 s is 5 3 3 SISISISI5ISI5I313 silifliiaT* - a sis 3 2 s 3 8 3 slijs Sis iilislslilsislsls m\ 3 els 3 g 2 s 3 3 SISIS SIS 2l3lll3|ilSI5IS|5 k3 s S a H a S S 8 i sis ilsisis sislsis 3 I* Sj3 S3 2 5 2 s z a 9 3121313 SISISislalSISIS 5 - g|3 S3 8 a 5 s s a a 3 3 sis slsjsisislslsiala i sV al= sIh 3 3 5l2 3 51515 s 2l5lSl5ls!SI5l3l3ls E - alia sis 3 3 2 sis a >5la IS = olalsislsisislsisls c|: *1= 2 9 *IS n * 2 3 3 * = alilsisifiiisis s *(a 9 3 s SIS 2 3 sisiiizisisisisisis ilk S* 1V In I* -1* o =1= --i--l-- sislsjsislsl" SB013 Estimating materials/lnstalUtion methods Joint Treatment--Use the following table when determining the quantities of joint treatment products needed for each job: Estimator for PERF-A-TAPE Joint System Products (Tape and Compound Separate) With This Amount of SHEETROCK Gypsum Wallboard 100 sq. It 200 sq. ft 300 sq. ft 400 sq.ft 500 sq. ft. 600 sq. ft 700 sq. ft 800 sq. ft 900 sq.ft 1000 sq. ft Usa Or--This Amount of And This Amount Roady-Mixod This Amount of Compound Compound of Tape 1 Box 2 Boies 3 Boxes 4 Boxes 1 Beg 1 Gal. 1 Gal. 2 Gals. 2 Gals. 3 Gals. 1--60* roll 2-60' rolls 2-60' rolls 3--60' rolls 3--60' rolls l Bag and 1 Box 1 Bag and 2 Boies 1 Bag and 3 Boies 2 Bags 2 Bags 3 Gals. 4 Gals. 4 Gals. 1--5 Gal. Own 1--5 Gal. Drum 1-250' roll 1-250' roll 1-250' roll & 1-60' roll 1-250' roll t 1-60' roll 1--250' roll & 2-60* rolls CONTENTS: 0ox--5 lbs. Compound only; 8f--Z5 lbs. Compound only. Mott: Compound also supfrtiod in 32 lb. baft. ' i For applying Durabond Joint System, approximately 50 lbs. of joint compound and 370 ft. of Perf-A-Tape reinforcing are required to finish 1000 sq. ft. of Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard. Screws--For applying single layer Sheetrock Wallboard to wood framing approximately 1100 ea. of 1V4" USG Drywall Screws--Type W are required per M sq. fL of wallboard. Fastener usage for other assemblies varies with the construction and spacing and is shown in the descriptions of various systems. Chapter 4. Nails--Usage for nails is shown in the Selector Guide for Wallboard Nails, Chapter 2. Caulking--The approximate lineal footage of caulking bead per gallon of Pressttte 579.64 caulking is: 375 to 400 for Vi' bead, 150 for H" bead, 110 to 120 for V6" bead. Adhesive--The following table shows the amount of adhesive needed per 1,000 sq. ft. of laminated wallboard surface: 1 I Product Approx. Quantity por M So. Ft SHEETROCK Brand Adhesive 0WA-10 DWA-14 PERF-A-TAPE Joint Compound (mbaddlng typa) USG Laminating Adhotivo Ztt pis. 2 pis. 55 to 60 lbs. (A) 50 lbs. (A) (A) Quantity mown for iDwtitmiMUoa. stunataoM>ftaif this amovatfor strip lamination. m m o p* CJ m o N _ I1 I'll III- 'ituiutdo o u -iu tm i tin TTM' - V [ Installation methods/Screw application SCREW APPLICATION USG Drywall Screws are applied with a positive-clutch electric power tool, commonly called an electric screwdriver, equipped with adjustable screw depth control head and a Phillips bit. The use of screws provides a positive mechanical attachment of wallboard to wood and metal framing with fewer fasteners and less spotting. Here is shown correct use of electric screwdriver: Set Screwdriver--Set adjustment' for proper screw depth on scrap wallboard and framing. Screw head must be driven slightly below face of board but not deep enough to break the paper. To adjust, grasp control head firmly with one hand and loosen control head lock bushing with the other. Rotate control head to provide proper screw depth. When proper adjustment has been made, positively secure control head to maintain adjustment Place Screw--Magnetic tip holds drywall screw for driving. Bit tip does not rotate until pressure is applied to wallboard during application. Enter Screw Straight--Firm hand grip on electric screwdriver is important for straight line of entry. Screw must enter perpen dicular to board face for proper performance. Drive screws at least H' from ends or edges of wallboard to provide a uniform dimple not over 1/32* deep. ; : 1 Operate electric screwdriver constantly during usage. When: & screw head is driven solidly against wallboard. screwdriver head-.C will automatically stop turning and a positive clutch will dis--J engage drive head. Remove screwdriver instantly or the motor will re-engage and chew up screw head or force it below surface:^ of wallboard. The electric screwdriver technique is relatively;^ simple and a proficiency with the tool can be developed after aHJ few hours' use. {) riMTSV*r. B o 5 0 IT Nail application/lnstailation methods NAIL APPLICATION 1. Drive nails at least wallboard. from ends or edges of Sheetrocx 2. Position nails on adjacent ends or edges opposite each other. 3. Begin nailing from center of wallboard and proceed toward outer ends or edges. 4. When nailing, apply pressure on wallboard adjacent to nail being driven to insure that wallboard is secured tightly on framing member. 5. Drive nails with shank perpendicular to face of board. 6. Use a Wal-Board hammer or crowned-head hammer.. 7. With last blow of hammer, seat nail so head is in a slight uniform dimple formed by last blow of hammer. Do not break paper at nail head or around circumference of dimple by over-driving. A nail set should not be used. Maximum depth of dimple should not exceed 1/32". .cyuaa t 66 r Installation methods/Double nailing DOUBLE NAILING APPLICATION In the double nailing method for attaching waiiboard to wood framing, space the first nails 12" o.c. along the supports in the field of the board. Drive second nails about 2" from the first. Use single nails around the board perimeter (see drawing). This application method helps prevent loose board and resultant nail pops that may occur when waiiboard is not applied correctly and pushed tight against the framing. This method will not re duce the incidence or severity of nail pops due to wood shrink age. (See Chapter 6 for data on lumber shrinkage.) INSTALLATION Ceilings: Starting in center of board and working toward edges and ends, hold the board tight against the ceiling joists and attach with nails spaced approximately 12' o.c. Drive secondary nails 2' to VA" from first nails. Use single nails around the board perimeter. At ends space nails no more than 7' o.c. Sidewalls: Illustration shows the correct double nailing proce dure for sidewall application. Attach first board to top plate by driving single edge nails at points A, B, C, etc. Hold board tight 4against studs and apply nails in field of board in the number sequence indicated. Drive second nails within 2" to lYi" of the first. Use single nails around the board perimeter. Space end a nails no more than 8' o.c. I iNote: After second nails are applied, it may be necessary to restrike and drive home first nails which appear loose and do not hold waiiboard tight Check all nails for proper dimple. --v Adhesive naiJ*on/lnstaJJation methods ADHESIVE NAIL-ON APPLICATION 67 %j I In the adhesive nail-on method a continuous bead of Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 or DWA-10 Adhesive is applied to the face of wood framing with a cartridge gun. Gypsum wallboard is ap plied and attached with only a minimum number of supplemen tary fasteners compared to conventional fastening methods (see nest page for fastener spacing required). Spacing of framing members is the same as that used for conventional attachment. DWA-14 Adhesive is not to be used with Insulating (foil-back) Sheetrock Wallboard; use DWA-10. Advantages of method: Reduces up to 66% of the fasteners that cause most of the problems. Stronger than conventional nail application-- Up to 100% more tensile strength. Up to 50% more shear strength. Unaffected by moisture, high or low temperature; verminresistant. Reduces loose board caused by improper fastening. Bridges minor framing irregularities. Will not stain or bleed through most finishes. INSTALLATION All surfaces to receive adhesive should be bee of dirt, grease, oil or other foreign material. To facilitate flow, store adhesive at approximately 70*F. for 24 hours prior to use. The adhesive should be kept in the original unopened container prior to use, or enclosed to prevent evaporation of volatile materials. Unused portions remaining in can should be resealed or covered with a film of water to retard evaporation of thinners. Remove water before reusing. Adequate ventilation should be provided during use to remove fumes emitted from the volatile agents in the adhesive. Normal precautions (for a flammable material) should be employed re garding proximity to fire, sparks or smoking before volatile materials are evaporated. mL a co o CJ !|: I; 'll 68 Installation methods/Adhesive nail-on X Incorrect positions Adhesive is applied with a Drywall Adhesive Applicator-- Model AO for bulk loading from 5 gal. cans. Model AO for 14 gal. cartridges. For description of tools, see Chapter 7; for adhesives. Chapter 2. Proper nozzle opening and gun position (see sketch) are re quired to obtain the right size and shape of bead for satisfactory results. Initial height of bead over framing should be Vs" and of sufficient volume to provide 1/16' thickness of adhesive over the entire support. Apply adhesive in a continuous bead in the center of the attachment face and to within 6' of the ends of all framing members. Where two pieces of wallboard meet on a framing member, apply a serpentine or zigzag bead with an 8' repeat pattern permitting adhesive to contact both panels. Oo not apply adhesive to members such as bridging, diagonal bracing, etc. into which no supplemental fasteners will be driven. Adhe sive is not required at inside comers, top and bottom plates, bracing or fire stops and is not ordinarily used in closets- Place wallboard shortly after adhesive bead is applied and fasten immediately, using proper screw or nail. After board has been applied, impact by hand along each stud or joist to insure good contact at all points. To insure a good bond, no more OWA-IO Adhesive should be applied than can be covered in 15 minutes; no more OWA-14 Adhesive than can be covered in 45 minutes, if adhesive is left exposed to the air for longer periods, the volatile materials will evaporate causing surface hardness that prevents a full bond. Fastener Spacing--SHEETROCK Brand OVVA-10 Adhesive Framo Spacing o.c. 16* 24* Ceilings use Screw Neil Type m 16* 16* 12* 16* Partition* Load Soaring use Screw Nail Type W 16* 24' 12* 16' Partitions Non-load Soaring USG Screw Nail Type W 24* 24' 16* 24* Adhesive nail-on/lnstallation methods Fastener Spacing--SHiTETROCK Brand DWA-14 Adhesive Ceilings--Horizontal Application: Fasten at each framing intersection and 16" o.c. at each board end. One temporary field fastener per framing member required at mid-width of board. This fastner must be removed at the end of 24 hours. Ceilings--Vertical Application: Space fasteners 16" o.c. along board edges and at each framing intersection on ends. Space ternporary fasteners 24" o.c. on intermediate supports. These temporary fasteners must be removed at the end of 24 hours. Walls--Horizontal Application: Same as Ceilings--Horizontal Application above, except that no field fasteners are required. . ji '.ij ^ / I |l f s Walls--Vertical Application: Same as Ceilings--Vertical Ap plication above, except that no fasteners are required on inter mediate supports. Where fasteners at the vertical joints of the panel are objectionable, prebow the gypsum wallboard and apply fasteners 16' o.c. only at the top and bottom of the panel. Prebowing not recommended for predecorated panels. Remove excessive adhesive from the surface of the wallboard (except predecorated boards), exposed finished surfaces and tools with naphtha, white gasoline or kerosene. . (B 2 U Allow adhesive to dry at least 24 hours before applying joint U >-- treatment. - CJ. 1 r.u ... " * -F Installation methods/Strip lamination In adhesive application, Sheetrock Wallboard or predecorated Ultrawall or Sheetrock Vinyl Panel face layers are joblaminated to a base layer of gypsum boards, gypsum studs or ribs or sound deadening boards. Attachment of the face layer to the base layer is by either of two products: (a) USG Laminating Adhesive or (b) Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). Both adhesives require temporary support or supplemental fastening while drying; provide a tight bond; permit leveling and adjustment of boards after contact; and are used generally in fire and sound-rated construction. When base layer is sound deadening board, the face layer of gypsum wallboard is attached using permanent face layer fast eners top and bottom of panel. Permanent face nailing in field of panel is required for a fire rating. For details on fire ratings, see Chapter 5; for construction data and applicable laminating procedure, see pertinent USG system. Chapter 4. INSTALLATION- USG LAMINATING ADHESIVE OR PERF-A-TAPE JOINT COMPOUND (used as a laminating adhesive) Directions for Mixing Mix Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound and USG Laminating Ad hesive in a clean metal container, using a sturdy mixing pad dle (see Chapter 7--Tools). Use clean, drinkable water for mixing; lukewarm (not hot) water for Perp-A-Tape Joint Compound, cool water for USG Laminating Adhesive in quantities shown on the bag. Pour all water into a container of suitable size, then sift powder into the water, stirring continuously. Mix for approximately l Vi minutes, to make sure all com pound is uniformly damp and mixture is smooth. Allow mix to stand for a 30 minute soaking period. After this, j USG Laminating Adhesive is ready to use. Perf-A-Tape Com- i pound should be stirred vigorously for approximately one ' minute to break down any lumps before use. ) The consistency of adhesive can be adjusted by adding small 1 amounts of powder or water. Wet mix may be held for up to ; 24 hours by covering with a small amount of water. _ T Sheet lamination/Installation methods 71 Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound and USG Laminating Adhesive should be used separately and should not be mixed together or with any other material. Application--Face Layer--With USG Laminating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type), the face layers are attached by spreading the adhesive over the entire surface of the wailboard sheet, sheet lamination, or by apply ing the adhesive in vertical strips, strip lamination. Sheet Lamination is suitable for horizontal or vertical applica tion of wailboard on walls and ceilings where the entire back surface of the face layer comes into contact with the base layer. Precut and prefit face panels as required and apply adhesive in beads approximately 46" wide at the base and Vi" high and spaced Wi" to 2" o.c. with an Ames laminating spreader or with a notched metal spreader blade. Spread adhesive uni formly over the entire back surface of the face panel to the extreme edges of the board. Laminate face layer to base layer using moderate pressure and temporary nails, temporary sup ports, or USG Drywall Screws Type G (see below for applica tion details). Wipe off any adhesive forced out at edges. After laminating compound has thoroughly dried (usually 24 to 48 hours), remove temporary nails and shoring. In horizontal application, face layer and joints may occur on or between framing members. When end joints occur between framing members, follow back-blocking surface alignment pro cedure (see details this chapter), using wood supporting strips to assure alignment. . 1. Temporary Nailing--Use nails that have at least 44 " pene tration into the framing to provide support for the face layer every 16' to 24'. A double headed scaffold nail to which large fiber or wood washers are applied, stucco furring nails, or 6d cooler type nails backed up by gypsum board blocks (used as washers) may be used. Where nails without gypsum blocks are used, place a thin wood block under claw hammer head when pulling nails to prevent damage to face layer. Properly dimple nail holes before apply ing joint treatment. 2. Temporary Supports--Provide temporary bracing or shoring that gives support to the face layer every 16' to 24'. 3. USG Drywall Screws--Permanently attach face boards with U6" USG Drywall Screws Type G. Using screws assures positive attachment while the adhesive dries and provides flush even face layer joints often not provided by temporary nailing. The VA' Type G screw is not intended for use with 46" double wall or a combination of V6" and 46' double wall construction or with sound deadening board base layers. 09 O Apply adhesive just prior to face panel erection in order not to wet the base layer and reduce holding power of the screw. Press face layer firmly against base layer with one hand when driving screw. Adhesive should be thin enough to flow and level out as screw is driven. CJ i i i I t r1 Km* -.rr v --f 72 Installation methods/Adhesive--multi-layer Place screws along vertical edges and in the field of the board as follows: (a) space screws along vertical edges within 2" of the joint, no further than 12" from either end and no more than 36" o.c.; (b) space screws in the field of the board along the centerline of panel, within 24" of either end and no more than 48" o.c. (see detail below). I t 'y --/ \ A fi: Strip Lamination is suitable for vertical application of face layer panels on walls, significantly reduces the amount of ad hesive used, and simplifies attachment of the face layer. When used with supplemental Type G drywall screws, strip lamination provides flush even edge joints and positive attachment when the adhesive is drying that is superior to temporary nailing. This method is recommended when a high degree of sound control is required. It is not intended for use on ceilings or for horizontal application of face layers. Precut and preflt face panels as required and apply adhesive in vertical strips, 24" o.c. to base layer or coreboard. Each strip should consist of four beads approximately Y" wide at the base and >/4" high spaced " to 2' o.c. The adhesive is applied most easily with a 7" or 10" Ames laminating head. Permanently attach face boards to base layer or core units with 1V6" USG Drywall Screws Type G located so they penetrate the adhesive strips (see description above for.installation of Type G drywall screws). ' Single layer/Installation methods 73 Application Methods SINGLE LAYER APPLICATION The following procedures apply to the installation of single layer Sheetrocx Wallboard to conventional wood framing in residential construction. The fastening may be any one of sev. eral attachment methods (see page 58 for details); however, the USG Drywall Screw Type W, designed specifically for this use, virtually eliminates loose attachment of gypsum boards. For recommended thickness of wallboard, method of applica tion (horizontal or vertical) and spacing of framing, refer to Planning the Job, page 59. For complete information on fire and sound resistant assemblies, refer to Chapter 5. Apply gypsum wallboard so the ends and edges occur over framing members, except when joints are at right angles to the framing members as in horizontal application or when the end joints are to be back-blocked (see page 76). To minimize end joints, use wallboard of maximum practical lengths. When end joints occur, they should be staggered. Joints on opposite sides of a partition should be so arranged as to occur on different studs. Sheetrocx Wallboard should be applied first to the ceiling and then to the walls. If Insulating Sheetrocx Wallboard is used, apply with foil side against framing. Adjacent boards should be brought into contact but should not be forced into place. Abutting ends and edges and holes for pipes and electrical fixtures should be accurately cut and neatly fitted. Usually two men are required to work on a ceiling. Fasten wallboard with screws or nails starting from the center of wallboard and working toward the ends and edges. While fas teners are being driven, the wallboard should be held in firm contact with the underlying support. When single fasteners are used, attach wallboard to framing with screws spaced not to exceed 12'o.c. or with nails spaced not to exceed 7' o.c. Drive: BB013 131? 74 Installation methods/Single layer fasteners at least H" from edges and ends of wailboard to pro vide a uniform dimple not over 1/32' deep. Apply wailboard to the sidewalls after the ceilings are erected. Where horizontal construction is used on walls, top wall panel is applied first and butted against ceiling. When vertical applica tion is used, sidewall should be spanned from ceiling to floor by single length of Sheetrock Wailboard. Vertical application should be used where ceiling height is over 8'2" or where this method results in less waste and less joint treatment. On sidewalls, maximum fastener spacing for screws is 16" o.c. for framing spaced 16" o.c., 12" o.c. for framing spaced 24" o.c. For nails, maximum spacing is 8" o.c. Where openings occur, use Sheetrock Wailboard of sufficient length to span wall areas, covering the openings. If joints occur near an opening, however, the wailboard should be applied so vertical joints are centered, if possible, over door opening. No vertical joints, at any rate, should occur within 8" of external comers of windows, doors, or similar openings except at inte rior or exterior angles within the room. Door and window openings can be cut out after Sheetrock is applied. After installation, pound on walls and ceilings to detect loose nails or screws, and push on board adjacent to fasteners to see if there is movement. If loose fasteners are detected, drive them tight. Whenever nails or screws have punctured paper, hold board tight against framing and install another fastener prop erly, approximately 1 Vi" from screw or nailhead which punc tured paper and remove the faulty fastener. When nailing wallboard to second side of a partition, check opposite side for fasteners loosened by pounding and drive them tight again. WOOD FURRING Apply Sheetrock Wailboard to wood furring strips as follows: Furring strips over wood framing must -be^2'x2" (nominal) minimum size. Where Sheetrock is applied parallel to furring strips securely attached to masonry walls, furring strips should be 2'x3* or l"x3" (nominal) minimum size; where long edges of Shebtrock Wailboard are applied across furring, strips should be 2'x2' or l'x2" (nominal) minimum size. Spacing of furring strips should follow recommendations for maximum spacing of nailing members shown in table on page 60. Fasteners for application of Sheetrock over wood furring on masonry walls should not penetrate through furring strip into masonry. v Note: Application of Sheetrock over l'xl" (nominal) wood furring applied across framing members is not recommended since the relative flexibility of furring during fastening prevents proper fastening and tends to loosen nails or screws already driven. Floating interior angle/lnstailation methods 75 FLOATING INTERIOR ANGLE APPLICATION 1 i. I The floating interior angle method of applying gypsum wallboard effectively reduces angle cracldng and nail pops result ing from stresses at intersections of wails and ceilings. Certain fasteners are eliminated at all interior angles, both where walls and ceilings meet and where sidewalls intersect. Ceilings--Apply Sheetkock Wailboard to ceilings first. Follow standard framing practices for comer fastening. Fit wallboard snugly at all angles. Horizontal Application--Use conventional single nail or screw application where end of board abuts a wall intersec tion. Where long edges of board are parallel with the inter section. apply the first nail or screw nominally 7' from wall. Use conventional fastening in remainder of ceiling area. Vertical Application--Use conventional single nail or screw application where long edges of board abut a wall intersec tion. Where ends of board are parallel to an intersection, apply the first nail or screw nominally 7' from the wall. Use conventional fastening in the remainder of the ceiling area. Sidewalls- Apply all wallboard to maintain firm contact at the ceiling line and to provide support to ceiling boards previously installed. Along the horizontal angle, apply the first nail or screw nominally 8' from ceiling intersection. At all vertical angles, omit only the comer fastening of the board that is first applied and overlapped in the angle. Nail or screw the overlap ping board in conventional maimer. Use conventional fastening in remainder of sidewall area. Doable Nailing--When double nailing is used with a floating interior angle, follow nailing requirements outlined above. Con ventional framing and ordinary wood back-up or blocking at vertical internal angles must be provided. a a o (J u 76 Installation methods/Back-blocking BACK-BLOCKING APPLICATION Back-Blocking is a system designed to minimize an inherent joint, deformation ("ridging") in single layer gypsum wallboard construction, which sometimes occurs under a combination of adverse job and weather conditions. The Back-Blocking System, developed by United States Gypsum Company, has been widely used for years and produces outstanding results. This system is patented (Pat. No. 2,736,929) and may be used under a non exclusive license agreement, readily available upon request. Back-Blocking consists of laminating cut-to-size pieces of Sheetrock Wallboard to the back surface of the wallboard directly behind the joints, providing reinforcement to resist stresses which cause ridging. Back-Blocking of all joints along tapered edges, and floating and Back-Blocking of all end joints, on both sidewalls and ceilings are recommended. End joints on both sidewalls and ceilings may be tapered by the Back-Blocking method at the discretion of the owner, architect, contractor or applicator. A. Backing blocks. S' wide and long enough to flt loosely between joists, are spread with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). Apply adhesive in beads Vi" high, %" wide at the base spaced 1VS' o.c. B. Apply wallboard horizontally with long edges at right angles to joists. Place backing blocks along full length of edge and ends of board. Floating of end joints makes it easier to form a good joint over a twisted stud or joist. * j j vk / TT Back-blocking/Installation methods TT C. Immediately after all blocks are in place, erect the next board which has been previously cut. Butt ends loosely. One man can complete nailing the board while another cements and places the blocks. D. Cross section shows how floated end joint is tapered and back-blocked. Brace is temporarily nailed over wood strip (top drawing) which depresses ends of boards. When strips are re moved, tapered formation remains as shown in bottom drawing. BS E. Position sidewall blocks between studs and hold flush with face by wailboard strips which have been recessed against sides Iof studs. Blocking must be flush or slightly behind nailing face at O ** GJ rj of studs. (Sequence continued on next page.) iL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t i V Installation methods/Back-blocking F. After wallboard panel is nailed in place, immediately butt adjacent panel over backing block. Stagger end joints between upper and lower courses of panels. G. To complete back-blocking both sides of a critical wall, follow the same procedure on opposite side of wall. Apply adhesive beads at right angles to horizontal joint to be formed by Sheetrock soon to be applied. j ii H. Erect top wallboard panel immediately after spreading ad hesive on the blocks. Brace, if desired, and allow 24 to 48 hours drying time. Remove brace and treat joints in normal manner. Double layer/Installation methods DOUBLE LAYER APPLICATION The following procedure applies to the installation of a double layer of gypsum wallboard to conventional wood framed walls and ceilings in residential construction. Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard face layers are job-laminated to a base layer of Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board that is attached to the fram ing. Because the construction minimizes the use of mechanical fasteners in the face layer, finer appearance is the result--to gether with greater strength and higher fire and sound resist ance (see Chapter 5 for details). Generally this construction consists of two layers of % ' gypsum wallboard but other thick nesses may be used to achieve additional values. For thickness of wallboard. applicable spacing of framing and methods of application see Planning the Job, page 59. MATERIALS Base Layer--W Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board in 4'xg' panels is especially designed for double layer system. Baxbord is economical, easy to handle, and available plain or with alumi num foil on one surface to provide a vapor barrier and reflec tive insulation on exterior walls and top floor ceilings. (Regular %" Sheetrock Wallboard may be used as an alternate to Baxbord for base layer.) Face Layer--44" Regular Sheetrock or predecorated Ultrawau. Panels in woodgrained or Colorcast finish. Alter nate: 'A " Sheetrock Vinyl Panel Wallboard. Fasteners--For 44" base layer--IVi" USG Drywall Screws Type W, 1V4" GWB-54 nails, 4d gypsum wallboard nails, or power driven staples. Staples should be 16 ga. flattened galvanized wire, 14' wide, I' long, with divergent points. For temporary support of face layer, use nails of suflicient length to penetrate a mini mum of 44" into nailing member, 6d cooler type nails, double headed scaffold nails, stucco furring nails, or temporary bracing or shoring. For permanent attachment of predecorated panels, use VA". USG Matching Color Nail. 5 q Adhesive--Perf-A-Ta?e Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Laminating Adhesive. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. U (-- tfl M - rv 80 Installation methods/Double layer INSTALLATION Corner detail Base Layer Ceilings--Apply Baxbord Backing Board horizon tally on ceiling first with long edges perpendicular to framing members. End joints may occur on or between framing mem bers and should be offset from face layer joints by at least 10". Base Layer Walls--Apply Baxbord with long edges parallel to and centered on framing members (vertically). Exception: for predecorated face layers, apply base layer horizontally; see page 81. Attachment--Fasten wallboard with power-driven drywall screws, nails or power-driven staples spaced not to exceed the following: a. Drywall screws: 16' o.c. on framing spaced 16" o.c., 12" o.c. on framing spaced 24" o.c. b. Single nails and staples: 7" o.c. on ceilings, 8" o.c. on walls. If staples are used, drive staple with crown at right angles to long dimension of framing member except where paper bound edges fall on framing members; then drive staples paral lel to edges. Drive staple so crown bears lightly against Baxbord but does not cut paper. c. Doable nails: 12' o.c. Follow recommendations on page 66. Face Layer Ceilings and Walls--Apply face layer first either vertically or horizontally depending-mp whichever results in the least waste and joints; offset joints at least 10". Apply wallboard to walls horizontally except with predecorated Ultrawall or Sheetrocx Vinyl Panels. Attachment--Adhesively apply face panels with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Laminating Ad hesive (see Adhesive Application directions page 70). DOUBLE LAYER CORNER DETAILS On the inside comer, only the overlapping Baxbord panel-- not the face panel--is nailed to framing. A floating type comer results when joint is reinforced with Perf-A-Tape Joint System. On the outside comer, only the Sheetrock Wallboard--not the Baxbord--is nailed to the framing. At locations shown, use temporary nails or permanent nails penetrating framing approx imately y* " and countersunk. Finish comer with metal comerbead and joint treatmem. Predecorated wallboard/Installation methods Predecorated Wallboard Application Predecorated Ultrawall or Sheetrock. Vinyl Panels won't warp, shrink or splinter, and provide fire-resistant walls that are easily maintained. Panels are usually applied vertically to the walls so ends occur at floor and ceiling lines, but may be applied horizontally to wainscot height. Not practical as a ceil ing finish as end butt joints are difficult to conceal. Predecorated Ultrawall or Sheetrock Vinyl Panels add glamorous beauty to walls without further decorating. When panels are erected, beveled edges form an attractive "V" joint not requiring joint treatment. Adaptable for use in single or double layer application in new construction or over plaster or wallboard surfaces in remodeling. May also be applied with USG Color Matched Nails to I"x2" or 1 "x3" wood furring strips attached to masonry (see Wood Furring page 74). INSTALLATION Apply predecorated panels vertically. Position less than full width panels with the cut edge at the corner. Use USG Color Matched Nails wherever nails are exposed. Drive nails with a plastic-headed hammer, a rawhide mallet, or with a regular hammer having pliable leather placed over head. Space nails at least H * from ends or edges. Single Layer Nail Application--Use USG Color Matched Nails lVi" long for Ultrawall and 1H" long for Sheetrock Vinyl Panels spaced not to exceed 3" o.c. BB013 1523 Installation methods/Predecorated wallboard & moldings Adhesive Nail-On Application--Recommended where nails at vertical joints are objectionable. Apply Sheetrock Brand DWA14 Adhesive in H"xH" bead in the center of all stud faces. Allow adhesive to dry 15 min. before applying panel. Take care to keep adhesive from surface of panels. Impact along studs and drive l'/i" (5d) nails spaced 16" o.c. at floor and ceiling line of panel. Refer to page 67 for detail description of Adhesive Nail-On application method. DOUBLE LAYER Nail Application--Use Wa" USG Color Matched Nails spaced 8" o.c. and driven through the base layer into all studs. Adhesive Application--When predecorated panels are attached to core board or Baxbord gypsum backing boards. USG Lam inating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) may be used as a laminating adhesive (see page 70). SHEETROCK Moldings Aluminum moldings in matching colors and woodgrams are available to provide the finishing touch to Ultrawall and Sheetrocx Vinyl Wallboard installations. Refer to Chapter 2 for product description and colors available. INSTALLATION 1. Start installation from corner or door. Be sure that startin points are plumb or level. 2. Nail moldings with flat head wire nails 8' to 12' o.c. 3. Cut moldings to length with a fine-toothed back saw. For^>. mitering use same procedures as with wood molding. V- SHEETROCK W/R wallboard/lnstallation methods 81 4. Divider--Place divider on panel before putting into posi tion. Nail exposed back flange to stud. Insert butting panel. 5. Inside Corner--Place first panel into position. Apply mold ing over first panel. Insert second panel into place. 6. End Cap--Apply panel to wall. Tap end cap molding into position. 7. Outside Corner--Place molding over one panel at comer. Nail exposed side to stud. Insert next comer panel. 8. If moldings other than Sheetrocx moldings are used, they should be decorated prior to application over wallboards. Avoid application of masking tapes to moldings or predecorated panels when decorating. SHEETROCK W/R Application Sheetrocx W/R Wallboard is a superior water-resistant base for the adhesive application of ceramic, plastic and metal tile. Ideal for use in new construction in high-moisture areas such as bathrooms, powder rooms, kitchens and utility rooms. Sheetrocx W/R is also a cost-saver in modernization. New tile can be installed over existing surfaces without tearing out old walls. Installs quickly and easily by standard attachment methods. Cut edges and nail heads should be coated with Sheetrocx W/R Sealant. Only joints that will not be covered with tile need be taped. Once these joints are finished, they are ready for a regular application of paint or wallpaper. b i il ' i U IU >4 \ 84- Installation methods/SHEETROCK W/R wallboard INSTALLATION Framing--Check alignment of framing. If necessary, fur out studs around tub enclosure and shower stall so that the inside face of the lip of the fixture will be flush with the gypsum wallboard face (see details). Install appropriate blocking, headers, or supports to support tub and other plumbing fixtures, and to receive soap dishes, grab bars, towel racks or similar items. Sheetrock W/R is designed for framing 16" o.c. When framing is spaced more than 16" o.c., or when ceramic tile over Vie" thick will be used, install suitable blocking between studs. Place blockirig approximately 1" above top of tub or receptor and at mid-point between base and ceiiing. Blocking is not required on studs spaced 16" o.c. or less. . Receptors--Install receptors before wallboard is erected. Shower pans, or receptors, should have an upstanding lip or flange at least 1" higher than the water dam or threshold at the entry to the shower. Gypsum Wallboard--Apply Sheetrock W/R Wallboard hori zontally with the factory (paper bound) edge abutting the top edge of a temporary wood strip (or nail spacer) to allow at least V ' space between the lip of the receptor, tub or sub-pan and the wallboard Fasten with nails spaced S' o.c. max. or drywall screws spaced 12' o.c. max. Exception: When ceramic tile over %e" thick will be used, space nails 4" o.c. max. or drywall screws 8' o.c. max. Alternate: When ceramic tiles less than %' thick are used, Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 Adhesive may be used instead of conventional nailing. Use fastener spacing applicable to ceilings. Treat all cut edges, utility holes and joints, including those at angle intersections with Sheetrock Brand W/R Sealant prior to wallboard installation. (See photo below.) Treat all fastener heads with sealant after installation. In areas to be tiled, joints and angles should not be treated with q conventional joint systems. Apply regular joint treatment only to joints and fastener heads not to be covered with tile. tt In areas where sound transmission control is desired, the wall must be treated the same as for regular wallboard. However, resilient suspension of the board is aot recommended where tile is to be applied. Cf M * - >. SHEETROCK W/R wallboard/Installation methods Tub and shower datails Application of Tile--Use an adhesive approved by the manu facturer of the tile or surfacing material for use over gypsum wallboard. For ceramic tile, adhesive should meet CS 181-52. Water-thinned tile mastics and hydraulic cement thinset mortars are not recommended. Prior to tile erection, caulk flush all openings around pipes, fixtures, etc. with waterproof, non-hardening caulking com pound. The tile installation should prevent water passage to backing material. Apply tile down to top edge of shower floor surfacing material, return, or tub Up. Tile should also overlap lip or return of tub or receptor (see details). Apply tile to completely cover the following areas: 1. Over mbs without shower heads--6" above rim of tub. 2. Over mbs with showers--minimum of 5' above rim or 6" above height of shower head, whichever is higher. 3. Shower stalls--minimum of 6' above shower dam or 6" above shower head, whichever is higher. 4. Ail jambs in shower stall should be covered to a Uke height. 5. All areas beyond mb face should be covered a minimum of 4' from required height to finished bathroom floor (below mb rim). Areas beyond an exterior comer are excluded. For all types of die, take the following precautions: 1. Completely and continuously grout aU ule joints to prevent water penetrauon. 2. Apply nonsetting caulking compound between waU surfacing materials and shower receptor flange or mb rim. 3. Caulk angle between mb edge and surfacing. DECORATING RECOMMENDATIONS Paint--Seal wallboard with solvent-thinned convenuonal wallboard primer-sealers such as USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat. If fiber raising occurs, sand smooth and apply second coat. Gen erally, water-thinned primer-sealers are not recommended. Use solvent-thinned enamels, semi-gloss or full gloss, such as USG Semi-Gloss Enamel, USG Satin-Lustre or High-Lustre Enamel for finish coats. Wallpaper--In moist areas where wallpaper is desired, seal wallboard with USG Alkyd Enamel Undercoat or Sheet*ocr Sealer. Apply sizing to pruned surface for good adhesion of L wallpaper. a 03 o N* u (I M <0 Installation methods/Metal trim Metal Trim Application Perf-A-Bead, Dur-A-Bead and Econo metal comer reinforce ment provide strong, durable protection to gypsum wailboard at outside comers. The exposed oose resists impact and forms an exact screed for finishing smooth comers. USG Metal Trim serves to protect and finish wailboard around window and door openings and at intersections with other ma terials. It is recommended for use at the perimeter of partitions acting as sound barriers to form a recess for caulking. These metal drywall accessories are easily installed by nailing or embedding and concealing flanges with joint compound. For product description, sizes and lengths available, see Chapter 2--Products. GENERAL APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type), Perf-A-Tape All Purpose Ready-Mixed Joint Compound or Durabond OneDay Joint Compound are recommended for embedding tape and for first coat application over metal flanges. 1. Fasten accessory as outlined below and apply first coat of joint compound. Use nose of bead or trim as a screed for determining proper thickness of coat. Allow Perf-A-Tape com pound to dry 12 to 24 hours. (Under slow drying conditions, allow more time.) 2. Apply second coat of joint compound (and third coat if necessary), feathering edges 2" to 3" beyond preceding coat. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before applying another coat. 3. Sand lightly as required after each coat to remove jagged particles from metal angle and to smooth previous coat. Finishing Outside Comers with PERF-A-BEAD Reinforcement L Apply joint compound on both sides of corner over entire area to be covered by Perf-A-Bead. 2. Place Perf-A-Bead tightly against corner and completely seat bead by running thumb and forefinger up and down outside nose of comer. Apply pressure with fingers to both paper flanges. Embed flanges by drawing knife down each side and removing excess compound under flanges. 3. Using metal comer angle as a screed, apply second and third coats of joint or topping compound as described above. <3> O 0 T Metal trim/lnstallation methods 8! Finishing Outside Corners with DUR-A-BEAD and ECONO 1. Apply with wallboard nails or screws spaced 9" apart; nails opposite. Nail to framing through gypsum wallboard. 2. Finish with two or three coats of joint compound applied as described above. . APPLYING METAL TRIM No. 200-A USG Metal Trim--Apply Sheetrock Wallboard, omitting fasteners at framing member where metal trim is to be installed. Leave a space H"x94" wide between edge of wall- board and tace of jamb. This spacing adds a fluted effect to openings and provides space for hardware or door bucks. 1. Slip metal trim over edge of wallboard, with wide knurled flange on room side of wallboard. 2. Nail through holes provided in knurled flange into wallboard and jamb, using fasteners recommended for thickness of wall- board and spaced not more than 6' o.c. 3. Finish with two or three coats of joint compound. ' No. 200-B USG Metal Trim--Apply Sheetrock Wallboard as described for No. 200-A trim, omitting nails and leaving H'xVi" space at edge of jamb. 1. Place trim on edge of wallboard with knurled flange ex posed. and nail to wallboard and framing with nails spaced no more than 6" o.c. 2. Finish with two or three coats of joint compound. No. 20O-C USG Metal Trim--This metal trim requires a slotted jamb for installation. Before installation, kerf door and window jambs '/" wide and Vx" deep, kerf being W back from face of jamb. Apply Sheetrock Wallboard as described for No. 200-A trim, with edge of wallboard bordering kerf. 1. Insert plain metal flange in kerf, with knurled flange over face of wallboard. 2. Nail knurled flange to wallboard and framing, using recom mended nails spaced not more than 6' o.c. 3. Finish with two or three coats of joint compound. BB013 1931 T --r, 88 Installation methods/Joint system No. 300 PERF-A-TRIM Metal Casing--Erect Sheetrock in the usual manner, but omit nailing closer than one stud away from area in which Perf-A-TrtM is to be installed. Leave space W to Vi" wide between edges of jamb and gypsum wallboard. 1. Hold Perf-A-Tafe wing open and insert metal flange of Perf-A-Trjm between frame and wallboard. Press into place. 2. Align face of trim parallel to, and Vi " to A " away from, face of jamb. 3. With Perf-A-Tape wing still held open, nail wallboard to framing, penetrating metal flange in the process. 4. Fold wing over wallboard and embed with joint compound. Apply finish coats of compound in regular manner, using edge of trim as a screed to get a smooth, even finish. No. 301 PERF-A-TRIM--Install in same manner as above. No. 400 USG Metal Trim--Apply trim to wail before Sheetrock Wallboard goes up, by nailing into framing through long leg about S' o.c. Slide Sheetrock into channel; it is firmly held in place by short leg. No further edge nailing is necessary. Use same method for Nos. 401 and 402 Metal Trim. Joint System Application The Perf-A-Tape Joint System serves to conceal and reinforce joints between Sheetrock wallboard panels at flat butt joints, internal vertical comers and wall-ceiling intersections. Joint Compound effectively conceals extejior corner reinforcements and exposed fasteners; repairs damaged wallboard to provide smooth continuous interior walls and ceilings ready for decora tion. Joint treatment is not required when predecorated Ultrawau. or Sheetrock Vinyl panels are used. These outstanding qualities have been developed in U.S.G. joint compounds: easy mixing, smooth working, ample wet mix life, good bond, minimum shrinkage, tight cohesion, minimum edge cracking, easy sanding, and no alkali burning of paint. In reinforcing tape. U.S.G. has incorporated superior qualities of strength--as strong as the board itself--plus wafer-thinness for easy embedding, spark perforations to avoid air pockets and photographing, chamfered edges to resist cracking, pre-creasing 1 or. can o; for easier folding, and a natural bond with the compound. US To better solve the problems of the builder and drywall con tractor, U.S.G. offers three systems for joint reinforcement of gypsum wallboards: 1. PERF-A-TAPE Joint System--the standard of excellence (j among products used for embedding tape and finishing. $ O G5 o. V>1 P T Joint system/1retaliation methods 2. PERF-A-TAPE All Purpose Ready-Mixed Compound-- ready for immediate use in taping or topping. Saves time and waste on the job. 3. DURABOND One-Day Joint System--provides fast applica tion. reduced shrinkage, earlier occupancy. Compound hardens chemically and is ideal when drying conditions are slow. See Chapter 2 for detailed description of products, sizes and types available; Chapter 7 for application tools. APPLICATION CONDITIONS In cold weather (outdoor temperatures lower than 33F.), thermostatically controlled heat must be provided to maintain 5JF. minimum temperature both day and night before, during and after entire joint treatment operation until house is oc cupied. Ventilation sho'ild be provided to eliminate excessive moisture. In glazed buildings, this may be accomplished by keeping windows open approximately two inches top and bottom (or side-pivoted windows approximately four inches) to provide air circulation. In enclosed areas lacking in natural ventilation, temporary circulators should be used. Under slow drying conditions, allow additional drying time between coats of compound. Applicators will recognize rapid drying conditions when the compound takes on a shorter working life especially on the feather edges and where one joint joins or crosses another. Rapid drying is usually due to low humidity and warm winds. During these periods make every effort to prolong the working and drying time of the compound. Stop drafts by closing doors and windows. Raise the humidity by liberally sprinkling sub floors with water and placing open cans of water about the job. Do not thin joint compound with additional water! CHECK WORKING SURFACES Gypsum wallboard must be firmly fastened to framing members without cutting the surface paper or fracturing the core. Other wise fastener "pops", ridges and cracking can be expected. Make certain board joints are aligned. When one board is higher than another it becomes difficult to leave sufficient compound under the tape covering the high board. Blisters, bond failure and cracks can easily develop in these areas. Check width and depth of the taper in the board. Too deep a taper often causes trouble, Green or wet framing lumber must be avoided at all costs, for warping and racking is almost sure to result which can cause not only fastener "pops", cracks and ridging but complete failure of the joint Boards should be allowed to join normally, neither forced together or spaced apart. Open spaces between boards of Yl" or more should be filled with compound at least 24 hours prior to embedding or first coat work. Good planning prior to hanging board will eliminate many unnecessary joints and avoid joints formed by more than two boards. q U (-- m (J U ,i ir ; 90 Installation methods/PERF-A-TAPE joint system CAKE OF EQUIPMENT As with other crafts, applicators should keep tools and equip ment clean and in good repair to secure maximum benefits. Mechanical taping and finishing equipment must be kept in perfect working order and all parts must be replaced as soon as they show the slightest signs of wear. Mixing Perf-A-Tape Compound in dirty buckets or failure to wipe down bucket as material is used causes lumps, scratches and usually creates hard working material. Durabond Joint Compound is a hardening type material re quiring that all tools, mixing containers, bread pans, etc., used for its application be thoroughly cleaned before this hardening action occurs. Care of equipment is beyond our control and, therefore. United States Gypsum cannot assume any responsi bility for any loss or damage to equipment. Flush and clean Durabond Joint Compound from equipment with a conventional garden hose and nozzle before the harden ing action takes place. Immersion of equipment in water will not prevent hardening of the compound. Ames Tools: Automatic Taper: Remove head plate and thoroughly dean (Bazooka) upper plunger area. Use narrow stiff bristle brush to clean head mechanism. Flush tube. Hand Pump: Pump water through pump until clean. Re move bottom screen from pump and flush this area of the pump and the screen. Finishing Boxes, Corner Roller, Comer Finisher: Release plunger plate to simplify cleaning box. Flush with water until clean. PERF-A-TAPE Joint System Application MIXING 1. Mix Perf-A-Tape Compound in a clean container. A I"x2"x4' wood strip makes a convenient mixing paddled the common com mercial potato masher is also effective. Power mixing saves con siderable time, particularly where mixing in a central location is convenient. Power may be supplied by a Vi" heavy duty electric drill operating on 115 volts AC-DC at not over 400 RPM (200 to 300 RPM even better). Drills operating at high speeds whip air bubbles into compound. Mixing paddles may be of many variations. (See Chapter 7--Tools.) 2. Use clean (drinkable), lukewarm water (not hot) in propor tions as given in container directions. Pour the water into pail; then add the compound to the water slowly. 3. Stir vigorously for approximately l Vi minutes--be sure all compound is uniformly damp. At this point, the mass will ap pear somewhat dry and mealy. (Do not add additional water.) Excess water will not accelerate solution process although com pound may appear to be in workable consistency. Over-thinned or "soupy" compound often leads to excessive or delayed shrink age as well as bond failure. 4. Let mix stand for 30 minutes (longer at lower temperatures) to allow proper solution of the material. A g Q / ^ 1 0 Q ) 9 tot) PERF-A-TAPE joint system/Installation methods 9 5. Stir vigorously for approximately 1 minute, breaking down any tumps. Compound is now ready. 6. The best consistency is a little thinner than putty, but thick enough to be handled without excessive droppings. Additional water of room temperature may be added, if necessary, to thin. To thicken mixture add small amounts of compound and repeat steps 3, 4 and 5. Important: Add nothing to Perf-A-Tape Compound except clean water; otherwise, bonding quality may be seriously affected and a job failure may result. HAND TOOL APPLICATION Buttering Joints. Check all nails by drawing finishing knife across fasteners. Drive home protruding fasteners in board, leaving a dimple in surface paper of Sheetrock Wallboard. Using a broad steel finishing knife, butter Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound into channel formed by tapered edges of Sheetrock, filing channel fully and evenly. Avoid heavy fills which increase the possibility of excessive shrinkage and check cracking. Embedding Tape. Center Perf-A-Tape reinforcement and press it down into fresh joint compound. Holding knife at an approxi mately 43' angle to board, draw knife along joint with sufficient pressure to remove excess compound. Leave sufficient com pound under tape for proper bond but not over 1/64' under feathered edge. Do not use topping or finishing compound for embedding tape. Covering Tape. When tape is embedded, apply a skim coat of joint compound immediately after embedding. This skim coat reduces the possibility of edge wrinkling or curling which may lead to edge cracking. Allow to dry completely. (See "Drying Time Guide," page 99.) fii eioaa 92 Installation methods/PERF-A-TAPE joint system Spotting Fastener Heads. Apply first coat of compound over all fastener heads immediately prior to or after embedding tape. Use pressure on knife to finish compound level with wall sur face. Spot fastener heads in a similar manner during second coat application of compound. During application of third coat over joints, sand fastener heads lightly and apply third finishing coat over fastener heads. Dutute Screen-bak sanding cloth, 320 or 220 grit, is recommended for best results. Allow compound over fastener heads to completely dry. Light sanding may be necessary before decoration. Second Coat Application. After embedding and covering coat is completely dry (under good drying conditions, 24 hours), apply second coat, feathered approximately two inches beyond edges of first coat. Spot fastener heads with a second coat application of compound. Allow to dry. Third Coat Application. After second coat is dry, sand lightly. Apply a thin "finishing" coat to joints and fastener heads. Feather joint edges at least two inches beyond second coaL Sand lightly when dry. End Joints. Butt or end joints are treated the same as tapered joints. When Sheetrock Wallboard is applied, end joints should be loosely butted together. Fill joint with compound to a point slightly above surface of boards to allow for shrinkage in drying. Apply additional compound along each side of joint and embed tape as described for tapered joints. Apply covering, second, and third coats in same manner as for tapered joints. Finishing coats of Perp-A-Tape Compound must be feathered wider (approxi mately 18"), because there is no taper in which to embed tape. cj e 9 l e io g q i i , T PERF-A-TAPE joint system/lnstallation methods Finishing Inside Comers. Fold tape along center crease. Butter both sides of corner with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound and apply tape. Apply second and third coats of compound (one side at a time) in the same manner that you would use to finish flat joints. The Perf*A-Tape comer tool with two blades specially angled to work the 90" inside comers of walls and ceilings may be used. Application procedure is the same, but tape and compound can be applied on both sides in one operation. Comer tool is angled slightly so about HA" of blade tips contact the comer. After embedding tape, remove excess compound with tip of either blade. Final finishing is done with long continuous strokes. MECHANICAL TOOL APPLICATION 1. Using compound of suitable consistency, mechanically tape all joints. Touch up with broad knife. Allow to dry. BB013 1537 94- Installation methods/Ready-mixed joint compound 2/ Mechanically tape interior angles. Finish both sides of angles with comer roller and comer finisher. Touch up with broad knife as necessary. Allow to dry. 3. Apply second coat of compound over tape on flat joints using hand finisher tool. Using compound of thicker consistency, spot fastener heads and apply first coat to metal trim. Allow to dry. 4. Apply third coat of compound to fiat joints feathering edges about 2" beyond preceding coat. Apply finish coat to metal trim and fastener heads. Allow to dry and sand lightly as required before decoration. PERF-A-TAPE READY-MIXED COMPOUND APPLICATION 1. Perf-A-Tafe All Purpose Ready-Mixed Compound, suitable for embedding tape and fine finishing, is applied in same manner as other Perf-A-Tape joint compounds. Use hand tool con sistency for hand application, spotting fasteners and finishing metal trim. Use machine tool consistency for mechanical embed ding and finishing. 2. Use the compound at package consistency to minimize shrink age. If a thinner material is desired, Ready-Mixed can be quickly and easily thinned with water using a potato masher type mix ing paddle. A drill type mixer is not recommended as this tends to whip air into the compound. Add the water gradually to speed the thinning process. When possible use cool to lukewarm (not hot) water. If applicator should inadvertently over-thin, ; simply add additional Ready-Mixed Compound to thicken and Ter B E S TfE ioaa ti, DURABOND joint system/Installation methods 9! remix. To hold the wet mix in a metal container for prolonged periods, cover with a damp cloth or a thin layer of water. Pour off water, retemper for use. 3. Ready-Mixed Compound is sensitive to cold weather and must be protected from freezing. If material becomes frozen allow it to thaw at room temperature (do not force the thaw ing process). Retemper and usually it will again be usable, unless it has been subjected to several freeze-thaw cycles. 4. Ready-Mixed Compound can be used in tools and containers previously used for powder compound without a thorough "clean out." Ready-Mixed Compound can be used as a topping over powder compound joints which have thoroughly dried, as a taping compound when powdered Perf-A-Tape Compound is to be used as a topping, or as a topping over Durabond Joint Compound. DURABOND Joint System Application MIXING DURABOND JOINT COMPOUND 1. Mix Durabond Joint Compound in a clean 3-gal. (preferably pliable plastic) container with a power driven mechanical mixer or commercial potato masher (see Chapter 7--Tools). Keep mixing buckets and tools clean at all times. Containers having a residue of other joint compounds in them, or even fragments or suspensions of previously mixed Durabond compound, may cause erratic hardening of the compound. 2. Always use clean drinkable water for mixing compound. Dirty water (such as that used to clean tools) will contaminate compound and cause erratic hardening. Pour clean lukewarm water (not hot) into the mixing container in the approximate quantities shown below: a. Hand Tool Application b. Mechanical Taping or Finishing Devices c. Mechanical Fill Coat Devices 25 lbs. 1314 pts. 17* pts. 1511 pts. 32 lbs. 17 pts. 22H pts. 19W pts. 3. Sift the joint compound into the water, allowing no lumps to form that will prevent complete wetting of all the powder. 4. Stir rather vigorously for no more than 3 minutes making sure the compound is uniformly damp. If batch lumps are pres ent, allow the mix to soak for a minute or two. Remix the com pound until smooth, and it is ready for use. Note: Keep the compound from being contaminated with any other material such as other type joint compounds, dirty water, or previously prepared Durabond Joint Compound. Contamination will affect the hardening time and properties of the compound. Mix only as much Durabond Joint Compound as can be used within the hardening time period shown on the bag (usually 3 hours). The compound will harden chemically after this time period even under water. Do not attempt to hold wet mix or immerse Durabond Joint Compound coated tools in water to hold back hardening. Retempering the compound is not recommended as this will interfere with the chemical hardening process and cause lumps, soft or powdery joints. q i CJ >-- y, (J -0 Mi s'! Installation methods/One-day joint system MIXING DURABOND TOPPING COAT 1. Mix Durabond Topping Coat in a clean 5-gal. container with appropriate mechanical or hand cools (see Chapter 7--Tools). 2. Pour clean drinkable water into the mixing container in the approximate quantities shown below: i. Hand Tool Application b. Mechanical Finishing Oevices Never exceed 25 lbs. 14V4 pts. 16V* pts. 16H Pts. 32 lbs. 18H pts. 21 pts. 21 pts. 3. Sift the joint compound into the water and stir rather vigor ously for several minutes making sure all the powder is uni-formly damp. If batch lumps are present, allow the mix to soak. Remix until smooth, and compound is ready for use. Note: Do not add additional water. Over-thinned or "soupy" compound often leads to excessive or delayed shrinkage, soft ness, and bond failure. Keep the compound from being con taminated with any other macerial such as other type joint compounds or dirty water. Durabond Topping Compound hardens by drying, like Perf-A-Tape compounds, and can be kept in a wet mix state for about a week by covering with a damp cloth or a thin layer of water. Tools coated with Durabond topping may be immersed in water for extended periods, without compound hardening. HAND TOOL APPLICATION 1. Work one room at a time using procedure shown below and techniques for Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (see page 91). 2. Spot fastener heads. 3. Embed tape on all joints, angles and Perf-A-Bead comer reinforcement. First coat Dur-A-Bead Metal Reinforcement. 4. Immediately apply first fill coat of Durabond Joint Com pound over ail fiat joints. Use comer tool for interior angles. The second coat application is to be applied over the first coat application even though it is still wet. 5. Apply second coat over fastener heads. For best results use material which has been mixed for some time, but not hardened. 6. Repeat steps I through 4 for each additional room. 7. Steps 1 through 5 should be scheduled for completion with Durabond Joint Compound by the noon-hour break if the house is to be completed the same day. Once the Durabond Joint Compound has hardened, however, it may be recoated with Durabond Topping Coat or Perf-A-Tape Ready-Mixed Com pound at any time. 8. Apply finish coat or final topping coat of Durabond Topping Coat or Ready-Mixed Compound completely covering all joints, fasteners, comer beads and interior angles, using a hand comer finishing tool designed for this purpose. Durabond Joint Com pound applications must be completely hardened before the finish coat of compound is applied. ' MECHANICAL TOOL APPLICATION : 1. Work entire house at one time. Plan and schedule job in . accordance with the hardening time of the compound. i oircm cioaB v Cold weather tips/Installation methods 2. Spot fastener heads throughout entire house. Compound mix ture is to be heavy for this application and is to be saved for use on metal bead and second coat on fasteners. 3. Mechanically tape joints and angles in entire house. Both sides of angles are treated with comer finishing tools at this time. 4. Apply Durabond Joint Compound to all Dur-A-Bead and Econo comer reinforcement and use for applying Perf-A-Bead reinforcement. 5. Immediately apply first fill coat of Durabond Joint Com pound with mechanical tools over all flat joints. This coat is applied even though the first coat is still wet. 6. Apply second coat to all fasteners. For best results use mate rial which has been mixed 2Vi hours before application. 7. After ail the Durabond Joint Compound has hardened, apply the finish coat or final topping coat of Durabond Topping Coat or Perf-A-Tape Ready-Mixed Compound completely covering all joints, angles, comer bead and fasteners. COLD WEATHER TIPS ON TAPING AND FINISHING All drywall joint compounds react to cold weather. Low tem peratures slow the solution rate of the binder, and the mixing operation taltes longer than on warmer days. After the initial mix, the compound should stand until a complete breakdown of the binder has taken place. This will require at least 30 minutes and often much longer, particularly if very cold mixing water has been used. If the temperature of the wet mix is estimated to be below 60*F,, it should stand a minimum of one hour and up to two hours if the temperature is below 5J*F. Failure to recognize and adhere to proper cold weather practices can lead to a number of serious and costly problems; bond failure, delayed shrinkage and paint discoloration, just to name a few of the more common types. In addition, any attempt to use material not completely in solution can increase application costs considerably. A heavy, dry working compound with a tendency to curl up behind the tools, especially on feathered edges during periods of low temperature, indicates that the binder is not yet properly dissolved. Further evidence of com pound not in solution is indicated by a "salt and pepper" appear ance in the compound after being applied to the joint. Good work can be secured during winter with very little extra BB013 1941 Installation methods/Cold weather tips effort or expense. Here are a few tips which will produce the desired results: DON'T--add extra water just to speed up or ease the mixing operation. If the water temperature is very low, a small addi tional amount of water may be added (never more than an extra pint per a 5-gal. mix) to give more suitable working prop erties. Excessive water will cause excessive "sloughing off" or "watering down" as the mix stands in the pail. If applied to the surface, drying time is significantly slowed down, resulting in delayed shrinkage. DON'T--use excessively cold or dirty mixing water, for it will make mixing difficult and delay the solution rate considerably. Here again bond failure and delayed shrinkage can easily occur. Many applicators bring warm (not hot) water from home. Others employ a blow torch to the side of the bucket for just the few minutes required to take the chill off the water prior to adding the compound. Still others mix the compound at home and bring to the job the following day. This practice insures peak performance from the compound during cold weather. DON'T--allow compound to freeze in the bucket or on the wall. Once frozen, the material loses almost all its bond strength and must be replaced. If Ready-Mixed Compound freezes, move to room temperature to thaw. (Do not force thawing.) Re-mix and generally it will be usable. DON'T--store tape and compound in areas subject to damp ness. Tape is particularly sensitive to poor storage conditions, picking up moisture rapidly--one of the causes of center hump ing. Dampness seriously affects the working qualities of both tape and compound. DO--provide proper heat and adequate air circulation. A mini mum temperature of 55 *F. should be maintained day and night ail through the erection of the gypsum waliboard, taping, finish ing, and until final decoration is thoroughly dry. The best prac tice by far is to use central heat. Temporary heat provided by salamanders, space heaters or unvented gas burners is usually unsatisfactory. Insufficient venting to carry off fumes from this type heating can cause staining of joint compound. Improper heat or inadequate air circulation causes uneven drying, leading to bond failure, delayed shrinkage and paint discoloration. DO--provide proper ventilation to allow moisture to escape. Open windows slightly in various locations. DO--allow sufficient drying time between coats and especially before any decorating is started. Cold, damp weather will cause slow drying of all types of joint and finishing compounds. Under adverse job conditions 48 hours drying time between coats is often insufficient. (See Drying Time Guide shown below.) Fin ishing over seemingly dry base coats, which are actually wet underneath, is the principal cause of job failures and especially delayed shrinkage and joint discoloration. Joint compound which remains wet for a prolonged period tends to shrink excessively. Compounds requiring 48 to 72 hours to dry will always shrink more than if they had dried in 24 hours (except Durabond Joint Compound). J 4 C .. Drying time guide/installation methods DO--plan work well ahead lo operate under the most favorable circumstances. Mix compound well in advance--one of the major cold weather advantages of Perf-A-Tapb Compound and Topping is that both can be held in a wet mix for 7 to 10 days without losing strength or fine application qualities. Insist on proper working conditions and resist all pressures to speed up applications until the preceding coat is thoroughly dry on every surface and angle. DRYING TIME GUIDE This guide provides a means for estimating drying requirements for drywall joint compound under various temperatures and humidity conditions. To figure drying time, determining the temperature and humidity with a sling psychrometer (see photo), then apply these figures to the chart on next page. The drying times shown are for joint compound under tape, for evaporation of 10 lbs. water per 250" tape, corresponding to 1/16" to i/64" wet compound thickness under the tape. The drying times for thicker (or thinner) coats of wet compound between the tape and board will be increased (or decreased) approximately in proportion to the wet compound thickness. These drying times apply when the exposed surface of the tape is bare or nearly bare. A heavy compound coat over tape lengthens drying time. ii 100 Installation methods/USG Cover Coat I Guide to Drying Time--Joint Treatment Humidity 50 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 85% 90% 91% 92% 93% 94% 95% 96% 97% 98% 21H 23H 26H 29H 36H 42H 2>/.0 3WD 40 SO 7D 30 90 100 120 140 180 260 0-0yj (24 an.) 60* 14H 16H 18H 20H 24H 29H 38H 2yo 30 4K0 4y.o so 60 70 80 100 12D ISO Tampersturn 70* 30* 10H 11H 12H 14H 17H 20H 26H 38H m 30 3y.o 3V)0 40 50 60 70 90 120 7H 8H 9H 10H 12H 14H 19H 27H 34H 49H 2VD 2V5D 2WD 3yo 40 5D 60 90 90s SH 5V4H 6H 7H 9H 10H 14H 19H 25H 35H 4QH 44H 48H 2 HO 2y.o 3V60 4V5Q 60 100* 3V6H 4H 4V4H 5H 6H SH 10H 14H 18H 2SH 29H 32H 36H 41H 48H 2V40 3y.o 4W0 USG Cover Coat Application With ready-mixed USG Cover Coat, drywall contractors are able to offer smooth or textured, white, ready-to-decorate sur faces on concrete ceilings and columns located above grade. Smooth application and excellent bonding strength make USG Cover Coat ideal for filling small holes and_crevices and for second and following covering applications with drywall methods and tools. USG Cover Coat should not be applied over moist surfaces or surfaces likely to become moist (by condensation or otherwise), on ceiling areas below grade, on surfaces which project outside the building, or on other areas which might be subject to moisture, freezing, efflorescence, pitting or popping, movement, or other abnormal condition. APPLICATION 1. For best results apply USG Cover Coat before interior parti tions are erected. Use the compound at package consistency to minimize shrinkage. If a thinner material is desired, the com pound may be thinned by adding clean water (up to one pint per 5 gals. Cover Coat) and mixing to desired consistency using a potato masher or low-speed drill type mixer. If applicator should inadvertently overthin, simply add additional Cover Coat to thicken and remix. 2. Protect USG Cover Coat from freezing. During entire appli cation, temperature must be maintained at or above 55 F., and heat and ventilation must be provided when necessary. 3. All areas to be treated must be clean, dry and free from contaminants and all exposed metal protected with a rust pre ventative paint. Large projections should be chiseled off and brought flush with the concrete surface. 4. Apply USG Cover Coat over the joints and ridges left by $ G 0 (rt -4 Special applications--arches/installation methods the concrete forms with a "flat box" or knife. Fill in and/or level out small holes and lumps, ridges, lips, etc. with compound. Allow to dry. . 5. Using two men, apply first coat of Cover Coat to entire sur face area of ceiling, beam, or column with "flat box" or regular knife. Keep moving in one direction, making sure that each application overlaps the previous one. Follow "box" application with a pole drywall blade. 24" or wider, to smooth out "box" application, leaving a minimum of ridges and imperfections. Coordinate application of Perf-A-Bead reinforcement on angles and comers as required, embedding tape and covering both flanges with a smooth fill of Cover Coat. Allow to dry (under good drying conditions, 24 hrs.) 6. Second coat application--sand and dust first coat. Apply second coat with "box" and pole drywall blade application de scribed above or texture at this point if desired. Allow to dry. Sand to ultimate smoothness with fine sand paper, if necessary. 7. A very rough or uneven concrete surface may require three or more coats applied in the same manner. 8. USG Cover Coat should be dry and dust-free if further deco rating is desired. Seal with a good quality sealer (Sheetrocx Sealer or Texoute Primer-Sealer is recommended) before finish decoration is applied. 9. More detailed written directions and special uses are available on request. Ask for Bulletin J-28. Special Applications BB013 1549 Arches of any radii are easily faced with Sheetrocx Wallboard and finished with Perf-A-Tape Joint System. Score or cut through back paper of wallboard at 1" intervals to make board flexible. The board should previously have been cut to desired width and length of arch. 102. Installation methods/Curved surfaces After board has been applied to arch with nails- or screws, butter horizontal and vertical corner surfaces with compound. Crease Perp-A-Tape in center. Make scissor cuts half-way through tape every %" to make tape flexible. Apply tape half with cuts to wail surface, and fold over uncut half of tape onto underside of arch, as shown. Embed and apply second and third finishing coats of joint compound. CURVED SURFACES Sheetrock Wallboard can be formed to almost any cylindrically curved surface. To apply board, place a stop at one end of the curve and gently and gradually push on other end of board, forcing center against framing until curve is complete. By moistening the face and back paper thoroughly prior to application, and replacing in the stack for at least one hour the board may be bent to still shorter radii. When the board dries thoroughly, it will regain its original hardness. Minimum Bending Radii of Dry SHEETROCK Wallboard Thiekswss Longth <-h' 20"~ V 7V4' /*' 5' **8mdui| two K' piocos succosnMt PopmH rxtii Mown for Width 25' 15' ' SHEETTtOCK. fS fB b c n n n R fl Sliding door lamination/lnstallation methods SLIDING DOOR LAMINATION Sliding Door Frame--Sheetrock is laminated to framing mem bers with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). This virtually prevents both fastener pops and the possibility of fasteners protruding through the usual H" backing of frame. After installing sliding door frame, check to make sure there is sufficient backing where Sheetrock panels join. Normally, this is about 4' up from subffoor. Adhesive Application--Properly measure and cut Sheetrock to fit over frame. Using a spreader blade, spread regular Pbrf-A-Tape Joint Compound on section of sliding door frame to be covered hist (normally the top section). This prevents pre-drying of adhesive. Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound should be mixed to adhesive consistency and applied in beads Vi" high, H " wide at the base and spaced 1 Vt ' o.c. r i Tra Application of SHEETROCK--Immediately following applica tion of compound, apply prefitted Sheetrock Wallboard to upper section of frame. Spread lower section of frame with compound and apply prefitted Sheetrock Wallboard. na o u W * Installation methods/Resurfacing 1 Shoring--Once wailboard is in place, pieces of wood or scrips of Sheetrock are temporarily nailed to frame with 6d double headed nails to hold Sheetrock firmly while compound dries. Finish--When Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound has dried (usually overnight), remove temporary shoring, dimple remaining nail holes in the wailboard, and finish wailboard in normal manner. RESURFACING OLD WALL & CEILING SURFACES - . wav. m : - :*!& ( ; < t ` i | * V c < * Where ceilings or sidewalls are so badly disfigured that an entirely fresh surface is desirable, they may be resurfaced using a layer of V4" or W" Sheetrock Wailboard. Bright, new sur faces may also be obtained using predecorated Ultrawall or Sheetrock Vinyl Panels. For resurfacing masonry walls, see application of Sheetrock to Wood Furring, page 74. * h PI e IO 0G Radiant heating/Installation methods Preparation--Remove all trim (this is not always necessary when using Vi" Sheetrock). Remove all loose or poorly bonded material. Fill small holes with joint compound or patching plaster. Patch large holes to the surrounding level with single or multiple layers of Sheetrock nailed to framing and shimmed out as required. Electrical outlet boxes for switches, wall receptacles and fixtures should be extended outward to compensate for the added wallboard thickness. Locate joists and studs by probing, and draw a chalk line to mark their full run. Where great irregularities of surface exist, apply furring strips not over 16" o.c., using wood shingles to shim out to a true, even plane. Installation--Apply Sheetrock horizontally or vertically, which ever method is most practical. Fasten with gypsum wallboard nails, cement coated, spaced 7' on ceilings, 8" on sidewalls. Nails must be long enough to penetrate into framing members at least y". Nail Ultrawall or Sheetrock Vinyl Panels over existing walls with VA" matching color nails using a plastic headed hammer. Wallboard may be adhesively applied over existing walls with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound or USG Laminating Adhesive (see Adhesive Application, page 70, for directions). Finish Sheetrock wallboard with metal corner reinforcement and joint treatment as necessary and replace all trim. as U 3 jt 1 RADIANT HEAT APPLICATION During recent years electric heat has shown continued growth in residential and high-rise construction. Extensive research to produce improved icsulation and electric heating systems, to gether with reduced electrical rates and savings in original equip ment, have contributed to this growth. The convenience of individual room comfort control, cleanliness, low cost and space saving features of electric cable radiant ceilings have made this construction one of the most popular systems. Double-layer gypsum wallboard has been used extensively in electric cable radiant heated ceilings. Regular Sheetrock or Baxboro backing board is the base layer, heating cables are embedded in a filler, and a face layer of Sheetrock is attached directly to the adhesive filler. The fire resistance, economy of installation, reinforced joints and ease of decoration make Sheetrock ideally suited for this q application. However, certain precautions must be taken as out- >* lined below to minimize the possibility of cracking due to M thermal shock, shadowing under heating dements caused by M unequal initial drying rates and calcination of gypsum wallboard (a resulting from overheating. A fhawia^ril-Tftfir-ri il'l. T i ' l l i j J ) i t i \ Installation methods/Radiant heating 1-1/4" min. clearance Typical layout--electrical radiant heated ceiling Design and Installation Recommendations 1. In radiant electric cable heating systems where gypsum wailboards or backing boards are used, the maximum electrical cable temperature should not exceed 125" F. Temperatures exceeding these will produce slow calcination and eventual de terioration of the wallboard. 2. All inspections and testing of the electrical heating system should be completed before the application of face layer of gypsum wallboard. 3. The filler and adhesive must be thoroughly dry before taping and finishing. Good air circulation at the ceiling level is essential to assist drying. 4. The heating system should not be placed into operation until the filler is dry. Allow a minimum of one week with good drying conditions and two weeks in the cold season before turning on heating system. Provide temporary heating on the job when the temperature falls below 55" F. 5. When the heating system is initially operated after decorating, the thermostat should be set at room temperature and raised in 5* increments until the desired operating temperature is reached. --v, Radiant heating/lnstaiiunori nniiMva MATERIALS 1. Base Layer--Vs ", Vi", X" Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board. 2. Face Layer--H", VS", X" Regular Shestrock Gypsum Wallboard. 3. Fasteners-- a. Base Layer Screws--1 Vi" USG Drywall Screw Type W. Nails-- 1 Vi" GWB-54 for X" and VS" thick board. 1%" GWB-54 for X" thick board. Staples--16 ga. flattened galvanized wire, 7/16" wide crown, 1" long legs for X" thick board. 1V&" long for Vi" thick board and 1V1" long for X" thick board, all with divergent points. b. Face Layer--GWB-54 type nails providing %" penetration, or coated gypsum wallboard nails providing l" penetration into wood framing. 4. Filler--Durabond Joint Compound with ASTM C-35 sand added in the proportion of 1:1 by weight (approximately 1 part Durabond to Vi part sand by volume). 5. Furring Strips, if used, must be a type which will be stable under high moisture conditions. Quality kiln dried lumber and resin-bound wood chip boards are best. Most soft lumber and flber type hardboards are unsuitable. If in doubt, check the dealer or manufacturer. 6. Adhesive--Durabond Joint Compound. 7. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. INSTALLATION Base Layer--Apply horizontally. Fasten with power-driven drywall screws, nails or power-driven staples spaced not to exceed the following: 1. Drywall screws: 24" o.c. 2. Nails: 7' o.c. Alternate: Where filler is not used as adhesive, space nails 14" o.c. 3. Staples: 7" o.c. driven with crown at right angle to long dimension of framing member, except where paper bound edges fail on framing members, then drive staples parallel to edges. Drive staple so crown bears tightly against Baxboro backing board but does not cut paper. Legs of staples should be at least H ' from ends and edges of wallboard. Electric Heating Cables--Securely attach cables to base layer and space cables between joists in accordance with cable manu facturer's recommendations. Position cables parallel to and be tween nailing members and at least 1V4" from center of nailing member on each side so that at least a 2V4" unobstructed chan nel is provided under each nailing member. Cables should cross nailing members only near edges of ceiling, within 4" to 6" from wail. Leave a clear space of at least 4" around the per imeter of each ceiling, and at least 8" around all openings (see typical ceiling layout pattern). Inspect and test heating system before applying face layer. Filler and Face Layer--Mix filler of Durabond Joint Com- BB013 1591 i 108 Installation methods/Exterior soffits 1 pound and sand (see proportions above). Completely embed heating elements in filler, and level to provide complete contact between face layer and base layer of wallboard. When required to produce a uniform thickness of filler and a firm base for nail ing, furring strips as thick as the layer of filler may be attached over the base layer parallel to joists. Immediately apply face layer after filler has been spread and fasten to wood framing with nails spaced 16" o.c. Space face layer nails 8" to 10" away from walls at ceiling perimeters. When base layer is supported by furring strips attached to wood beams, trusses or joists spaced over 24" o.c. the Durubond filler, or fill coat, should be applied and allowed to dry completely. Apply a following thin adhesive coat of Durabond Joint Com pound, erect Sheetrock face layer and fasten with nails 7" o.c. Finishing--Allow filler and adhesive to dry thoroughly before finishing. Treat all joints and nail heads with Durabond or Perf-A-Tape Joint system and allow to dry. Operate heating system only after filler, adhesive and joint treat ment are completely dry. Allow a minimum of one week with good drying conditions and two weeks in cold seasons before turning on heating system. EXTERIOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS i ^ Q 9 i e to g g *P Exterior soffits/Installation methods i SPACING OF SUPPORTS Porch and Carport Ceilings--Space framing not more than 16* o.c. for Vi* Sheetrock Wallboard and 24' o.c. for H" Skeetrock. Soffits--For eave or rake projections of 26' or more, space framing not more than 16' o.c. for Vi" Skeetrock and 24* o.c. for VS" Sheetrock. For projections of 26" or less, space fram ing not more than 24" o.c. provided both edges of the Skeetrock Wallboard parallel to the building wall are sup ported by moldings or other suitable means. Trim Moldings--all edges and ends around perimeter of Sheetrock exterior ceilings and soffits must be supported by moldings of sufficient size and fastened securely to prevent sagging of the wallboard. Wood facings must be provided be tween Sheetrock Wallboard ceilings or soffits of eaves and rakes and brick or masonry work of any kind. WEATHER PROTECTION Underiayment--In areas subject to freezing temperatures, shingled roofs should be provided with eave flashing strips of not less thaa 55 lb. smooth roiled roofing or two layers of 15 lb. felt cemented together, extending inside face of exterior walls not less than: (a) 24* for pitches under 5 in 12; (b) 12' for pitches of 5 in 12 or over. If the pitch or overhang requires strip to be wider than can be covered by a single strip, all laps are to be cemented. Metal Drip Edge extending a minimum of 3* under shingles must be provided at ail roof edges. Fascia Boards of sufficient width to provide a minimum of Vi' drip below adjacent trim on underside of eave, rake or ceiling must be provided. Paint--All exposed surfaces should be painted with two coats of USG exterior paint (see Selector Guide, page 54). VENTILATION Attic spaces above open porches and carport ceilings should be provided with ventilation in compliance with FHA require ments for attic spaces over living quarters. When Sheetrock Wallboard is applied direct to rafters, vents should be provided at each end of each span. Rafters or joist spaces should have minimum of 2' x full width between framing, screened vent at each end of each space. Vent openings should be framed with wood and located within 6' of outer edge of eave. FASTENERS 1 Vi * USG Drywall Screws Type W . I Vi ' GWB-54 nails for Vi ' board, m * length for H * board M_ _ _ _ _ ------------------------------------- - i<f,n i -- IT.-"** Installation methods/Runner attachment application Apply Sheetrock Wallboard with long edges of right angles to framing members. For best results, back-blocking of all joints, and floating of end joints, are recommended (see page 76 for back-blocking procedure). Fasten wallboard with drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. or nails spaced 7" o.c. Wood and Metal Runner Attachment < < USG Drywall Partitions are secured to floors, ceilings and abut ting walls with runners fastened to the supporting structure. The DWR Runner, a metal channel, is most commonly used, particularly with various systems employing a metal stud. The USG Double and Triple Solid Gypsum Partitions are attached with a metal angle runner. A wood runner may be used when a nailer for wood base trim is needed but generally is not accept able when a Are rating is required. To improve the sound control characteristics of a partition, a non-hardening caulking material shouid be used under ail wood and metal runners to seal the runner to the structure. Caulking under metal runners is required to obtain the sound ratings shown in Chapter 5. INSTALLATION Layout Partition--Properly position partition location according to the partition layout. Snap chalk lines at ceiling and floor. Be certain partition will be plumb. CaulkingMaterial--Plastic Sealer No. 579.64 as manufactured by Presstite Division. Interchemical Co. or equal. BB013 1554 r*r Runner attachment/lnstallation methods The surfaces to be caulked should be clean, dry and free of ail foreign matter. Using an air pressure-activated or hand caulking gun. apply non-hardening caulking compound in beads about round to the floor and walls and to the back of the ceiling runner. Apply caulking in double beads under wood plates, DWR Runners and wood top and bottom runners and in single beads under angle runners. Caulking material will keep its proper tacky consistency if stored on the job in an insulated box heated with a 100-watt light bulb. Runner Installation--After caulking, securely attach runners: 1. To concrete slabs--using concrete stub nails, shielded screws, or power-driven fasteners. 2. To gypsum or concrete block walls--using square cut nails or power-driven fasteners. 3. To suspended ceilings--using expandable molly type fastener or toggle bolts. 4. To wood framing--using 12d nails or suitable screws. Secure runners with fasteners placed at corners, at runner ends and spaced not to exceed 24' o.c. Exception: Fasteners securing floor runners in USG Studwall and USG Ribwail drywail parti tions and all floor runners attached to wood framing should be spaced not to exceed 16' o.c. At partition comers extend one runner to the end of the corner and butt the other runner to it allowing clearance for wallboard thickness as necessary. Runners should not be mitered. 09 09 O ** u cn CB (I "I 112; Installation methods/Sound control products Sound Control Products Application Many USG Drywail Partitions have been developed to meet the demand for increased privacy between units in residential and commercial construction. Designed for wood stud, metal stud or laminated gypsum board construction, these assemblies offer highly efficient sound control properties, yet are more economical than other partitions offering equal sound isolation. These improved sound isolation properties and STC (Sound Transmission Class) ratings are obtained by using Thermafiber Insulating or Sound Attenuation Blankets or USG Sound Dead ening Board. General application procedures for these prod ucts are shown below. See Chapter 4 for the specific compo nents and construction details and Chapter 5 for sound ratings. INSTALLATION--THERMAFIBER INSULATLNG AND SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS Install blankets to completely fill the height of the stud cavity. If necessary to tightly fill height, cut stock length blankets with a straight edge and knife or with a large pair of scissors for in sertion in the void space. Tightly butt ends and sides of blankets within a cavity. Use 12" wide pieces of Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets in narrow stud spaces next to door open ings or at partition intersections, or install two 12" pieces with tightly butted sides in 24" wide cavities. Fit blankets carefully behind electrical outlets, bracing, fixture attachments, medicine cabinets, etc. ATTACHMENT-INSULATING BLANKETS To Wood Studs--Using a power-driven or hand stapling gun. attach paper flanges to sides of studs and at top and bottom Sound control products/lnstallation methods 113 plate with staples having a 9/16' leg and spaced 6' to 8' o.c. To Gypsum Board--In metal stud and laminated gypsum board partitions, attach blanket to back side of gypsum board using staples applied with pistol type hand stapler. For IV6" and 2* thick blankets use staples with a 9/16' leg, for 3' thick blan kets use staples with a V" leg. Place staples at least 2' in from the edges, at each corner and along the vertical edges spaced not to exceed 24" o.c. ATTACHMENT-SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS To Gypsum Board--Using a pistol type hand stapler, attach blanket at each comer at least 2' in from edges and in center of blanket. Use staples with a 9/16' leg applied through a minimum 2" square heavy paper washer or staple over a 6d nail laid flat on the blanket. Either method prevents staple from pulling through the blanket. i INSTALLATION-USG SOUND DEADENING BOARD Wood Fiber--Apply base layer sound deadening board verti. cally with joints staggered on opposite sides of the partition. At ! tach to each side of staggered 2' x 3' wood studs with 6d cement > coated gypsum wallboard nails. Space nails 12' o.c. along the , vertical edges and 30' o.c. along the intermediate framing. ; Apply the Vs" Skeetrock Firecode Gypsum Wallboard face ? layer horizontally. Fasten face layer with 7d cement coated nails | spaced 7' o.c. and staggered from wood liber sound deadening | board nails. Finish joints with Perp-A-Tape or Durabond Joint | System. | The above describes fastener spacing and application of wood | fiber sound deadening board in 1-hr. (ire-rated partition con ; sanction (UL Des 17-1 hr) having a J3 STC. Other drywall j partition assemblies using wood fiber board are possible. * Mineral Fiber--Apply base layer of mineral fiber sound dead er. ening board vertically with joints staggered on opposite sides of * the partition. Attach board to each side of metal studs with I' USG Drywall Screws Type S spaced not to exceed 27" o.c. along vertical joints and at quarter and mid-points of panel - height along intermediate stud. Place two screws at each end - of board through runner 1" from each vertical edge. Apply V4 " Sheetrocx Firecooe Wallboard face layer vertically with joints staggered from base layer joints. Apply face layer adhesively using Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) and Sheet Lamination method (see page 71). Fasten board around the perimeter with 14k" USG Drywall Screws Type S spaced 12' o.c. Finish joints. The above described fastener spacing and application of min eral fiber sound deadening board in 1-hr. fire-rated partition construction (UL Des 23-1 hr) having a 48 STC. A similar construction with 4k" Sheetrock Firecooe face layers, screw spacing 16' o.c., and 34k' DWS Metal Studs has a 52 STC and an estimated 2-hr. fire rating. a a o A (J u a >4 s f Installation methods/Cauiking Caulking Application Where a drywall partition is used as a sound barrier, a non hardening caulking material should be used to seal all cut-outs and all intersections with the adjoining structure. The sound that will leak through a one-inch opening will offset the entire sound transmission loss value of a partition. Caulking under runners and around the perimeter of the face layer wallboard is required to achieve sound transmission loss values on the job that approximate those determined by test. Caulking has proven to be the least expensive way to get better sound control. INSTALLATION Caulking Material --Plastic Sealer No. 579.64 as manufactured by Presstite Division, Imerchemicai Co. or equal. i s Runners--Apply caulking underneath all runners at the floor and ceiling and runners used at partition intersections with I dissimilar wall construction. See Wood and Metal Runner At tachment, page 110 for details. L t< Partition Perimeter--Apply appropriate metal edge trim to Cl the wallboard face layer around the entire partition perimeter. Leave a groove of approximately V4" wide at the door, ceiling C and intersections with dissimilar walls. Fill groove with caulk ing. Finish over groove with base or trim as desired. VI it Openings--Apply a Vi" minimum round bead of caulking around ail cut-outs such as at electrical boxes, medicine cabi nets, heating ducts and cold air returns to seal the opening. bcrt, rin u fl Door and borrowed light frames/lnstailation methods 115 Metai Door and Borrowed Light Frames Metal door and borrowed light frames used with Sheetrocc Wallboard partitions must be rigidly secured to prevent twisting or movement. If door frames are free to twist upon impact, or trim returns are free to vibrate, movement of the frame will tend to pinch the wallboard face paper and crush the core, resulting in unsightly cracks in the finish and loose frames. Basic considerations for insuring secure metal door and bor rowed light frames with wallboard partitions are: 1. Frames must be securely anchored in place. 2. Partition must sit securely in frame so that wall and frame work as a unit. Impact stresses on frame will then be dissipated over entire partition surface and local damage minimized. 3. The frame opening between trim returns must be suffi ciently wide to allow full insertion of gypsum wallboard. U.S.G. recommends that metal door and borrowed light frames be formed from 18-ga. steel minimum, shop primed. The open ing between trim returns should be accurately formed to the overall thickness of the partition. Floor anchor plates for door frames should be 14-ga. steel minimum, designed with two anchor holes to prevent rotation, and shop welded to trim flanges in order to dampen door impact vibrations. Floor anchorage should be by two powerdriven anchors or equivalent per plate. Jamb anchor clips should be formed of 18-ga. steel minimum, welded in the jamb and head, and screw attached to the stud. A minimum of three anchor dips per jamb is recommended with the top dip located near the frame head (see details below). Door closers and bumpers are required on all doors where the door weight (induding attached hardware) exceeds 50 lbs. Door and borrowed light frames are not recommended when partitions are used as party walls, since the sound control char acteristics will be reduced. When installing metal frames in a partition using multi-layer wallboard application with Pew-A-Tape Joint Compound or USC Laminating Adhesive, allowance must be made for the adhesive thickness which is 1/16" per adhesive line. All metal door and borrowed light frames should be spot grouted at the location of the jamb anchor dips, after the coreboard or stud is installed but before the wallboard is erected. The grout should be raked out to allow the wallboard to be inserted into the frame. qj (0 O * CJ ** ^ . Installation methods/Door frame details 1 Door frame stmts are recommended for use with USG Semi Solid, Solid and Double Solid drywall partitions. Stmts should be V*" minimum thickness, hot rolled steel bar stock, and of sufficient width (minimum 1") to completely fill door stop void and anchor jamb securely. Stmts should be welded to jambs a minimum of 16' below head and extend upward to the slab or a structural member where they are securely fastened. On the USG Studwall. Ribwali and Metal Stud drywall parti tions, a USG Metal Stud acting as a stmt-stud should be lo cated adjacent to the jamb and securely screwed or bolted to the jamb anchor clips. A complete description for ''Installation of Rough Framing" is shown. Rough framing/Installation methods INSTALLATION OF ROUGH FRAMING Door and borrowed light frames should be rough framed with metal studs and runners. Position floor to ceiling height strutstuds vertically adjacent to frames and anchor securely to top and bottom runners with the USG Metal Lock Fastener. Fabricate sill and header sections from DWR runners and install over lessthan-ceiling-height door frames and above and below borrowed light frames. Fabricate from a cut-to-Iength section of runner with flanges slit and web bent to allow flanges to overlap adja cent vertical strut-studs, and securely attach to strut-studs with the USG Metal Lock Fastener (see detail). Fasten jamb anchor clips to strut-studs with two *s" USG Drywall Screws Type S-12, pan head. Install cut-to-Iength studs in the center above the door opening and above and below borrowed light openings spaced no greater than 24' o.c. I BB013 1361 Ml 18 Installation methods/Metal windows When installing metal door frames it is essential that partition enter frame opening (illustrated above) fully so that face layer of wallboard is enclosed by the trim and not butted against trim return. The frame opening measurement is critical, as too large a tolerance between wallboard and trim return will cause door frame to twist or vibrate against wallboard. Too small a toler ance will prevent wallboard from fully entering frame opening; as a result, the door frame will not be held securely by the partition. Measurement of partition thickness must include thickness of adhesive line. When installing a three-piece knocked down door frame, allow space in the rough framing for the adjustment shoes in the frame. When ordering metal door frames, the many factors which must be considered include: the gauge of the frame: width and height of door opening; swing direction of door; type and thickness of door, and over-all thickness of partition. Metal Window Installation DUR-A-BEAD or PERF-A-BEAD reinforcement PERF-A-TAPE compound No. 400, 200-A USG metal trim or No. 300 PERF-A-TRIM 1/4" waterproof insulating tape metai sash In conjunction with metal window installation, builders nor mally allow Vt" to 'A" space between metal windows and end of Sheetrock Wallboard. This space is filled with caulking compound prior to painting. This method of installation allows moisture from condensation on metal window frame to peneirate into end of gypsum wallboard and, after a year or more, may result in paper delamination from the core. By placing No. 400 or No. 200-A USG Metal Trim, or No. 300 Perf-A-Trjm casing between window and board, protection will be provided against moisture penetrating the wallboard core. . jy Jg at& Waterproof insulating tape. 1/32' thick and V*" wide, is used to separate metal sash and metal trim and will provide some measure of insulation between the two different metals. Direct contact of an aluminum frame and metal trim in the presence of condensation moisture may cause an electrolytic deteriora tion of aluminum frame. $ c 0> 0, V Electrical fixture/lnstallation methods 119 Electrical Fixture Installation I!) Alter electrical services have been roughed in and before wallboard is installed, cut necessary openings in core board, gypsum studs and openings in face layers of Sheetrock to accept rigid conduct, flexible cable, electrical switches, outlet boxes, etc. To locate exact position of cut-out, hold Sheetrock panel in place over electrical outlet. Tap with a rubber mallet or place a wooden block on the wallboard and tap on block around fixture with a hammer. The indentation on the wallboard is the guide for cutting. Remove the face panel and cut out opening with a keyhole saw or with specially designed cutting tools which produce die cut openings of the exact shape needed for various types of outlets. Erect panel in the usual manner. Caulking--Where the partition is used as a sound barrier, apply a non-hardening caulking material to the backs of electrical boxes and around all boxes to seal the cut-out. Eliminate cut ting holes back to back and adjacent to each other. Electrical boxes having a drywall ring or device cover for use as a stop in caulking are recommended. ;l| Fixture Attachment USG Drywall Partitions provide suitable anchorage for most types of fixtures normally found in residential and commercial construction. To insure satisfactory job performance it is important to have an understanding of particular fixture attachment so that sound control characteristics will be retained and at- o ** M (J Q* W i Installation methods/Fixtures tachment will be within the allowable load-carrying capacity of the construction. In wood frame construction, fixtures are usually attached di rectly to the framing or to blocking or supports attached to the framing. Blocking or supports should be provided for plumbing fixtures, towel racks, grab bars and similar items. Single or double layer Sheetrock Wall board is not designed to support loads imposed by these items without additional support to carry the main part of the load. The attachment of fixtures to sound barrier partitions may impair the sound control characteristics. Only lightweight fix tures should be attached to resilient wall surfaces constructed with the RC-l Resilient Channel. Refrain from attaching fix tures to party walls so as to provide a direct path for sound to flow. Allow a space between the back of the fixture attachment and septum barrier in the USC Triple Solid Drywall Partition. Wallboard used in the ceiling is not designed to support light fixtures or troffers, air vents or other equipment. Separate sup ports should be provided. FIXTURE ATTACHMENT TYPES To provide information for proper construction, an investiga tion of loading capacities of various fasteners and fixture at tachments used with USC Drywall Partitions was conducted at the U.S.G. Research Center. The following fasteners or attach ments were tested. W" Elevator Bolt--a fiat, plain, circular countersunk head bolt with a square neck to prevent rotation. Head diameter is slightly over three times that of bolt body. The large low head shape provides a flush wide bearing connection. Suitable in ail laminated gypsum partitions for medium or heavy fixtures. No. 8 Sheet Metal Screw--driven into 25 ga. minimum sheet metal plate or strip laminated between face board and core board or gypsum studs or ribs in laminated gypsum partitions. Also may be inserted through Sheetrock Wallboard into a USG Metal Stud. Ideal for pre-planned light fixture attaenment. ^ c ~ Fixtures/Installation methods 121 Expandable plug & screw bolt welded to nested 1 1/2" channels SHEETROCK gypsum wail board hanger bracket Plastic Expansion Plug--No. 8 sheet metal screw into 4-12 plastic plug. This anchor consists of a plastic tubular shield split at one end. A threaded hole in the center is provided to receive sheet metal screw. Annular ribs are provided on outside of plug to assure a positive grip in Sheetrock. As screw is inserted, split end of plug expands (rear of plug) and holds assembly in place. Suitable for attaching lightweight futures in all partitions. Bolt and Nested Channels--Bolt welded to nested llA" chan nels for use in mounting hanger brackets for heavy fixtures. Suitable for use in USG Double Solid and Triple Solid Gypsum Drywall Partitions, provided that fixture attachments do not contact septum sound barrier. .} L 1 Molly Bolt--Vi" Molly Bolt installed in Sheetrock Wallboard only. One advantage of this type fastener is that threaded sec tion remains in wall when screw is removed. Also, wide spread spider support formed by the expanded anchor spreads load gj against wall material, increasing load capacity. q| O Toggle Bolt--V*" Toggle Bolt installed in Sheetrock only. ^ One disadvantage of toggle bolt is that when bolt is removed, u 1 f wing fastener on back will fall down into a hollow wall. w Another disadvantage is that a large hole is required to allow Ul wings to pass through wall facings. ^ 122. Installation methods/Fixtures 1 % Bolt and IV4" Channel--Bolt welded to single l'/t" channel and inserted in notches cut in USG Metal Stud for use in mounting hanger brackets for heavy fixtures. Suitable for use in USG Metal Stud Drywall Partition with DWS-3J8 Metal Studs. Test results shown in following tables are recommended allowable loads under each condition of loading for partition system indicated. Recommended allowable load is an average of number of test loads applied to each fastener or attachment with a safety factor included. Caution must be exercised when using these recommended allowable loads. Withdrawal and shear tests were conducted on these fasteners because they are most extreme values that could be encountered in fixture attachment. However, there is rarely a true withdrawal or a true shear load on any fixture; it is usually a combination of the two. A hand rail would usually be subjected to a greater withdrawal load than a shearing load, but a wall cabinet more of a shearing load than a withdrawal load. This type of consideration must be made before a safe load can be determined for each application. ` . \ $ ; : . ; ' ` ' - Fasteners were tested on small samples of partitions; therefore, consideration must be given when used with full size partitions. If, for example, an elevator bolt has been found to support a 250-lb. load for a given condition, a 750-lb. fixture would re quire three closely spaced elevator bolts. Although each bolt can safely carry 250 lbs., the partition is not necessarily capable of supporting 750 lbs. Spacing and grouping of each type fas tener becomes a definite consideration. Tests were conducted on a short term basis and vibration (especially applicable to fric tion type fasteners), wetting, and long term installation con siderations were not examined. Fastener load tables/Installation methods 123 Fastener Load Tables 2" Solid Drywall Partition Type Fastener or Attachment 1. ft' Elevator Bolt 2. No. 8 sheet metal screw into 25-ga. sheet metal plate 3. No. 3 sheet metal screw in plastic plug Allowable Withdrawal Resistance--Lbs. 250 60 Allowable Shear Resistance--Lbs. 450 100 20 40 Double Solid Drywall Partition Type Fastener or Attachment Allowable Withdrawal Allowable Shear Resistance--Lbs. Resistance--Lbs. I. No. 8 sheet metal screw into 25-ga. shoot metal plate 60 100 2. Heavy Fixture attachment, using two 'At' bolts 200 500 See Footnote* Allowable Static Load--lbs. Allowable Impact Load--ft lbs. 3. Plumber's (Hanger) Bracket, using lour Via' bolts 350 75 Plumberi Bracket--two V18' panelswtfoconstructed, and a simulated ltnli was attacnad to a plumber's bracket. Static and impact loads were applied to sink 18* from lace ol wall. Deflection readings were recorded for panel tested with static loads. A 60-lb. bag was dropped on a simulated sink at various heights, 18* from fact of panel. DWS-358 Metal Stud Orywall Partition Type Fastener or Attachments 1. No. 8 sheet metal scraw through SHEETROCK into metal stud 2. V4' molly bolt in SHEETROCK Wallboard only 3. Vi' toggle bolt into H* SHEETROCK only 4. No. 8 shoot maul scraw in plastic plug 5. Heavy fixture attachment Allowable Withdrawal Resistance--Lbs. 50 Allowable Shear Resistance--Lbs. 80 35 80 40 60 20 40 70 250 BB013 1367 124- Typical One-Sadroom Apartment Unit CD (D 2 Solid Partition Double Solid Party Wail IW Matal Stud Partition USG Furrint Channala on maunry 3H' Metal Stud with 3* THERMAFI8ER wool blanket Corridor Partition ttda , O: w* U. a-<> > - - /SYSTEMS GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION 125 chapter 4 page WOOD STUD PARTITIONS Single Layer 126 Double Layer 128 Resilient Channel 130 Slotted Stud 134 Staggered Stud 136 USG METAL STUD PARTITIONS Single Layer 138 Double Layer 140 Sound Deadening Board 142 Chase Wall 148 Drywall Soffit 150 - Resilient Channel 152 LAMINATED PARTITIONS Semi-Solid 155 2' Solid 159 Gypsum Studwall 166 Gypsum Ribwall 170 Double Solid 176 Triple Solid 180 SHEETROCK and Masonry 184 MOVABLE PARTITIONS SHEETROCK Demountable 187 E-Z Wall 202 VAUGHAN WALL 204 CEILINGS Single Layer 206 Double Layer 208 Resilient Channel 210 Drywall Furring Channel 212 EXTERIOR WALLS AND FURRING Drywall Furring Channel 217 Drywall and Rigid Foam Insulation 221 Resilient Channel 225 Caged Beam Construction 226 Column Fire Protection 229 i CHAPTER 4 i v 126 Systems/Wood stud partitions--single layer USG Drywall Systems U.S.G. gypsum wallboards and accessories are perfectly matched to the wall and ceiling assemblies which have won for drywall a solid, fast-growing share of the apartment and nonresidential construction market. U.S.G. has pioneered the de velopment of such systems, and has perfected dozens of product applications specifically for this use. These systems add new advantages to those which have enabled drywall to dominate residential construction. In high-rise and multiple-unit structures, drywall systems outperform other types in light weight, speed of installation, space saving, over-all economy, movability, and predecorated or easily decorated sur faces. Through advanced "package" design, they now also meet most requirements--usually No. 1 in importance--for fire re sistance and sound transmission loss. They should not be used where exposed to abnormal moisture or excessively high hu midity or temperature. Major U.S.G. partition, ceiling, furring, and fireproofing systems are outlined on the following pages. Each system is described and illustrated in detail, with step-by-step instructions to sim plify construction. Recommended applications and limitations are given together with a full list of materials needed. See Chapter 2 for complete information on products mentioned. See Chapter 3 for installation methods to use in applying vari ous types of wallboard, fasteners, metal accessories, caulking and joint treatment. Wood Stud Partitions Single Layer--Wood Stud Partitions In this basic load-bearing drywall partition Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard is either horizontally or vertically applied directly to conventional 2x4 wood studs. Attachment is by nails, screws or the adhesive nail-on method. Maximum stud spacing for Vs" Sheetrock is 16" o.c.; for Vi" and H" Sheetrock, 24" o.c. To upgrade job quality, Back-Blocking, Double Nailing and Float ing Interior Angles may be used. Joints and fasteners are fin ished with the Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. The use of predecorated Ultrawall or Sheetrock Vinyl Panels eliminates joint treatment and decorating. With Insulat ing (foil back) Sheetrock Wallboard the system is effective as a vapor barrier, offers significant insulating value, and provides economical furring for exterior walls. Single layer--wood stud/Systems 127 .1 ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance-- I -hour rating with Wallboard. Sheetrock Firecode Light Weight--6 to 7 psf for conventional assemblies. Versatile--Widely accepted for interior partitions in all types of residential and commercial buildings where wood framing is used. Economical--Quickly erected using low-cost materials. FREQUENCY - cos MATERIALS 1. Gypsum Board--48' wide--(%") (Vi") (%') thick Ta pered Edge Sheetrock (Regular) or (Insulating--foil back); (Vi") (%") thick Sheetrock Firecode; %' thick Ultrawall Panels (finish); Vi" thick Sheetrock Vinyl Panels (finish); Vi" thick Sheetrock W/R Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 3. Adhesive --(for Back-Blocking System)--Perf-A-Tape Joint Com pound (embedding type). --(for Adhesive Nail-On Board Application)--Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 or DWA-10 Adhesive. 4. Fasteners --Screws--1V4 ' USG Drywall Screw Type W. --Nails (choose type from page 46). 5. Metal Trim (choose type from page 32). 6. SHEETROCK Metal Moldings (for Ultrawall and Sheetrock Vinyl Panels)--to match finishes as required. 7. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Corner Reinforcement (choose type from page 32). 8. Wallboard Sealant (for Sheetrock W/R Wallboard)-- Sheetrock Brand W/R Sealant. 9. THERMAr lhER Insulating Wool Blankets (choose size from Chapter 2). INSTALLATION Install wallboard, fasteners, insulating wool, metal accessories and joint treatment according to methods shown in Chapter 3. iL ! I / SSyystems/Double layer--wood stud Double Layer--Wood Stud Partitions In these load-bearing partitions a base layer of Sheetrock Wallboard, Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board or USG Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board is nailed or screwed to 2x4 wood studs 16' o.c. The Sheetrock face layer is job-laminated to the base layer. Surfaces are treated with the Perf-A-Tape Joint System and decorated--these steps unnecessary when predeco rated Ultrawall or Sheetrock Vinyl Panels are used. In double layer systems the reduced use of face layer fasteners results in finer appearance. To further reduce the possibility of nail popping and angle cracking, see floating interior and ex terior angle construction (see details, page 80). Greater strength and higher fire and sound resistance are also found in these assemblies. FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION 2 layers %" Sheetrock Firecode Gypsum Wallboard each side of 2x4 wood studs 16' o.c.; base layer vertically applied and attached with 6d nails 6* o.c.; face layer horizontally applied and laminated to base; all joints staggered; joints finished. Other double layer assemblies providing different combinations of sound and fire resistance are available (see Chapter S). ADVANTAGES 2-hour Fire Rating with double layer 44" thick wallboard. Finer Appearance--Fewer chances for fastener defects; call backs reduced; easily decorated. Fast Erection---cuts building time, permits earlier occupancy. Double layer--wood stud/Systecns 129 MATERIALS I. Faceboards--48' wide--(44*) (Vi') (44") thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock; (Vi") (44) thick Sheetrock Firecode; 44" thick Ultrawall panels (finish); Vi* thick Sheetrock Vinyl Panels (finish); Vi" thick Sheetrock W/R Gypsum Wallboard--lengths as required. Note: (Jse only 44" thick wallboard for fire rated construction. 2. Backing Board--48" wide--(44*) (Vi") (44") thick (Ta pered Edge) (Insulating) Sheetrock; (Vi") (44") thick Sheetrock Firecode; (44") (Vi") (44") thick Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board; (Vi") (44") thick Baxbord Firecode; lengths as required. Note: Use only 44" thick wallboard for fire rated construction. 3. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tafb or Durabond Joint System. 4. Laminating Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive or PerfA-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). 5. Fasteners --Screws--lVi " USG Drywail Screw Type W. --Nails (choose type from page 46). --Staples--16 ga. flat galvanized wire, Vi' wide, (!') (1V4 ") (1V4 ") long with divergent points. 6. Metal Trim (choose type from page 32). 7. SHEETROCK Metal Moldings (for Ultrawall and Sheetrock Vinyl Panels)--to match finishes as required. 8. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Comer Reinforcement (choose type from page 32). 9. Wallboard Sealant (for Sheetrock W/R Wallboard)-- Sheetrock Brand W/R Sealant. INSTALLATION Install wallboard, fasteners, metal accessories, caulking and joint treatment according to methods described in Chapter 3. ELfii eioaa 130 Systems/Resilient channel--wood stud Resilient Channel--Wood Stud Partitions The resilient attachment of wallboard to wood studs with the RC-1 Resilient Channel provides excellent sound isolation-- equal to the best direct attachment systems--at lower cost. The RC-1 Resilient Channels are attached 24' o.c. at right angles to the studs with nails or screws; wallboard is screw-attached with 1' USG Drywall Screws Type S. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): RC-1 Resilient Channels applied with IVi" USG Drywall Screws Type W or fid nails to both sides of 2x4 wood studs 16" o.c.; 44" Sheetrock Firecode face layers at tached to channels with 1" USG Drywall Screws Type S 12" o.c.; wallboard end joints back-blocked; plates and perimeter caulked; joints finished. Construction (B): RC-1 Channels ap plied with l`/4" USG Drywall Screws Type W or fid nails to one side of 2x4 wood studs 16" o.c.; 44" Sheetrock Firecode face layers attached to channels one side with 1" Type S screws 12' o.c.. applied direct to studs other side with 1V4" Type W screws 12" o.c.; 3' Thermafiber Insulating Wool Blankets be tween studs; plates and perimeter caulked; joints finished. ADVANTAGES 1-hour Fire Rating with Construction (A). STC 52 with Construction (B), the best value for wood stud party walls. Economy--Only three basic components required--resilient channels, drywall screws and wallboard. These simple pan; erect quickly, to offer low-cost party walls. Resilient channel--wood stud/Systems 131 MATERIALS 1. Gypsum Board--48' wide--VS' or H' thick Tapered Edge Sheetrocx Firecooe WalJboard--lengths as required. 2. Resilient Channels--RC-1 Sheetrocx Resilient Channels. 3. Fasteners --Screws--1' USG DrywaU Screws Type S, 1V4' USG Drywall Screws Type W. --Nails--6d c.c. cooler. 4. Insulation--Thermafiber Insulating Blankets, 3"xI5"x96". 5. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-TaPE or Durabond Joint System. 6. Adhesive--(for Back-Blocking)--Perf-A-Tape Joint Com pound (embedding type). ' 7. Metal Trim--#200-A, #200-B, #401 or #402 USG Metal Trim. 8. Comer Bead--Dur-A-Beao, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Comer Reinforcement (choose type from page 32). SOUND TRANS. LOSS - decibels SOUND TRANS. LOSS - decibels BB013 1975 FREQUENCY - cot FREQUENCY - cpt , fr I .32 Systems/Resilient channel--wood stud INSTALLATION Resilient Channels--attach RC-1 Sheetrock Resilient Chan nels at right angles (horizontally) to wood studs. Use W*" USG Drywall Screws Type W or 6d c.c. cooler nails driven through pre-punched holes in channel flange. Fasten channel to stud at each channel-stud intersection. Position channel with nailing flange down. Locate channels at the floor, 24' up from floor, within 6' of the ceiling line and no more than 24' o.c. Extend channels into all comers and fasten to comer framing. Splice channel directly over studs by nesting the channels and fastening both flanges to the support. 4 2 'It a Wallboard--Apply wallboard horizontally with long dimension parallel to resilient channels. Attach wailboard with 1' USG Drywall Screws Type S spaced 12' o.c. along the channels. Center horizontal abutting edges of wailboard over screw flange of channel, and screw-fasten each edge. Back-block all vertical buu joints with a min, g' wide strip of H' gypsum board. nInsulating Wool--Install 3* Thermafibex Insulating Wool Blanket as directed in Chapter 3, page 112. Finishing Partition--Apply metal trim and comer bead, caulk perimeter, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. OK Resilient channel--wood stud/Systems BB013 USG Slotted Stud Partitions The USG Slotted Stud Systems provide the high sound isola tion necessary in wood framed party walls. 44" Sheetrock FtRECODE Wailboard is applied as a face layer over USG Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board, or as a single layer backed by Thermafiber Insulating Blankets between the studs. The slotted stud is a conventional 2x4 wood stud slotted length wise before erection. A 14" saw cut is made completely through the center of the 344" face. The cut, extending to a minimum of 3' from stud ends, does not appreciably impair the stud's load bearing capacity. The use of slotted studs is covered by U. S. Patent No. 2,922,201 owned by United States Gypsum Company. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): 44' Sheetrock F[recode Wailboard face layers vertically applied with joints staggered on opposite sides and screw-attached 16" o.c. to slotted 2x4 wood studs 16" o.c.; 3' Thermafiber Insulation Wool Blankets between studs; joints finished. Construction (B): Base layer Vi" USG Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board applied vertically with 5d coated nails to each side of slotted 2x4 wood studs 16" o.c.; base layer attached to studs 12' o.c. along perimeter and at quarter and mid points in field of panel; face layer 44" Sheetrock F[Recode applied horizontally with 6d coated nails S" o.c.; joints finished. ADVANTAGES e a c a Sound Control--STC 48 with Construction (A) and STC 4` M . with (B)--suitable for party wall use. y Fin Resistance--1-hour estimated. W. -**3!9*' USG slotted stud/Systems 135 FREQUENCY - cos FREQUENCY - cps MATERIALS 1. Faceboards--48' wide--thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Backing Board--Vi" USG Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board. 48' wide--lengths as required. 3. Fasteners --Screws--IV*" USG Drywall Type W. --Nails--(for Construction (B) Jd coated (for base layer); 6d coated (for face layer). 4. Insulation--Tkermafiber Open Faced Insulating Wool Blankets, 3'xlJ'x96". 5. Metal Trim--#200A or #400 USG Metal Trim. 6. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Pekf-A-Bead, Econo Corner Reinforcement. 7. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. INSTALLATION Install wallboard, insulating wool, sound deadening board, fas teners, metal accessories, caulking and joint treatment accord ing to methods described in Chapcer 3. BB0I3 1579 Systems/USG staggered stud USG Staggered Stud Partitions The USG Staggered Stud systems offer excellent sound isolation and fire protection for drywall wood frame partitions used as party walls. The load-bearing framing consists of 2x3 wood studs 16' o.c., staggered on opposite sides of the partition and attached to separate 2x3 plates spaced 1* apart. With Yk" Sheetrock Firecode laminated to a base layer of sound deaden ing board, this system provides optimum sound isolation, STC S3, and a 1-hour lire resistance rating. Where a fire rating is not required, single layer " Sheetrock Firecode facings and 2" Thermaeiber Blankets between studs on one side will give the best value in this type party wall. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): Two rows 2x3 staggered wood studs 16' o.c. on separate plates 1' apart; base layer of Yt" USG Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board applied vertically both sides; base layer attached with 6d coated nails 12' o.c. around pe rimeter and at quarter and mid-points in field of panel; Yi" Sheetrock Firecode face layer applied horizontally both sides and attached with 7d coated nails 7' o.c.; joints finished. Con struction (B): Staggered studs same as in (A); Yk" Sheetrock Firecode face layer applied vertically both sides and attached with l Vi' USG Drywail Screws Type W spaced 16" o.c.; 2" Thermaeiber Insulating Wool Blankets inserted between studs on one side; joints finished. ADVANTAGES Sound Control--STC 33 with Construction (A) and STC SI with (B)--ideal for party walls. Fire Resistance--1-hour rating with (A). USG staggered stud/Systems 137 MATERIALS 1. Faceboards--48' wide--H" thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock Firecoub Wailboard--lengths as required. 2. Backing Board--Vi ' USG Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board, 48' wide--lengths as required. 3. Fasteners-- --Screws--lVi" USG Drywali Screw Type W. --Nails--(for Construction (A) 6d coated (for base layer) 7d coated (for face layer). 4. Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). 5. Insulation--Thermafiber Insulating Blankets, 2"xl5"x96" 6. Metal Trim--#200A or #400 USG Metal Trim. 7. Comer Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Comer Reinforcement. 8. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. INSTALLATION Install wailboard, insulating wool, sound deadening board, fas teners, metal accessories, caulking and joint treatment accord ing to methods described in Chapter 3. FREQUENCY - cos 138 Systems/Metal stud partitions--single layer "1 USG Metal Stud Partitions USG Metal Stud Partitions are lightweight, non-load bearing assemblies that have won wide acceptance for their low cost, speedy erection, fire and sound resistant properties. They consist of steel channel studs, set in floor and ceiling runner tracks and faced each side with one or two layers of Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard, screw-attached. Screw heads and joints are finished with joint treatment. Studs, available in three widths, are used with 48", >/i" or 48" Sheetrock Wallboard facings applied horizontally or vertically depending on job layout, sound and fire resistance required. Maximum stud spacing is 24" o.c. Exception: Where single layer 48 " board is applied each side, maximum stud spacing is 16" o.c. Limiting partition heights: 148" metal stud, 9'; 2'A" stud, 12': 3%" stud, 16'. Metal stud partitions offer some of drywall's best performances. Depending on the construction used (see details below), metal stud assemblies are ideal space-saving dividers within units, eco nomical corridor partitions, or highly sound-resistant party walls. ' ' . Single Layer--Metal Stud Partition These versatile systems offer a practical method of partitioning for corridors, or within units. Screw fasteners assure positive attachment of wallboard, freedom from nail "pops." FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): 48" Sheetrock F[recode face layers vertically applied and screw-attached to DWS-358 (340 Metal Studs 24" o.c. in runners; 1" USG Drywall Screws Type S spaced 8" o.c. at vertical joints and 12" o.c. in fieid of board; joints finished. Construction (B): Same as (A) but with DWS- 212 (2V8") Studs in runners. Construction (C)s Same as (A) but with DWS-158 (148") Studs in runners. Construction (D): Same as (A) but with 48" Sheetrock face layers and 1" Thermaftber Sound Attenuation Blankets in stud cavity. gj Bl O' JT jjJJ S .r r Single layer--metal stud/Systems ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--l-hour rating tor Construction (A) & (C); 1-hour estimated for (B) based on performance ot (C). Sound Control--42 STC with Construction (A); 38 STC with (C); 47 STC with (D). FREQUENCY - cos 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 FREQUENCY - cos MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Studs--DWS-1J8( 1%'), 212(2V4"), 338(3%"). 2. USG Runners--DWR-1J8 (1%"). 212 (2%"), 358 (3%"). 3. Faceboards--48' wide--(%") (%') (%") thick Tapered Edge Sheetroce or (VS") (%") thick Skeetroct Firecode Wailboard--lengths as required. Note: Use only fi' thick wall- hoard for fire-rated construction. 4. Fasteners--USG Drywail Screws--1' Type S, %" Type S- OS 12. pan head. 5. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). 09 O 6. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Comer u Reinforcement. 7. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tapb or Durabond Joint System. 8. Insolation--Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets l"x 24'x48". See page 144 for installation of system. CA 00 U 140 Systems/Double layer--metal stud Double Layer--Metal Stud Partition These double layer systems are excellent for corridors and give the high STC value necessary for party walls. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): 2 layers Sheetrock Firecooe Gypsum Wallboard each side of DWS-358 (34i") Metal Studs 24" o.c. in runners; base layer applied vertically with vertical joints staggered on opposite sides of the partitions; base layer screw- attached with 1" USG Drywall Screws Type S, 12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. staggered at vertical edges; face layer ap plied vertically with joints offset 12" from base layer, face iayer laminated with Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Laminating Adhesive and temporarily held in place; joints finished. Construction (B): Same as (A) but with 1 Vi" Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets stapled to back side of one base layer. Construction (C): Same as (A) but with double layer '/i " Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard attached to DWS-212 (2'A~) Studs; and lVi" Thermafiber Sound At tenuation Blankets stapled to back side of one base layer. ADVANTAGES 2-hour Fire Rating with Construction (A). Sound Control--55 STC (job test), 53 STC (lab test) with Construction (B); 54 STC with (C); 46 STC with (A). 60 --i ... r ; 50 40 < 30 ** ** _ ._...---i..--.....--.. -- "*T'r ...... ...... s TC-46 ___ C anstr. A aa 20 0 P* 10 125 175 250 350 500 u 700 1000 1400 2000 2300 400o!t FREQUENCY - cps 1 M Double layer--metal stud/Systems FREQUENCY - cos 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2300 4000 FREQUENCY - css MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Studs--DWS-212 (2Vi"). 358 <3 Vi"). 2. USG Runners--DWR-212 (2Vi"), 358 (3Vi"). 3. Faceboards--18" wide. Vi" or Vi" thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard--lengths as required. 4. Backing Board--Vi' or Vi" thick. 24" or 48' wide Baxboro Firecode. 8' lengths. 5. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws 1' Type S, lVi' Type G. and Vi' Type S-12. pan head. 6. Adhesive--Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Laminating Adhesive. 7. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). 8. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Beao, Econo Corner Reinforcement 9. Joint Treatment--Pere-A-Taee or Durabond Joint System. 10. Insulation--ThermaFIber Sound Attenuation Blankets 1 Vi'x24'*48". See page 144 for installation of system. BB013 1999 ' 142 Systems/Sound deadening board--metal stud .5 Sound Deadening Board--Metal Stud Partition With USG Mineral Fiber Sound Deadening Board as a base layer these systems offer light weight and effective sound con trol for party and corridor walls at low cost. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): Sheetroctc Firecode Wallboard face layer and Vi' thick USG Mineral Fiber Sound Deadening Board base layer applied each side DWS-3J8 (3*0) Metal Studs 24' o.c. in runners; both boards applied vertically with joints staggered; base layer screw-attached with 1" USG Dry- wall Screws Type S; face layer laminated and attached with 1H" Type S screws; joints finished. Construction (B): Same as (A) but with Vi' Sheetrocx Fikecooe face layers applied to DWS-158 (IF6") Metal Studs in runners. ADVANTAGES 1-honr Fire Rating with Construction (B); 1-hour (esc) for (A) based on performance of (B). STC52 with Construction (A), job testSTC 50: STC 48 wuh (B). _____________________ Jt Sound deadening board--metal stud/Systems MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Stud--DWS-1J8 (1*0. 3J8 (3%'). 2. USG Runners--DWR-138 (1*0, 358 (3%'). 3. Faceboards---48' Wide, Vi" or Vi" thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock Firecode Wailboard--lengths as required. 4. Backing Board--Vi" USG Mineral Fiber Sound Deadening Board. 5. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws, 1' and 1 %' Type S, Vs " Type S-12, pan head. 6. Adhesive--Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Laminating Adhesive. 7. Metal Trim--(Choose type from page 32). 8. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-BeaD, Econo Corner Reinforcement. 9. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. & .j i'V !; FREQUENCY - cps ML ( Systems/Metal stud installation INSTALLATION Stud System Erection--Align DWR-158, 212, or 358 USG Metal Runners accurately at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout. Follow instructions for positioning, attach ing, and caulking behind runners shown in Chapter 3, page 110. Install rough framing around door and borrowed light frames as described in Chapter 3, page 115. Insert floor-to-ceiling height DWS-158, 212, or 358 USG Metal Studs between runners, twisting them into position. Space studs 24' o.c. (except 16' o.c. for single layer -Hi" wallboard). At partition comers, install a stud so that it forms the outside comer. Follow application of base layer wallboard to this stud, install second stud in the abutting run and screw-attach web through base layer to flange of Am stud (see detail page 1471. Place studs in direct contact with all abutting partitions, parti tion comers and other construction. Where there is a possibility of water-penetration through the walls, install an asphalt pro tection strip between the stud and the wall. Anchor all studs adjacent to door and borrowed light frames, partition intersections and comers to the floor and ceiling run ners. Use the USG Metal Lock Fastener or positive screw attachment with Type S-12, pan head, drywail screw through each stud flange and runner flange. Metal stud installation/Systems 145 USG Metal Studs may be conveniently spliced together when required. To splice two studs, nest one into the other to a depth of at least 8'. One flange of each stud must be in between two flanges of mating stud so studs interlock. Fasten together with two W" Type S-12, pan head screws in each flange. Locate each screw no more than 1' from ends of splice. Wallboard Erection--Apply gypsum wallboard with the long dimension parallel (or at right angles) to studs. Position board so all abutting ends and edges (except edges with horizontal application) will be located in center of stud flanges. Be certain joints are neatly fitted and staggered on opposite sides of the partition so they occur on different studs. Cut wallboard to fit neatly around all outlets and switch boxes. For vertical single-layer wallboard application, fasten wallboard with I" USG Drywall Screws Type S spaced a maximum of 12' o.c. in field of board and 8' o.c. along vertical abutting edges. Stagger screws on abutting edges or ends. ; j; r jji ''j i! j jj 46 Systems/Metal stud installation For horizontal single-layer wallboard application and where fire rating is not required, fasten wallboard with 1" U5G Drywail Screws Type S spaced a maximum of 12' o.c. in the field of the board and 12' o.c. along the abutting end joints. For two-layer job laminated construction, apply the base layer vertically with 1" USG Drywail Screws Type S spaced 12" o.c. in field of board and 8" o.c., staggered at vertical joints of the board. Apply the face layer vertically with vertical joints, laminate and hold in place with IV4" Type G drywail screws or with temporary fastening until adhesive is dry. For two-layer construction with screw attachment of the face layer, apply the base layer vertically with vertical joints staggered on opposite sides of the partition and screw-attach with 1" USG Drywail Screws Type S spaced 16" o.c. in the field and vertical joints of the board. Apply the face layer vertically with vertical joints offset 24" from base layer joints and staggered on opposite sides of the partition. Attach with 1%" USG Drywail Screws Type S spaced 16" o.c. in the field and vertical joints of the board. Sound Deadening Board--Install Vi" USG Mineral Fiber Sound Deadening Board as directed in Chapter 3, page 113. Insulating Wool--Install 1 Vi " Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets and 3' Thermafiber Insulating Wool Blankets as di rected in Chapter 3, page 112. Finishing Partition--Apply metal trim and comerbead, caulk perimeter, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. Will plan sections Partition terminal Wallboard adga joint Masonry wall intiruction OH" CO OZ w--; til; tit; -Oj CD 1 Metal stud details/Systems 14T BB013 1571 .48 Systems/Metal stud--chase wall Metal Stud-Chase Wall partitions are used where greater core widths are needed for pipe chase enclosures and other service installations. Net pipe chase widths up to 8V4" are available by using the same materials and techniques required for the basic USG Metal Stud system. This non-load bearing construction consists of a double row of lVi" Metal Studs in runners. Cross braces of Vi" or Vi" gypsum board by chase width are installed at quarter points of the studs. Face layers of Vi" or Vi" Sheetrock Wallboard and cross braces are screw attached to the studs. Joints are treated with the Perf-A-Tape Joint System but may be left untreated if Sheetrock W/R Wallboard is used as a base for the adhesive application of ceramic, metal or plastic wall tile. Limiting partition height: 10'. ADVANTAGES Sound Control--VO to 45 STL estimated (for single Vi' facings and up to 9" air space); 45 to 50 STL estimated (for single Vi" facings and 9' to 12' air space). Fire Resistance--Incombustible. Versatility--Provides variable chase widths. Adaptable for use as party or corridor walls in all metal stud partitions. MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Studs--DWS-158. 2. USG Metal Runners--DWR-158. 3. Gypsum Board--Vi" or Vi" thick, 4' wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard or Vi " thick, 4' wide. Sheetrock W/R Wallboard--lengths as required. 4. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws--1" Type S, Vi" Type S12, pan head. 5. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). 6. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Beao. Econo Comer Reinforcement. 7. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. j c < * Metal stud--chase wall/Systems 149 INSTALLATION Set metal runners--Align double rows of DWR-1J8 USG Metal Runners accurately at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout Spacing between outside flanges of each pair of runners must not exceed 12'. Follow instructions for positioning, attaching and caulking behind runners shown in Chapter 3. Position studs in runners--Insert DWS-158 USG Metal Studs into floor and ceiling runners and twist into position. Start stud spacing (maximum 24" o.c.) from same point in each row of studs so that any pair of studs will be directly opposite each other with their flanges pointing in the same direction. Anchor all studs to floor and ceiling runners with USG Metal Lock Fastener or Yi" USG Drywall Screws Type S-12, pan head. Attach cross bracing--Cut cross-brace sections from V4" or Vi" Sheetrock Wail board a minimum 12' x distance between outer flanges of adjacent runners. Each pair of studs will re quire a minimum of 3 cross-braces located at quarter points with one brace at partition center height. Fasten first cross brace at partition center height with a minimum of three 1' USG Drywall Screws Type S, along each stud web. Fasten other two cross-braces in same manner. Deviate from this pro cedure only where layout of pipes, ducts, etc., requires it Apply Wallboard--Apply Vi' or Vi" Sheetrogc Wallboard vertically with long dimension parallel to framing members. Fasten wallboard to studs with 1' USG Drywall Screws Type S, spaced 12' o.c. in field of board and 8' o.c., staggered, along vertical abutting edges. Where a double layer installation is required, face layer can be laminated or mechanically attached to base layer. For either method, apply wallboard vertically or horizontally with face layer joints offset 24' from base layer joints. For two-layer job-laminated construction, apply base layer as described above for single layer. Laminate face layer and hold in place with lVi" Type G drywall screws or with temporary fastening until adhesive is dry (see Chapter 3 for laminating procedure). For two-layer construction with face layer screwattached. fasten base layer with 1' Type S and face layer with lVi" Type S drywall screws spaced 16' o.c. in field and along vertical abutting edges of board. Finishing partition--Apply metal trim and corner bead; if sound control is required, caulk around all openings and parti tion perimeter, treat all joints; fastener heads and trim as di rected in Chapter 3. BB013 1393 ISO Systems/Drywall soffit Drywall Soffit The USG Drywall Soffit assembly consists of electro-galvanized steel channel runners and studs faced with Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard, screw attached. It is a lightweight, fast and eco nomical method of filling over cabinets or lockers and of hous ing overhead ducts, pipes or conduits. The system permits constructing soffits with depth of 48" and widths to 72" without supplementary vertical studs. Construction Racommondations-- Maximum Dimension (1): Gypsum Board Thickness (2) %" V4' H" H' Mstil Stud Slit IH' VA`. 3H' IH* 2H'.3H' Maximum Width 60' 72' 72' Max. Oepth for Max. Width Shown 48' 36' 30' 18' (1) Tho construction h net dasifnod to support loads othor than its own doad woifht and should not bo usod whoro it mar bo subioctod to axcourvo aOuso. (2) Tha doubfo-fayar wallboard systam and H' thick wallboard aro not racommondod tor this construct**. F * F. BU O lcJ 1 3 '/'*  Drywall soffit/Systerr MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Studs--DWS-158, 212, 3J8. 2. USG Runners--DWR-158, 212, 358. 3. Gypsum Board--Yi" or fi" thick, 4' wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard--lengths as required. 4. Fasteners--1" USG Drywall Screws Type S. 5. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Pere-A-Bead, Econo Corner Reinforcement. 6. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-TaPE or Durabond Joint System. INSTALLATION Align runners for drywall soffits accurately at the ceiling and side wall according to the layout. Attach runners to ceiling con struction as shown in Chapter 3; place fastener close to outside face of runner. On stud walls, space fasteners to engage each stud. Fasten vertical wallboard face panel to web of face corner runner and flange of ceiling runner with 1' USG Drywall Screws Type S spaced 12' o.c. Place screws in face corner runner at least 1' from edge of Sheetrock panel. Insert metal studs between face corner runner and sidewall runner and attach alternate studs to runners with the USG Metal Lock Fastener. Attach bottom face panel to metal studs and runners with 1' Type S screws spaced 12' o.c. Finish soffit with corner bead and joint treatment. or i 'iSM*.VI M ii + *) / 1 152 Systems/Metal stud--resilient channel Resilient Channel Partitions The USG Metal Stud-Resilient Channel Drywall Partitions otfer high-value sound-barrier efficiency in non-load bearing party walls. With two layers of wallboard on one side of the partition separated by the RC-1 Resilient Channel, these double layer systems have been tested at 50 STC or more. Limiting height: 16'. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): USG DWS-358 Metal Studs 24" o.c. in runners: one side, laminated or screw-attached double-layer Vs" Sheetrock Wallboard; opposite side, RC-I channels horizon tally applied 24" o.c. between base and face layers of Vs" Sheetrock Wallboard; face layer screw-attached to RC-1 channel; joints finished. Construction (B); Same as (A) with 3" Thermafiber Insulating Blankets inserted in stud cavity. ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--2 hours estimated. Sound Control--51 STC with Construction (B); 50 STC with FREQUENCY - cos ,,, Metal stud--resilient Channel/Systems 153 | 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 ^ FREQUENCY - cos MATERIALS 1. Resilient Channels--RC-1 Sheetrock Resilient Channel. 2. USG Metal Studs--DWS-358 OVa"). 3. USG Runners--DWR-358 (3%"). 4. Faceboards--Va" thick. 48" wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock (Regular) (Firecode)--lengths as required. 5. Backing Board--H" thick, 24' wide Baxbord (Regular) ( Firecode )--8' lengths. 6. Laminating Adhesive--Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (cmbedding type) or USG LaminatingAdhesive. ; j;j 7. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 8. Fasteners--USG Drywail Screws, 1" Type S, 1%" Type S, Type S-12 pan head, 1V4" Type G. 9. USG Metal Trim (No. 200-A) (No. 401) (No. 402). jij jI ;j i j| 10. USG Comer Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo j s Comer Reinforcement. ;i 1 11. Insulation--ThermafiberInsulatingBlankets, 3'x23"x96". ,; INSTALLATION Stud System Erection--Using metal studs and runners, install ji partition framing as described on page 144. Panel Erection--Apply the base layer vertically with vertical joints staggered on both sides of the partition and screw-attach with 1" USG Drywail Screws Type S spaced 16' o.c. in field and along vertical joints of board. ; ! I' On side opposite the RC-1 Resilient Channel apply face layer B0 vertically with vertical joints offset 24' from base layer joints 5 and staggered on opposite sides of the partition. Attach with ^ i lfi' USG Drywail Screws Type S spaced 16' o.c. in field and (J ! vertical joints of the board, or laminate and hold in place with ) 1V6' USG Drywail Screws Type G. Use sheet or strip lamina- JJJ \ I tion method (see page 70). : >r -- 15*. Systems/Metal stud--resilient channel Position the RC-1 Resilient Channels horizontally, space 24" o.c. and attach to the metai studs with l" USG Drywall Screws Type S driven through the single base layer. Locate chan nels at floor and within 6" of ceiling. Extend channels into all corners and fasten to comer framing. Splice channel directly over studs by nesting the channels and fastening both flanges to the support. Apply face layer parallel to resilient channels. Attach wallboard with 1" USG Drywall Screws Type S spaced 12' o.c. along the channels. Center horizontal abutting edges of wallboard over screw flange of channel and screw-fasten each edge. Back-block all vertical butt joints with a minimum i" wide strip of 44 " gypsum board. Insulating Wool--Install i" Thermafiber Insulating Wool Blanket as directed in Chapter 3. page 112. Finishing Partition--Apply metal trim and corner bead, cauik perimeter, and treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as di rected in Chapter 3. Ceiling attachment 'IT USG laminated gypsum partitions--semi-solid/Systems 15JT USG Laminated Gypsum Partitions Semi-Solid Partition The USG Semi-Solid Partition is a low-cost, functional and structurally sturdy assembly for divider wails in residential con struction. Particularly suited for use with trussed roofs, this non load bearing partition can be erected without conventional wood stud framing. Limiting height: 10'. Construction: " Sheetrock Wallboard face layers erected vertically and job laminated to l"x8" USG Coreboard Strips 24" o.c.; face layers screw attached to full size l"xl" wood floor and ceiling runners; joints finished. | ij ] : 1 iI : ! i j ADVANTAGES Incombustible, except for wood runners. t as osott as Finer Finishing--effectively back-blocked vertical joints; a O minimum of face layer fasteners. T2 Economical--simplified components and elimination of wood studs, speeds up construction. -0 JL ' / 156 Systems/Semi-solid partition MATERIALS 1. Faceboards--Vs" thick, 48" wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock (Regular) (Firecode)--lengths as required. 2. Coreboard Strips--l"x8" USG Coreboard Strips, snapped and separated from l"x24" USG Coreboard prescored 8' o.c. 3. Wood Components--l"xl" minimum size stock, straight, true and free of knots. 4. Fasteners --USG Drywall Screws--114" Type W, IVz" Type G. --Nails--I'A " GWB Annular Ring Nail. 5. Adhesive--Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Laminating Adhesive. 6. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Comer Reinforcement. 7. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. INSTALLATION Align wood floor and ceiling runners accurately according to the partition layout. Plumb runners and securely fasten with nails or other suitable anchorage spaced 16" o.c. Ceiling run ners may be attached 24" o.c. where framing occurs at this spacing. Install rough door frame of l"xl" minimum wood stock before wallboard is applied (Fig. A). Toenail strut members securely to floor and ceiling runners. Set rough frame header between struts and nail in place. Position floor-to-ceiling height face panels vertically on one side of floor and ceiling runners. Arrange panels so that vertical abutting joints are at least 8" from doors and other openings. Fasten face boards to other openings. Fasten face boards to runners with three I!4" Type W drywall screws or GWB-54 nails in each runner. At door frames and other openings, fasten face layers to rough framing with drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. or nails spaced 8" o.c. Snap l"x8" coreboard strips from prescored 24" wide board. Place board with a prescored line over the edge of a table or coreboard stack. Separate strip by forcing sharply downward (Fig. B). Cut coreboard strips to St vertically between floor and ceiling runners and horizontally over door headers. ! 4 T Semi-solid partition /Systems Apply USG Laminating Ad hesive or Pew-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) to the back side of first layer of face boards where core board strips will be laminated (Fig. C). Use the strip lami nating method described on page 70. For convenience, ad hesive may be applied to coreboard strips before they are erected. Fig. E Immediately after applying adhesive, laminate coreboard strips to back side of erected face boards (Fig. D). Place strips completely around door openings and at partition in tersections, corners and ter minals. At partition comers and "T" intersections where coreboard strips meet, nail them together at third points with lOd nails. This nailing is required in addition to lami nation. After all coreboard strips have been placed, apply ad hesive to strips as previously described. Position second face layer vertically with long edge centered over coreboard strip (Fig. E). Fasten face layer to runners and rough door framing as previously described. Apply metal trim and comer bead to finish partition. Treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as shown in Chapter 3. BB013 1601 ti Systems/Semi-solid partition Semi'SOlid partition details K c y fiV e tb a a Intersecting walls Pirtttion comer i mf 2' solid partition/Systems 2" Solid Partition 2" Solid Partitions are by far the most economical, both in erected cost and floor space occupied, of the 2-hour fire-rated gypsum drywall assemblies.. These non-load bearing construc tions are ideal for interior partitions or vent shaft enclosures. In these partitions Sheetrock Wailboard face layers are joblaminated to both sides of 1" USG Gypsum Coreboard secured by floor and ceiling runners. The coreboard is cut or routed to receive electrical services. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): Vi' Sheetrock Firecode face layers applied vertically with staggered joints and laminated to 1' USG Coreboard in metal floor and ceiling runners; joints treated. Construction OB): Same as (A) except untreated wood floor and ceiling runners. Vi" regular Sheetrock Wailboard face layers. Construction (C): Vent shaft construction: fi" Sheetrock Firecock face layers vertically applied each side over 1' USG Coreboard; face layers laminated and screw at tached; I%"x%"x22 ga. metal angle runners placed horizontally at floor and quarter panel heights; DWR- IJ8 Runner at ceiling; joints staggered and unfinished. C091 eioaa 160 Systems/2" solid partition ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--2 hours with Construction (A), lVi hours with (B). Construction (C) is 2-hour drywall vent shaft design. Versatility--Space-saving divider between units; highly effective as vent shaft enclosure; suitable for use in ail type of new construction and remodeling. Economical--Low-cost materials and a minimum number of parts erect fast for superior economy. Maximum Recommended Partition Heights (1) Width Between Restraints 2" Solid Partition 2l/4" Solid Partition (2) Up to 12' 12' 14' 12' to 18' 11' 13' Over 18' 10' 12' (1) For partitions with compute perimeter restraint and no openings. Where openings occur m short runs, use maximum height "over 18 ft" width between restraints. (2) When H' thick SHEETROCK weliboard used as face layers. MATERIALS 1. Faceboards--Vi" or Vi" thick. 48" wide. Tapered Edge Sheetrock Wallboard (regular) (Firecode)--lengths as re quired. 2. Coreboard--1" thick, 24" wide, USG "V" T 4 G Edge Gypsum Coreboard, lengths as required. 3. Runners --Metal--USG DWR-218 Runner or USG DWR-158 Runner or lVi"xJi"x 22 ga. metal angle runner (for Construction C). --Wood--l"xl" minimum size stock, straight, true and free from knots. 4. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws--l", 1V4", 2V4" Type S, 1V4' Type W, lVi" Type G. 5. USG Core Spacer Clip. 6. Adhesive--Perf-A-Tafe Joint Compound (embedding type) or USG Laminating Adhesive. 7. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Corner Reinforcement. 8. Metal Trim--#401, #402, #200A, #200B USG Metal Trim. 9. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System i i 4V a fet) 1 FT 2" solid partition/Systems . i' 'j;r Fig. A Fig. B INSTALLATION Partition Construction Align DWR-218 Runners accurately at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout. Follow instruction for positioning, attaching, and caulking behind runners shown in Chapter 3. Cut coreboard to lit between floor and ceiling runners. Before installation, cut necessary openings in coreboard to accept electrical services (i.e. rigid conduct, flexible cable, electrical boxes, etc.) Install coreboard vertically, exposing rounded tongue edge. Insert a core spacer clip between flanges of both floor and ceiling runners. Nail clips to coreboard through one of two holes in each clip (Fig. A). Repeat core spacer clip installation for each coreboaid. Place a cut-to-size section of coreboard over metal door frame header, engage bottom edge in anchor clips in door frame and secure top edge in runner with core spacer clip. Measure and cut next coreboard to fit snugly to metal door frame (Fig. B). Insert panels firmly into anchor clips (see insert). After coreboard is installed, spot grout door frame at each anchor clip, using Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound. i l Fig. C '\L Fig. D ta ta o * u 0* o yi i 162 Systems/2" solid vent shaft Nail coreboard panels together where partitions intersect (Fig. C). Mark centerline of intersecting joint on face of coreboard which conceals joint. Drive lOd common nails 24" o.c. into coreboard along center line. Vi" from corner edge. Nail partition comers in same manner. Cut l/i" face layer panels to fit completely inside floor and ceiling runners. Apply Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embed ding type) or USG Laminating Adhesive to coreboard or back of face layer panels. Apply face layer vertically to coreboard, with vertical abutting joints at least 3" away from coreboard joints. Seat bottom edge of face layer board into floor runner, and bow board slightly so top edge will slip into ceiling runner (Fig. D). Press face layer against coreboard to insure an ade quate bond. Secure with ll/i" Type G drywall screws as de scribed in Chapter 3. To finish partition apply metal trim and comer bead, caulk around all openings and partition intersections, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. Vent Shaft Construction Align floor, ceiling and sidewall angle runners accurately ac cording to the partition layout. Fasten runners securely to struc tural supports with suitable fasteners 24" o.c. Install DWR-158 ceiling runners by fastening through the web. Install I%"x%"x22 ga. galvanized metal angle runners on the floor and sidewalls by fastening through the short leg. As an alter nate, metal angles may be used as ceiling runners. Install side angle runners 30" long centered for attachment of horizontal bracing angles. Install 14i"x4's"x22 ga. galvanized bracing angles horizontally at quarter points down from the ceiling, up from the floor and spaced no greater than 5' o.c. Position long leg for wall board at tachment and fasten to sidewall angles with 1" Type S drywall screws. Apply 44" Sheetrock F(recode Wallboard vertically and fasten to angles and runners with 1' Type S screws 16" o.c. Install 1' coreboard with vertical joints staggered 12" from wallboard joints using the sheet lamination method (see Chapter 3). Install second floor and side angle runners (and ceiling angles, if required) with the long leg against the coreboard. Attach coreboard to ceiling runners and angles with 2V4" Type S screws spaced 12" o.c. Drive screws at least 6" away from a coreboard edges. oa Install 44" Sheetrock Firecooe face layer vertically with verti o cal joints staggered 12' from joints in coreboard. Use the u sheet lamination method and temporary nailing. Screw-attach face layer to angles around perimeter with 1" Type S screws 12' o.c. Fill nail holes with joint compound and finish joints if o desired. T 2" solid partition/Systems7jgm Solid partition details Floor and coiiini attachments h i. * * * ***, Walt plan section* runner I ; T> -y .i 164 Systems/2" solid vent shaft Vent shaft details Ceiling attachment * B09K EIO00 Vs 2' solid vent shaft/Systems Alt ceiling attachment Horizontal cross section Hall elevation BB013 1609 166 Systems/Gypsum studwall partition Gypsum Studwail Partitions Gypsum Studwall Partitions are among the lowest-cost incom bustible interior dividers available. These lightweight space saving, non-load bearing assemblies have a built-in chase for electrical services. The systems inherently provide back-block ing; minimize joint ridging. Limiting height: 12'. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction, 278 Studwall: Va" Sheetrock Firecode face layers job-laminated to both sides of gypsum studs; 14V'x6" millfabricated gypsum studs 24" o.c., wallboard screw attached both sides of metal floor and ceiling runners; joints finished. 258 Studwall: same except Vi" thick face layers. ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--l hour with 278 Studwall. Light Weight--6 to 7 psf. Ideal for interior dividers where reduced loads are required. Space-Saving--Thickness: 2%" for 258 and 2V" for 278 Studwall. MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Studs--DWS-158 (1%"). ; 2. USG Runners--DWR-158 (1%"). 3. Faceboards--48" Wide, Vi" or Vi" thick Tapered Edge (Sheetrock) (Sheetrock Firecode) Wallboard--lengths as required. t 1 j 4. Gypsum Studs--lfi"x6" USG Gypsum Studs, factory ' laminated (ViVi") in stock lengths. J 5. Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive ;r Perf-A-T,pe Joint .* Compound (embedding type). 1 Gypsum studwall partition/Systems 6. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws, 1" Type S, 12, pan head, l'/i" Type G. Type S- 7. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). 8. Comer Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Comer Reinforcement. 9. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. STUOWALL panel fabrication i------------------------ 48--------------------------- 1 I--J | -21 "------ i-6"---------21"---------4 laminating beads -laminate -21"- INSTALLATION Panel Fabrication--Laminate one l%"x6' Gypsum Stud in the center of back of face panel using USG Laminating Ad hesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) (see Fig. A). Spread adhesive in heavy ribbons, approximately Vi " wide at the base and Y" high. Space ribbons 2" o.c. and 1' away from each edge of gypsum studs. Use the following laminating procedure: 1. Place adhesive on four gypsum studs. 1H'x6", cut 12' less than the length of the Sheetrock face boards (see Fig. B). 2. Place an unopened bundle of Sheetrock face boards on a smooth level surface. Boards should be cut to full floor-toceiling height for vertical application. iL 3. Place one adhesive coated gypsum stud, adhesive side down, in the center of the face board 21' from each side and 6' from top and bottom edges. 4. Place a second gypsum stud, adhesive side up, along the edge of the face board (Fig. C). . 5. Stack a second unopened bundle of Sheetrock face boards on top of gypsum studs so that edge of top bundle is aligned with edge of underlying center gypsum stud (Fig. D). 6. Repeat the laminating procedure and build the stack until the desired number of full panels are laminated (Fig. E). 7. Allow adhesive to set and dry before moving panels. moa o CJ ;}ir ill kU |ry I lf > ,. ^^ 16a Systems/Gypsum studwall partition Stud and Runner Erection--Align DWR-158 Runners accu rately at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout. Attach floor runner securely 16" o.c. Follow instructions for positioning, attaching, and caulking behind runners shown in Chapter 3, page 110. Install rough framing around door and borrowed light frames as described in Chapter 3, page 115. Install floor to ceiling height DWS-1J8 USG Metal Studs verti cally at "T" intersections, corners, partition terminals, and in tersections with structural members or walls. Securely fasten all studs to floor and ceiling runners with the USG Metal Lock Fastener. Panel Erection--Beginning at an intersection, attach a DWS158 stud to an existing structural element on the centerline of the proposed partition with suitable fasteners spaced no more than 24" o.c. Cut a 2' wide starter panel from a 4' width of face board (without gypsum stud attached) and install on one side of parti tion. Anchor panel to floor and ceiling runners and to DWS-158 stud with 1" Type S screws spaced 12" o.c. Typical panel, erected Starter <& first full panel Apply laminating adhesive to gypsum stud already attached to full size faceboard. Erect this panel on side opposite the starter panel so the starter panel edge bisects the gypsum scud. Fasten the panel to floor and ceiling runners and the DWS-158 stud with USG 1" Type S screws spaced 12' o.c. . . f Continue erecting face panels with gypsum studs attached alter nately to opposite sides of the partition. Fasten faceboards to runners and ail metal studs with l' Type S screws spaced 12" o.c. Screw faceboards to gypsum studs at vertical joints with I Vi" Type G screws spaced 12' from runners and no more than 36' o.c. Keep vertical panel joints at least 6" tway from & I? n io a a Gypsum studwall partition/Systems 169 structural members, partition terminals, intersections, corners, doors and other openings. Gypsum studs in completed assembly should be spaced no more than 24* o.c. At partition corners complete the panel erection for one parti tion run. Then begin erection of intersecting partition as de scribed above, attaching OWS-158 stud to previously erected partition with 1" Type S screws spaced 24" o.c. Drive screws through face boards to engage corner metal stud in hist parti tion run (see partition comer detail, page 169). Finishing Partition--Apply metal trim and comer bead, caulk perimeter if necessary for sound control, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. Ceiling attachment iI:t 1) I* Floor attachment I" USG type S 00 a o fr* CJ a* CJ Systems/Gypsum ribwall partition Gypsum Ribwall Partitions Gypsum Ribwall Partitions incorporate 146" to 2'/:" of interior air space between opposite facings for improved fire and sound resistance. They accommodate electrical services and plumbing, and serve efficiently as narrow width party walls and vent shafts. These non-load bearing constructions inherently provide back-blocking; minimize ridging. Limiting height: S' for 368 Rib wall; 12' for 418 Ribwall with restraints less than 20', and 10' with restraints over 20'. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction, 368 Ribwall: 46' Sheetrock face layers joblaminated to one side of gypsum ribs; 146"jc6" mill-fabricated gypsum ribs staggered 12' o.c.; wallboard screw attached to both sides of 2 Vi" DWR floor and ceiling runners; joints fin ished. 418 Ribwall: double-layer 46 " Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard job laminated to one side of gypsum ribs: l"x6" gypsum ribs staggered 12' o.c. are snapped and separated on the job from USG Coreboard; wallboard screw attached to both sides of 146' DWR floor and ceiling runners; joints finished. ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--2 hours with 418 Ribwall, i hour (est.) with 368 Ribwall. Sound Control--51 STC with 418 Ribwall; 43 STC with 368 Ribwall. Light Weight--Space savings and reduced loads are superior for sound ratings obtained. 368 Ribwall--thickness 344", weight 8 psf. 418 Ribwall--thickness 446", weight 12 psf. - -^ _T Gypsum ribwall partition/Systems 1711 MATERIALS FREQUENCY - cos 368 Ribwall 1. Faceboards--4b " thick, 4' wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Gypsum Ribs--144"x6" USG Gypsum Ribs, factory lami nated (V4"-44"-Vi") in stock lengths. 3. USG Metal Studs--DWS-212 (2Vi'). 4. USG Runners--DWR-212 (2Vi"). 5. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws, 1" Type S, 44 " Type S-12 pan head, 1V4" Type G. 418 Ribwall 1. Faceboards--44" thick. 4' wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Firecode--lengths as required. 2. Base Layer--44 ' thick, 4' wide Baxbord, 8'. 3. Gypsum Ribs--l'x6" USG Gypsum Ribs, snapped and sepa rated from l"x24" USG Coreboard prescored 6" o.c. 4. USG Metal Studs--DWS-158 (144'). 5. USG Runners--DWR-158 (144*). 6. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws, 1' and 144' Type S, 44' Type S-12 pan head, lVi" Type G. Both Partitions 1. Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embeddingtype). 2. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). 3. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Corner Reinforcement. m m o u 4. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 172: Systems/Gypsum ribwall partition INSTALLATION--368 RIBWALL Panel Fabrication--Laminate two I%"x6" gypsum ribs to the back of face boards using USG Laminating Adhesive or PerfA-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) (see A below). Spread adhesive in heavy ribbons, approximately Pi "wide at the base and %" high. Space ribbons 2' o.c. and 1' away from each edge of gypsum ribs. Use the following procedure per diagrams below. 1. Place four ribs, cut 12" less than length of face panel, side by side on a smooth, level surface and spread adhesive over two of the ribs and over half of the two remaining ribs (see B). 2. Place an unopened bundle of %" Skeetrock face boards on a smooth level surface. Boards should be cut to full floor-toceiling height for vertical application. Lay the four ribs in position (see C) with the rib ends 6" from the top and bottom of the face panels. 3. Place an unopened bundle of fi" Sheetrocx face boards on top of the four ribs in a staggered position (see O). 4. Repeat the laminating procedure and build the stack until the desired number of panels are laminated (see E). 5. Allow laminating compound to dry before moving panels. RIBWALL panel fabrication I -48"- 21"- 6> "- 18"----- -laminating beads C 0 -laminate i--9"--i Stud and Runner Erection--Align DWR-212 runners accurateiy at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout. Attach floor runners securely 16" o.c. Follow instructions for positioning, attaching, and caulking behind runners shown in Chapter 3, page 110. Using DWS-212 studs and DWR-212 runners install rough framing around door and borrowed light frames as described in Chapter 3. Install floor to ceiling height DWS-212 studs vertically at "T" intersections, comers, partition terminals, and intersections with structural members or walls. Securely fasten dl studs to floor and ceiling runners with the USG Metal Lock Fastener. ` ia 1,1# Gypsum ribwall partition/Systems Panel Erection--Beginning at an intersection, attach a DWS212 Metal Stud to an existing structural element on the center line of the partition with suitable fasteners spaced no more than 24" o.c. Caulk beneath runner, as necessary. Then erect one entire side of the partition in the following manner: Butt the un-ribbed, vertical edge of a 4' wide rib laminated panel firmly against existing wall. Screw attach panel to floor and ceiing runners and to stud with 1" Type Screws 12" o.c. Apply laminating adhesive to exposed portion of gypsum rib on starter panel. Butt the next panel in position and screw attach to floor and ceiling runners with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. Before the adhesive sets, screw face panels to gypsum ribs at vertical joints with I '/i" Type G screws spaced 12" from runners and no more than 36" o.c. Keep vertical panel joints at least 6" away from structural members, partition, terminals, intersections, comers, doors and other openings. Fasten panels to all metal studs and runners with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. Erect one entire side of partition as described above. Erect the second side of the partidon.in the same man ner as the first side except begin with a 3' wide starter panel. The 3' starter panel is made by cutting 12' off a 4' panel on the edge opposite the rib. At door frames and other openings terminate the usual con struction at one jamb and begin again at the other jamb. Posi tion a cut-to-size wallboard panel over the door header and fasten ribwall and plain panels to all DWS studs and runners with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. At partition comen complete the panel erection for one parti tion run. Then begin erection of intersecting partition as de scribed above, attaching a metal stud to previously erected partition with 1" Type S screws 24" o.c. Drive screws through face boards to engage comer metal stud in first partition run (see partition comer detail, page 169). Finishing Partition--Apply metal trim and comer bead, caulk perimeter, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. BB013 1617 Typical panel, erected Starter it firjt full panel 174- Systems/Gypsum ribwall partition INSTALLATION--418 RIBWALL Panel Fabrication--Snap l"x6" gypsum ribs from prescored 24" wide. 1' thick USG Coreboard. Place board with a pre scored line over the edge of a table or coreboard stack. Sepa rate strips by forcing sharply downward. Laminate two l"x6" gypsum ribs to the back of Baxbord panels using USG Lami nating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). Spread adhesive in heavy ribbons approximately Vi" wide at the base and Ya" high. Space ribbons 2" o.c. and 1" away from each edge of gypsum ribs. Use the same procedure described for 368 Ribwall (see page 172). Stud and Runner Erection--Align DWR-158 Runners accu rately at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout. Attach floor runners securely 16" o.c. Follow instructions for positioning, attaching, and caulking behind runners shown in Chapter 3, page 110. Using DWS-158 studs and DWR-158 runners, install rough framing around door and borrowed light frames as described in Chapter 3, page 115. Install floor to ceiling height DWS-158 studs vertically at "T" intersections, comers, partition terminals, and intersections with structural members or walls. Securely fasten all studs to floor and ceiling runners with the USG Metal Lock Fastener. Panel Erection Base Layer--Beginning at an intersection, attach a DWS-158 Metal Stud to an existing structural element on the centerline of the partition with suitable fasteners spaced no more than 24" o.c. Caulk beneath runner, as required for sound control. Then erect the base layer to one entire side of the partition in the manner described above for 368 Ribwall. Fasten base layers to all metal studs and runners with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. Screw base layers to gypsum ribs at vertical joints with 1V4" Type G screws spaced 12" from runners and no more than 36' o.c. Keep vertical panel joints at least 6" away from all vertical metal studs. Erect base layer to the second side of the partition in the same manner as the first side using the 3' wide starter panel described above for 368 Ribwall. Construction at door frames and parti tion corners is the same as for 368 Ribwall. Face Layer--Apply the face layer panels vertically and in a staggered pattern so that vertical joints occur naif way between those of the base layer. Laminate the face layer using the sheet lamination method described in Chapter 3. Permanently attach face panels to base layer and gypsum ribs with 1 Yi" Type G screws as specified in Chapter 3. Finishing Partition--Apply metal trim and comer bead, caulk perimeter, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. 4ft(3icS!9WiMM } OT'b r - r m o o ~.Ss,,5$<; -si Double Solid Partitions USC Double Solid Partitions offer outstanding sound isolation at low cost plus a 2 hour fire-resistance--an ideal combination for party wails. The double construction feature of these non load bearing partitions makes greater core widths available for plumbing and other mechanical installations. Widely used in combination with 2' Solid Partitions because of similar parts. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): Double row 1" Coreboard spaced 3" apart in metal angle runners; one row backed with lVi" Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Wool; both rows faced with Vi" Regular Sheetrocjc Wailboard laminated and screw attached; joints fin ished. Construction <B): Same as (A) but with coreboard rows spaced IVi " apart and wool omitted. Allowable Maximum Height Width UtWM Restraint Up to in' uy to U' Over 14' Max. Caiiing Haight 10' 9' 8' Double solid partition/Systems ITT ADVANTAGES 2-Hour Fire Rating with construction (B). Sound Control--60 STC (lab test) and 56 STC (job test) with Construction (A), 46 STC with (B). Versatility--[deal for party wails and pipe chases; adapts to any module. Weighs only 13 psf--less than comparable masonry partition. Economy--Low cost compared with partitions of equal sound control efficiency. MATERIALS X. Faceboards--Vi" thick, 48" wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Coreboard--1" thick, 24" wide, USG "V" T&G Edge Gyp sum Core board--lengths as required. 3. Runners--1% "x% "x22 ga. Metal Angle Runners. 4. Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). 5. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws--1V4" Type S, liA" Type G. 6. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Corner Reinforcement 7. Metal Trim--#401, #402, #200A, #200B USG Metal Trim. . 8. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tapb or Durabond Joint System. 9. Insulation--HA"x24'x48" Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets. f 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 FREQUENCY - cpi SOUND TRANS. LOSS - decibels 1291 etoaa FREQUENCY - eps 1 Systems/Double solid partition INSTALLATION Align metal angle runners accurately at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout. Follow instructions for posi tioning, attaching, and caulking behind runners shown in Chap ter 3, page 110. Cut coreboard to fit accurately between runners. Install verti cally with tongue edge leading. Attach coreboard to runners with 114" Type S screws, 24" o.c. (Fig. A). Space screws at least 4" away from coreboard edge. Screws should hold core board snugly against runner flange without breaking paper. Begin installing coreboard at door frame by engaging vertical edge in jamb anchor clips. Place cut-to-fit coreboard over metal frame header by engaging bottom edge in anchor clips and attaching to ceiling runners. Erect succeeding panels by screw ing coreboard to vertical flanges of both floor and ceiling runners. Use Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound to spot grout around clips where coreboard panels are inserted in jamb anchor clips at door frames, borrowed light frames, and parti tion terminals. At partition intersections and comers, nail core boards together with lOd common nails spaced 24" o.c. (Fig. B). Mark center line of intersecting coreboard to center the nail. m Fig. A HI naBv, i Fig. B Cut face panels to full floor-to-ceiling height, less V*" clear ance. Apply laminating adhesive, laminate to coreboard with joints offset at least 3" from coreboard joints (see Chapter 3 for laminating procedure). Permanently attach face layer to coreboard with 1 Vi" Type G screws. Apply metal trim and comer bead, caulk perimeter, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. Calling attachment Double solid partition/Systems Floor attachment BB013 1623 t x Partition Intarsoctlon Masonry wall Intarsoctlon Triple Solid Partitions USG Triple Solid Partitions provide excellent on-the-job sound control for party wall construction. These incombustible, non load bearing assemblies consist of three separate rows of 1" coreboard with V4" Sheetrocjc Wallboard face layers lami nated to the outer coreboard rows. The center row serves as a "septum" or uncut barrier to prevent sound from leaking through openings cut in the partition faces for electrical or plumbing futures, medicine cabinets, etc. Electrical conduit and boxes may be installed in the space on either side of the septum. By increasing the space between the coreboard rows, greater core widths may be obtained for light mechanical equipment without destroying the outstanding sound control properties of this assembly. Limiting height: 10'. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): Three rows of 1' USG Coreboard spaced at least IV*" apart in metal angle runners; A" Sheetrock face layers laminated and screw attached to outer rows; joints finished. Construction (B): Same as (A) but with air space of one side increased to accommodate IV*" Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets stapled to back of one coreboard row. i.G in a c r Triple solid partition/Systems ADVANTAGES Sound Control--STC 59 with Construction (B); STC 53 with (A). Fire Resistance--2 hours (est.); constructed of incombustible components. Light Weight--17 psf--appreciably less than masonry parti tions with equal sound efficiency. Versatile--Outstanding for party walls and pipe chases; adapts to any module. MATERIALS 1. Face boards--lA " thick, 48" wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Coreboard-- 1" thick, 24" wide, USG "V" T&G Edge Gyp sum Coreboard--lengths as required. 3. Runners--1% "xVa "x22 ga. Metal Angle Runners. 4. Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive or Perf-A-Tapb Joint Compound (embedding type). 5. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws--1V* " Type S, 1V5" Type G. 6. Metal Trim--#401 USG Metal Trim. 7. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 8. Insulation--1V4"x24"x48" Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blanket. 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 FREQUENCY - cpi ttan o CJ 0* M u -i I Systems/Triple solid partition INSTALLATION Align metal angle runners accurately at the floor and ceiling according to the partition layout. Follow instructions for posi tioning. attaching and caulking behind runners shown in Chap ter 3, page 110. Cut coreboard to fit accurately between floor and ceiling runners and install vertically with tongue edge leading. Fasten coreboard to vertical flanges of both floor and ceiling runners with \V" Type S screws 24" o.c. Space screws at least 4" away from coreboard edge. Screws should hold coreboard snugly against runner flange without breaking paper. Face tongue of coreboard in septum row in opposite direction from tongues in outer coreboard rows. Stagger joints in septum row from joints in outer coreboard rows. At partition intersections and corners, nail coreboards together with lOd common nails spaced 24" o.c. Mark center line of intersecting coreboard to center the nail. Cut face panels to full floor-to-ceiling height, less Vi" for clearance and caulking space. Apply laminating adhesive, lami nate to coreboard with joints offset at least 3" from coreboard joints (see Chapter 3 for laminating procedure). Install face boards with Vi" space at top and bottom and at vertical inter sections with terminal wails. Permanently attach face layers with 1 V4" Type G screws. Install HA" Thermafibek Sound Attenuation Blankets to the back of one coreboard row according to the procedure shown in Chapter 3, page 113. Apply metal trim and comer bead, caulk perimeter and treat | all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. I Mi'1 Ceiling attachment Triple solid partition/Systems Floor attachment Intersecting walls Otn o GJ 0* tM X 84- Systems/SHEETROCK--masonry partition SHEETROCK Laminated to Masonry Partition Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard, adhesively applied directly to interior, above-grade, monolithic concrete or unit masonry, provides durable incombustible drywall surfaces to these wails. Where Sheetrock facings are laminated to Pyrobar* Partition Tile, this non-load bearing assembly offers excellent fire protec tion, light weight, low cost, and is highly suited for vent and elevator shaft enclosures. For Pyrobar partitions, surface is sealed with cold water wall size; wallboard is laminated using Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 Adhesive and temporarily nailed or shored until adhesive is dry. For interior monolithic concrete, concrete block, brick unglazed tile and other porous unit masonry, the wallboard is laminated using Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) as an adhesive and face panel bracing until the adhesive dries. Either regular or predecorated facings may be applied; except that Sheetrock Vinyl Panels should not be laminated directly to monolithic concrete. Use the Drywall Furring Channel Systern described in this Chapter for this vinyl panel wallboard application and for wallboard application to exterior and belowgrade wall surfaces. The inside of exterior cavity walls having a continuous (1" minimum) clear air space between exterior masonry and masonry or concrete, with the outside surfaces of the interior masonry well dampproofed, may be considered here, as an interior wall surface. ( , > C Y j I C U .I. a SHEETROCK--masonry partition/Systems ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--Up to 3 hours (est) using 3' solid Pyrobar Tile. Easily Decorated--Smooth durable surfaces are suitable for any type decorative treatment. Versatile--Readily applied to existing or new masonry surfaces. MATERIALS 1. Gypsum Board--Y", 'A" or Vi" thick, 48" wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock; W thick, 48" wide Ultrawall; 'A" thick. 48" wide Sheetrock Vinyl Panels--lengths as required. 2. Adhesive--Perf-A-Tafe Joint Compound (embedding type) or Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 (for Pyrobar Tile). 3. Metal Trim--(choose type from Chapter 2). 4. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead or Econo Rein forcement. 5. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 6. Sealer--(For Pyrobar) Cold Water Wall Size as manufac tured by Lepage's or equal 7. Partition Tile--Pyrobar Partition Tile and Cement as speci fied in A.I.A. File No. 10-D. INSTALLATION Preparation Mortar joints on surface of unit masonry to which wallboard is to be bonded should be cut flush with the masonry to provide an even surface. The wall surface should be plumb and true to dimensions. Rough or protruding areas must be ground off before laminating is started. Pockets or holes greater than 4' in diameter and Vi" deep must be filled with grout, mortar, or joint compound and allowed to dry before laminating. The masonry surface must have all form oils, grease and other release agents removed. It must be dry and free of dust, loose panicles and efflorescence. If a wood base is used, attach a wood nailer to the wall with mechanical fasteners before laminating wallboard. Nailer should be equal to the panel thickness and at least I Vi' high (or Vi ' less than wood base height). cad o u : r' t t | ; \ !r f 186 Systems/SHEETROCK--masonry partition Panel Erection Cut floor-to-ceiling height panels for vertical application. Allow for a continuous clearance ('/s" to `/O at the floor. Apply adhe sive to the back of the wallboard in beads parallel to the long board dimension as described below: PYROBAR Partition Tile: 4 beads of Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 Adhesive Vs" wide by W high, spaced about 16" 0. c. and with the outside beads 1" from the edge. Smooth mooolithic concrete: beads of Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) 5/16" wide by %" high, spaced 3" to 4" o.c. and with the outside beads 2" from the edge. Porous brick or concrete block masonry: beads of Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type) ye", wide by Vi" high, space 5" to 6" o.c. and with outside beads 2" from edge. Position face panels vertically to provide a tight lit at abutting long edges. Use moderate pressure to develop full adhesive contact with concrete or masonry surface. Impact slightly with hand along DWA-14 Adhesive lines to insure adequate bond to Pyrobar Tile. Take care to avoid unnecessary impact on board after placement. If panel touches floor, cut it back to provide Vs " min. clearance. Provide temporary nailing or bracing of face panels until the adhesive dries (48 hours minimum). Use one of the following methods: 1. For Pyrobar Tile use temporary nails at third points along vertical joints. Drive nail at a 45* angle through scrap blocks of gypsum board. 2. For predecorated wallboard use Sheetrock Moldings fas tened securely into the masonry. 3. Center a floor-to-ceiling height wood 2x4 over vertical panel joints (and at middle of panel if required); angle brace 2x4 at mid-point to floor or ceiling. 4. Drive concrete stub nails at top and bottom of panel and wherever else required to complete wallboard bond to concrete or masonry. These nails are not required where metal trim is installed and anchored to the concrete. Finishing Install metal trim at all wall and ceiling intersections with other types of masonry. Apply metal trim and corner bead and treat all joints, temporary nail holes, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. Apply reinforcing tape the full length of joint. n ro T > .P tn flH SHEETROCK demountable partition/Systems SHEETROCK Demountable Partitions Sheetrock Demountable Partitions offer complete flexibility in use and virtual 100% reusability. They have the highest sound rating of movable drywall partitions and yet are among the least expensive. Available in ceiling, comice or bank rail heights, these incombustible partitions are non-load bearing, yet structurally sound and suitable for use in modernization or all types of new construction. The simplified, coordinated parts are readily available from dealer stocks; they erect quickly and require no special contractor training for assembly or relocation. Electric utilities are rapidly installed or changed. FIRE AMD SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): Regular Sheetrocx Firecode face layers ap plied vertically and laminated and screw attached to alternate 2 Vi' USG Metal Studs (DWS-212) 24' o.c. in DWR runners; joints finished with anodized aluminum battens; matching alu minum trim accessories. Construction (B): Same as (A) with 2' Tkermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets in stud cavity. BB013 1631 188 Systems/SH EETROCK demountable partition advantages Fin Resistance--1 hour with Construction (B). Sound Control--STC 49 with Construction (B); 42 with (A). Lightweight--5 psf. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DIMENSIONS 1. On ceiling height partitions, the limiting height is 12'. 2. On cornice height partitions, the limiting unrestrained length between supports, including cornice height with door openings joined by continuous top rail, should not exceed 14'0". Rails should not be spliced within I4'0" unrestrained lengths. 3. On bank rail partitions a continuous Rail A-06 must be used to cap the partition between restraints. Maximum recommended partition length: 14' with both ends terminating against a per pendicular wall, column or corner section: 8' with one end ter minating against a perpendicular wall, column, corner section. MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Studs--DWS-212 (2'A"). 2. USG Runner--DWR-212 (2Vi"), IV*" leg for floor runner, 1* leg for ceiling runner. 3. Faccboards--Vi" thick, 48" wide, Sheetrock Wallboard-- Square Edge regular, Fkecode, Vinyl Panel, or Custom Vinyl types--lengths as required. 4. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws, 1" Type S, %" Type S cadmium plated, oval head, finishing; %* Type S-I2 pan head; IV*" Type S, cadmium plated bugle head, finishing. ; - 5. Adhesives--Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 Adhesive (for use around one-piece steel door frames only); commercially available water based contact bond drywall adhesive (for laminating panels to studs.) ' j f ~- 6. Plastic Accessories Adhesive--Sears Vinyl Household Adhesive. General Electric Silicone Rubber Adhesive, RTV-102 or equal. 7. Steel Accessories-- Post Plate Post Assembly S-71 Rail Clip S-36 Floor Clip S-70 S-ll 8. Aluminum Accessories (Anodized)-- lVim Base 4' Base Ceiling Trim Drive-In Ceiling Trim Exterior Corner Interior Comer Batten Rail A-01 A-37 A-02 A-46 A-03 A-38 A-04 A-06 Picture Mold Glazing Rail Glazing Rail Cover Plain Rail Cover Post Post Channel Door Stop Pedestal A-45 A-J6 A-68 A-70 A-73 A-73A A-72 A-74 9. Vinyl (Plasdc) Accessories--Batten Insert P-05 (gray), P-06 (black); Post Cap P-69 (gray); P-70 (black); 2Vi" Base Closure Cap P-7J; 4* Base Closure Cap P-76; Glazing Spline P-tO. v SHEETROCK demountable partition/Systems ^z< 60 " 50 oz o 40 30 FREQUENCY - cps 1-- -- ** - <00 ` -- . -- -- -- " STC-49 constr. s 20 ______ ________ 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 FREQUENCY - c INSTALLATION Ceiling Height Partition Stud System Erection--Align DWR-212 USG Metal Runners accurately at floor and ceiling according to partition layout. Ceiling runner fasteners must be centered in runner web if Ceiling Trim A-46 is used. Ends of ceiling runners attached to ceiling grid systems must abut on grids and be fastened with Type S-12 pan head screws. Follow instructions in Chapter 3 for positioning, attaching and caulking behind runners. Install rough framing for door and borrowed light frames as described in Chapter 3. Insert floor-to-ceiling height DWS-212 USG Metal Studs be tween runners, twisting them into position. Space studs 24' o.c. At partition corners, install a stud so that it forms the outside comer. Following application of base layer wailboard to this stud, install second stud in the abutting run and screw-attach web through the base layer to flange of the first stud (see detail, page 197). Place studs in direct contact with all abutting partitions, parti tion comers and other construction. At partition terminals, web of stud should be at terminal end with flanges directed into the partition. Anchor to the floor and ceiling runners all studs located adja cent to door and borrowed light frames, partition intersections and comers. Use the USG Metal Lock Fastener or positive screw attachment through each stud flange and runner flange with Type S-12 pan head drywall screw. When necessary, studs may be securely spliced with a minimum 8' nested lap (see page 145 for details). BB013 1633 LSyysstems/SHEETROCK demountable partition * Aluminum Ceiling Trim A-02 Application--With the USG Metal Lock Fastener, attach Aluminum Ceiling Trim A-02 to ceiling runner with crimps spaced 24" o.c. The metal tabs should be folded away from the trim so they do not interfere with wallboard placement (Fig. A). Where the partition abuts an existing structure the A-02 Ceiling Trim may be used by attaching it to the vertical stud prior to panel installation. A-46 Drive-On Ceiling Trim is installed after wallboard is applied (see details below). Wallboard Erection--When Aluminum Battens A-04 are spaced 48" o.c., apply a water-based contact bond drywall adhesive continuously on alternate studs with a roller starting 6" from ceiling to within 6' of floor (Fig. B). Apply a 3" to 6" strip of adhesive to back of wallboard panel where it will contact stud (Fig. C). Apply floor-to-ceiling height (less 14") wallboard panels verti cally with all edges centered on the stud flanges. Insert panel in aluminum ceiling trim (Fig. D) and make sure panel edge is aligned with metal studs and plumb. Screw-attach panel to floor runners with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. and at third points along vertical board edges. Place screws !4" to 5/16" in from board edge to assure that battens will cover screw heads (Fig. D). At originating and terminating vertical studs and around dotor and borrowed light frames, attach panel with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. SHEETRQCK demountable partition/Systems Where Aluminum Battens A-04 are spaced 24' o.c., screwattach panels to studs at vertical third points instead of using adhesive, and fasten battens with 1" Type S screws 12' o.c. Fasteners at doors, terminals and runners are to be installed as described above. Where a one-piece steel door frame is used, attach wallboard to metal studs adjacent to door frame using DWA-14 Adhesive. Apply a h' bead of adhesive the full length of metal stud and located no more than Vi" in from edge of open flange. Fabricating Aluminum Components A. Cutting to length--Cut USG aluminum components to length accurately using a radial or bench-type power saw (Fig. E). Automobile motor oil will serve effectively as a lubricant. Hand sawing with a hack saw or power-driven sabre saw will not produce sufficiently accurate results. B. Mitering--Miter cutting is accurately performed simply and easily with a power saw (Fig. F). C. Coping Corners--Coping is required to form a corner in the rail cap or aluminum base plates without cutting through the face. Make a 45 cut to the point where the face will bend (Fig. G). Turn the part around and make another 45 cut to meet the first cut, slightly scoring underside of face to aid in bending (Fig. H). Heat the scored underside of face with a propane torch and bend to form the 90 corner. i * * . i i! ! I Systems/SHEETROCK demountable partition glazing rail A-56 rail clip S-70 3/8" USG pan head screw rail A-06 glazing cover A-68 J Door Assembly Erection--Trim the rough door opening first at both sides and then at the head with Rail A-06 cut to the opening dimension. Butt header trim to jamb trim. Do not miter. Use a finishing knife to guide the Rail A-06 over the board to prevent damage to wallboard panel (Fig. 1). Screwattach Door Stop A-72 to Rail A-06 with V*" Type S oval head finishing screws. Insert rubber door buttons in predrilled holes located on strike side of door stop. For full-height door openings, trim the rough opening with continuous sections of Rail A-06 and Door Stop A-72 as de scribed above. Set fixed transoms in place and securely pin to the Door Stop A-72 at ceiling line. Screw transom to door stop with l*fc" Type S wood trim screws (see detail, page 198). Borrowed Light Assembly Erection--Trim rough borrowed light opening with Glazing Rail A-56 for the vertical and head sections and Rail A-06 for the bottom horizontal sill section. Butt header and sill trim to jamb trim. Do not miter. Fabricate intermediate mullions when required from Glazing Rail A-56 and Glazing Cover A-68. Position Glazing Rail A-56 vertically between top and bottom rails and attach to rails at each end with two Rail Clips S-70. Attach each Rail Clip with two H" Type S-12 pan head screws per clip. Position Glazing Cover over Glazing Rail and snap in place (Fig. J). Attach two Post Channels A-73A to bottom rail to provide glazing stops. Fasten with IV*" Type S bugle head cadmium plated finishing screws through counterbored holes 16" o.c. Partition Terminal Erection--Finish partition terminals by fitting Rail A-06 over end of partition and securing top and bottom with two % ' Type S oval head finishing screws. T SHEETROCK demountable partition/Systems K Aluminum Base Erection--Install metal base splice plates 24" o.c. and at corners, partition terminals and base splices with 1" Type S screws driven at downward angle into vertical flange of runner. Apply either 2VS" or 4" Aluminum Base over splice plates and engage by tapping in place (Fig: K). Form exterior corners by coping (see page 191) and bending while applying heat with a propane torch to the back of the flange. Butt interior cor ners and splice base over splice plates. Adhesively attach base closure caps over ends of base where appropriate with caps snugly abutting vertical rails. Partition Accessory Erection Drive-In Ceiling Trim A-46--Install at ceiling line with ends abutting at grids. Drive flange between ceiling and DWR-2I2 runner with a plastic-faced hammer. Picture Mold A-45--In stall horizontally at the ceiling line over wallboard with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. Interior Corner A-38--Install verti cally in one piece over wallboard at all interior comers with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. Exterior Comer A-03--Install verti cally in one piece over wallboard at all exterior comers with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. (Fig. L). Batten A-04--Install in one piece to cover screw heads at vertical board joints and at intermediate studs when adhesive attachment is not used. Fas ten with I" Type S screws 12" o.c. (Fig. M). Batten Insert-- Install in all Battens, Exterior and Interior Comers and Picture Moldings, (Fig. N). i 1i :Ii ,i r . ' !'' :\ SB SB O U 0* CJ >1 B B O ia - H Systems/SHEETROCK demountable partition Cornice Height (Unglazed) Partition Stud System Erection--Align DWR-212 Metal Runners accu rately at floor according to partition layout. Position metal runner (rough cornice cap) horizontally at correct height loca tion and hold in alignment until intermediate studs are posi tioned. Position, align, and anchor stud system and frame the rough door opening the same as Ceiling Height partition. Wallboard Erection--Apply wallboard vertically the same as shown for Ceiling Height Partition. Cornice Cap Erection--Position Rail A-06 on top of the parti tion and tap in place with plastic or rubber mallet. Miter the rail at corners. Door Assembly Erection--Trim the rough door opening using the same construction shown for the Ceiling Height Partition with the following exceptions: The metal runner, in head of door, must be snipped on both flanges and pushed into Rail A-06 to allow Plain Rail Cover A-70 to be snapped into place. Butt jamb trim to cornice cap. Rail A-06. Use the Plain Rail Cover as header trim and install last. Partition Terminal Erection--Finish partition terminals by fitting floor-to-ceiling height Rail A-06 over end of partition. Secure bottom with two Va" Type S oval head finishing screws and top to ceiling using two Rail Clips S-70 appropriately fastened. Finish top portion of Rail with Plain Rail Cover A-70 snapped in place. Aluminum Base Erection--Apply the same as for Ceiling Height Partition. Partition Accessory Erection--Apply Battens, Batten Inserts, Interior and Exterior Corners the same as for Ceiling Height Partitions. Cornice Height (Glazed) Partition Stud System Erection--Align DWR-212 Metal Runners accu rately at floor according to partition layout. Position metal runners horizontally at correct sill height and erect intermediate studs between sill height runner and floor runner. Position, align and anchor stud system same as for Ceiling Height Partition. Rough Door Framing--Anchor runners to floor with two suit- ^ able fasteners at jambs. Rough frame the door opening with sill ( height jamb studs attached to floor and sill runner ends. ^ Wall Erection--Apply wallboard horizontally using the longest lengths possible. Place abutting end joints directly under bor- 3 rowed light jambs or mullions for better appearance. Using (<' 0 SHEETROCK demountable partition/Systems 195 the same methods shown for the Ceiling Height Partition, fas ten panels to studs, floor and sill runners with adhesive and type S screws; apply battens over end joints. Sill Cap Erection--Position Rail A-06 over sill portion of partition and tap in place. Miter comers. Glazing Comer Post Erection--Install Post A-73 at partition comers, plumb, and fasten between Rail A-06 and Glazing Rail A-56 (cornice cap) with Post Assembly S-36 and Post Plate S-71. Cut Post Channel A-73A to length and slide down groove in Post (see details page 200). Cornice Cap Erection--Position Glazing Rail A-56 horizon tally on top of partition to serve as a cornice cap and top glazing component. Miter the rail at corners and fasten to Post A-73 with Post Assembly. Door Assembly Erection--Trim the jambs with Rail A-06 vertically positioned over wallboard and studs. Fasten each rail at bottom with two 7/s " Type S oval head finishing screws and at top with Rail Clips secured to Glazing Rail cornice cap. Close opposite side of jamb by snapping Glazing Rail Cover A-68 in place. Position and fasten Door Stop the same as for Ceiling Height Partitions. Partition Terminal Erection--Finish partition terminals the same as for Unglazed Comice Height Partition. Finish portion of Rail A-06 between sill cap and cornice cap with Glazing Rail Cover A-68 snapped in place. Intermediate Mullion Erection--Drill holes and install Post Assembly S-36 and Post Plate S-71 vertically between sill cap and cornice cap. Cut mullion height pieces of Glazing Rail A56 and Glazing Rail Cover A-68, position vertically around Post Assembly and snap together. Tighten Post Assembly nut. Aluminum Base Erection--Install the same as for Ceiling Height Partition. Partition Accessory Erection--Install Battens, Batten Inserts, Interior and Exterior Comers the same as for Ceiling Height Partitions. Finish comice cap with Plain Rail Cover A-70, if desired, by snapping cover in place. Glazing--Install glass using recommended glazing procedures. Fit Glazing Spline P-10 around glass on one side only and into mullions and cornice cap. On sill cap rest glass on blocking, and secure with Post Channels A-73A as glazing stops. Fasten chan nels l" from ends and no more than 16" o.c. with lVi" Type S bugle head cadmium plated finishing screws set in counterbored holes. Systems/SHEETROCK demountable partition Bank Rail Height Partition Stud System Erection--For Bank Rail resting on the floor, erect stud system the same as for Glazed Cornice Height Parti tion except at terminals or openings where floor Clip S-ll must be suitably fastened through runner to floor and bolted to the terminal stud (see detail). For Bank Rail raised above floor, center bottom metal runner within Rail A-06 and securely fasten assembly to floor through Pedestal A-74 with a 46" threaded rod (see details). At termi nals and openings, bottom runner should extend 144 ' beyond end of Rail A-06. Floor Clip S-11 is not required. Erect vertical studs and top runner the same as for Glazed Comice Height Partition. Wallboard Erection--Apply wallboard horizontally the same as for Glazed Cornice Height Partition. Top Rail and Terminal Erection--Install a continuous piece of Rail A-06 for top rail and terminal cap. Fabricate top comer by coping, heating with a propane torch and bending (see page 191). With bends formed, position Rail and tap in place with a plastic or rubber-faced mallet. Fasten bottom of terminal rail to the stud with two 7A" Type S oval head finishing screws through counterbored holes. Glazing Post Erection--Install Post A-73, plumb and fasten to Rail A-06 with Post Assembly S-36 and Post Plate S-71. Cut Post Channel A-73A to length and slide down groove in Post Attach Post Channel with groove up to top rail between glazing posts. Fasten with 46" Type S-12 pan head screws spaced 1' from ends of channel and no more than 16" o.c. Aluminum Base Erection--Install the same as for Ceiling Height Partition. Partition Accessory Erection--Install Battens, Batten Inserts, ^ Interior and Exterior Comers the same as for Ceiling Height Partitions. Finish ends of Glazing Posts with Post Caps P-69 or P-70, adhesively attached. Glazing--Install glass using recommended glazing procedures - and Glazing Spline P-10. ' i SHEETROCK demountable partition/Systems Ceiling height partition Ceiling attachment ii: If, |j Floor attachment Wall plan sections 2-1/2" base -01 USG metal base splice plate W fO h'flVfZiciQ f) JL Internal; e sternal comer ^Sa,. Q c Systems/SHEETROCK demountable partition USG metal stud (must be plumb and correctly spaced door stop A-72 deep rail cpver A-68 t___3 Mullion (door & glass) 1 SHEETROCK demountable partition/Systems Cornice height partition USG drywall finishing screw post channel A-73-a rail A-06 USG runner track USG metal stud 2-1/2" base A-OI CK Q iS -Cx w fih i! \K ? 9 9 SHEETROCK demountable partition/Systems 201 Bank rail height partition Glazed rail USG metal stud rail A-06 I I Open Base Vo $9 202 Systems/E-Z Wall partition E-Z Wall Partitions E-Z Wall Partitions are non-load bearing flush-panel type as semblies distinguished for their excellent appearance, quick erection, ready movability and high sound resistance--45 STC with Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blanket in the stud cavity. Available in ceiling, cornice or bank rail height, these parti tions offer a fast solution to space control and relocation prob lems in offices, commercial buildings and institutions. E-Z Wall Gypsum Board Panels, thick and 24" wide, are held in place with open-web steel H-stud 24" o.c. This hollow construction provides ample accommodation for standard elec- trical wiring. Openings for doors and borrowed lights are neatly formed and trimmed flush with E-Z Wall anodized aluminum components. u t + t It H I E-Z Wall partition/Systems 203 ADVANTAGES Simplicity--Multi-purpose components assure faster, easier, more economical assembly, relocation and maintenance. Workmanship--Installed by experienced partition contractors. Fire Resistance--15 min. fire rating with insulating wool in the cavity; incombustible components. Sound Control--45 STC with wool in stud cavity. MATERIALS 1. E-Z Wall Panels--Vt" thick, 24" wide, grooved beveled edges, manila or vinyl facings--lengths as required. 2. H-Studs--Studs punched with utility openings 12" o.c. and roll-formed from 23 ga. electro-galvanized steel. 3. Floor Runner--Roll-formed 23 ga. electro-galvanized steel with formed-in spacers for panel alignment. 4. Ceiling Runner--One-piece extruded anodized aluminum. 5. Base--Top set resilient base or optional rigid 18 ga. metal base, IVi" high, 7/16" projection. 6. Aluminum Trim--Etched and anodized to provide a per manent neutral gray finish. 7. Insulation--2" Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blanket. The E-Z Wall Partition is covered by Patent No. 3,027,605. FREQUENCY - cps 204 Systems/VAUGHAN WALLS VAUGHAN WALLSf Movable Gypsum Partitions Vaughan Walls are custom tailored solid-gypsum assemblies, movable and reusable, that offer fine appearance and per formance similar to permanent partitions. Consisting of only two basic components--modular gypsum panels, floor and ceiling runners--these non-load bearing constructions are suitable for ceiling or comice height and bank rail partitions. Three types of walls are available: the standard wall--solid core, 2 Vi " thick, has a 1-hour fire resistance rating and 36 STC; the sound wail--two 1T4" thick semi-solid units with 134" air space between has a 45 STC; the chase wall--semi-solid core, 2Vi" thick, offers reduced weight and a 36 STC. The modular 24" wide panels, with edges beveled to feature the joints, can be assembled to fit height requirements up to 14'. Flexibility of finish is an important advantage--wood veneer, vinyl, fabric, glass or paint may be used. Metal components are extruded aluminum with exposed members etched and anodized to a neutral satin gray finish, or shop-primed steel ready for final painting. . tT.M. Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. by Vaughan Interior Walls, Inc. 9 h ? i-ilo flg VAUGHAN WALLS/Systems 2 ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--l hour (with steel runners). Sound Control--Sound Wall: 45 STC; Standard Wall and Chase Wall : 36 STC. Versatility--Used in new construction or modernization of all types of buildings; wide variety of heights and finishes; com plete flexibility in locating glazed panels and doors; accommo dates electrical services easily. Economy--Fabricated simply and rapidly from locally stocked parts; unexpected job problems and layout changes easily met without costly delays; readily adapted to new layouts with vir tually 100% salvageabiliry. MATERIALS Partition panels are jig-laminated into 24" nom. widths consist of Vaughan Walls parts including 1" USG Gypsum Coreboard, faced both sides with Firecode gypsum face panels. Metal components furnished by authorized erector comply with stand ards approved by Vaughan Interior Walls, Inc. 1 ----- - -- -- "" s' s' STC-36 Standard Wail iit-t:..... vi 125 175 250 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 C<C FREQUENCY - cps i I S i. i/i iO FREQUENCY - cps FREQUENCY - cps ecs. C&A q Ceilings Single Layer Ceilings Single layer drywali ceilings provide economical, quickly com pleted ceilings in wood frame construction. Sheetrock Gypsum Wallboard is applied horizontally (across the supports) to 2x10 wood joists 16" o.c. Attachment may be with nails or screws. Where no fire rating is required the Adhesive Nail-On Method may be used. To upgrade job quality, Back-Blocking and Float ing Interior Angles may be used. Joints and fasteners are fin- ich^rl with rh# Ptot*A.TiDc /*f F\f ro a nnwn fninf Using Firecode "C" Wallboard in wood joist floor/ceiling con struction, a 1-hour fire rating has been obtained with Vz" thick board. A Mi" thick Firecode assembly will provide the same rating. With Insulating (foil back) Sheetrock Wallboard the system is effective as a vapor barrier and offers significant insulating value. Single layer ceilings/Systems 2 ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--I-hour rating with Vi" Firecode "C" or %" Firecode Wallboard; 45 min. with Vi" Firecode board. Versatile--Widely accepted for interior ceilings in all types of wood framed residential and commercial buildings. Economical--Quickly erected using low cost materials. MATERIALS 1. Gypsum Board--48" wide--(%") (Vi") (Vi") thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock (Regular) or (Insulating-foil back); (Vi") (V") thick Sheetroc;: Firecode; Vi" thick Sheetrock Firecode "C" Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 3. Adhesive --(for Back-Blocking System)--Perf-A-Tape Joint Com pound (embedding type). --(for Adhesive Nail-On Board Application)--Sheetrock Brand DWA-14 or DWA-10 Adhesive. 4. Fasteners --Screws--l Vi" USG Drywall Screw Type W. mim --Nails (choose type from page 46). 10 od 5. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). at- in- 6. Comer Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead, Econo Comer Reinforcement. => i I INSTALLATION o I> Install wallboard, fasteners, metal accessories and joint treat ment according to methods described in Chapter 3. For fire rated construction space nails not to exceed 6" o.c. if' V/1, 'I Systems/Double layer ceilings Double Layer Ceilings In wood-framed construction, double layer systems create the finest ceiling surfaces available with gypsum wallboard. By joblaminating Sheetrock Wallboard to a base layer of Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board, the possibility of imperfections due to ridging and surface fasteners is minimized. Greater strength, fire protection, and resistance to sound transmission are also added. Double layer gypsum wallboard also has been used extensively in electric cable radiant heated ceilings. Regular Sheetrock Wallboard is the base layer, heating cables are embedded in a filler and a Sheetrock face layer is attached directly to the adhesive filler. See Chapter 3 for particulars. ADVANTAGES Fast Erection--Cuts building time; permits early occupancy. Low Maintenance--Easy decoration; reduced possibility of fastener "pops'' and discoloration over fastener heads. Economical--Low-cost materials produce greater strength, fire and sound resistance. Double layer ceilings/systems-- MATERIALS 1. Faceboards--48" wide--(%") (V4") (f4") thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock; (V4") (ft") thick Sheetrock Firecode-- lengths as required. 2. Backing Board--48" wide--(ft") 0/4") (ft") thick (Ta pered Edge) (insulating) Sheetrock; 0/4") (ft") Sheetrock Firecode; (ft") (V4") (ft") thick Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board; (!/i") (ft") thick Baxbord Firecode--lengths as re quired. 3. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 4. Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive, Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). 5. Fasteners --Screws--USG Drywall Screws 1V4" Type W, 1V4" Type G. --Nails--(choose type from Chapter 2). --Staples--16 ga. flat galvanized wire, V4" wide, (1") (lVt") (1(4") long with divergent points. 6. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). 7. Corner Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead or Econo Cor ner Reinforcement. INSTALLATION Install backing boards, face boards, fasteners, metal accessories, caulking, and joint treatment according to methods described in Chapter 3. ^ 7 / 0t Resilient Channel Ceilings Ceiling assemblies using the RC-1 Resilient Channel provide low cost and superior sound isolation plus a 1-hour fire rating for wood joist floor/ceiling construction--qualities particularly needed in motels and apartments. The RC-1 Resilient Channels are attached 24" o.c. at right angles to the wood joists with 1V4" Type W drywall screws; wallboard is screw-attached with 1" Type S drywall screws. The one-hour fire rating for wood joist floor-ceiling construc tion has been obtained by using Vi" Firecode "C" Wallboard and by Vi" Firecode. The system has an effective vapor barrier and provides significant insulating value when Insulating (foilback) Sheetrock is used. The assembly should not be used beneath highly flexible floor joists. ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--1-hour rating with Vi" Firecode "C" or Vs" Firecode Wallboard. Sound Control--Resilient attachment provides superior sound transmission loss values. Economical--Low-cost materials; speedy erection. MATERIALS 1. Gypsum Board--48" wide--(Vi") (Vi") thick Tapered Edge Sheetrock (Regular) or (Insulating--foil back); Vi" thick Sheetrock Firecode ``C"; Vi" thick Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Resilient Channels--RC-1 Sheetrock Resilient Channel. 3. Screws--USG Drywall Screws, l`A" Type W, 1" Type S. b W l S lO C lQ Resilient channel ceilings/Systems z:m 4. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 5. Adhesive--(for Back-Blocking)--Perf-A-Tape Joint Com pound (embedding type). 6. Metal Trim--(choose from page 32). INSTALLATION Resilient Channels--Attach RC-1 Sheetrock Resilient Chan nels at right angles to wood joists. Use 114" Type W drywall screws driven through the pre-punched holes in the channel flange. Do not use nails. Fasten channel to joist at each channeljoist intersection. Locate channels within 6" of the wall-ceiling intersection and no more than 24" o.c. Extend channels into all comers and fasten to corner framing. Do not cantilever channels more than 6". Splice channel directly under joists by nesting the channels and screwing through both flanges to the support. Wallboard--Apply wallboard of maximum practical length with the long dimension at right angles to the resilient channels with end joints staggered and neatly fitted. Attach wallboard with 1" Type S drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. in the field of the board and along abutting ends. Center end over the web surface of the resilient channel or center midway between channels and back-block with a minimum 8" wide strip of Ya" gypsum board. Properly suppon wallboard around ail cut-outs and openings in the ceiling. Finishing Ceiling--Apply metal trim and caulking; treat all joints and fastener heads as directed in Chapter 3. .til,1S? i I 212 Systems/Drywall furring channel ceilings Drywall Furring Channel Ceilings Drywall Furring Channel Systems conceal and protect struc tural and mechanical elements within a lightweight fire resistant ceiling of gypsum board. USG Drywall Furring Channels, to which the wallboard is screw-attached, are wire-tied to bar joists or clipped to conventional 1V4" main runner channel grillage. For long-span requirements beneath large ducts or pipes, USG Metal Studs are substituted for furring channels (see table below for component spacing). With Insulating (foil back) Sheetrock Wallboard the system is effective as a vapor barrier and provides significant insulating value. Lower cost Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board provides a firm base for acoustical tile adhesively applied. FIRE AND SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION Construction (A): Va" Sheetrock Firecode "C" Wallboard; steel DWC Furring Channels 24" o.c.; wallboard attached with 1" Type S drywall screws 12" o.c.; joints exposed or finished with Perf-A-Tape Joint System; 3" concrete on riblath over bar joists. Construction (B): Same as (A) with 2W concrete and Yi" Sheetrock Firecode '"C" Wallboard. Construction (C): Same as (B) with Ya" Sheetrock Firecode "B" Wallboard. Construction (D): Ya" Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard; DWC Channels 12" o.c.; wallboard attached with 1" Type S screws 8" o.c.; joints finished; 2Vt" concrete on riblath over bar joists. Construction (E): Ya" Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard; DWC channels 24" o.c.; wallboard attached with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c.; joints finished; 2" concrete on- riblath over bar joists. Drywall furring channel ceilings/Systems 2 Component Spacing Type Furring Member OWC Furring Channel 1%~ erected with both flanges USG up and against Metal main support Stud member 2Vi" 3%" Ceiling Systems--Component spacing Furring Member c. to c. Spacing Main Support Member c. to c. Spacing Hanger Spacing c. to c. For wallboard thickness of: K' V V Vi' 16' 24' 24' 5'0' 4'0' 4'0' 4'0' 16' 24' 24' 7'0' 6'0' 6-0' 4'0' 16' 24' 24' 16' 24' 24' -- 6'0' -- - 8'0' - ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--3-hour fire rating with Construction (A), includes 3-hour beam; 2-hour rating with (B), (C) and (D); IV4"-bour rating with (E). Versatility--Used in virtually all types of new construction and modernization. Economy--Low cost materials. Few components and simple installation result in fast erection. MATERIALS I. Gypsum Board--(Vi") (%") thick, 48" wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock, (Regular) (Insulating--foil back) (F[recode) (Firecode "B") (Firecode "C") Gypsum Wallboard, or Baxbord Gypsum Backing Board--lengths as required. 2. Furring Channels--USG DWC Drywall Furring Channel and/or USG Metal Studs--DWS-138 (lfi">--212 (2Vi")--358 (3H"). 3. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws, 1" Type S. 4. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Taee or Durabond Joint System. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). Grillage Accessories --Drywall Furring Channel Clip. -- 1V4' Cold Rolled Channels. --9 ga. Galvanized Hanger Wire. --16 ga. Galvanized Tie Wire. a Ed o u 0(A* >4 tm .& iQ s w Ur Systems/Drywalt furring channel ceilings INSTALLATION Install Main Runner Channels--Anchor 9 ga. galvanized hanger wires to structural frame or embed them in concrete slabs. Space hangers at no more than 4'0" intervals along the 1 Vi" cold rolled channels used as main runners. Determine main runner spacing from Component Spacing Table, page 213. Level runners and saddle tie hangers to runners. Place runner chan nels within 6" of walls to support furring channel ends. Keep main runners from contacting abutting masonry walls. Fasten Furring Channels--Position DWC Furring Channels (or USG Metal Studs) at right angles to V/i" main runner channels and space according to gypsum board thickness or specifications. Attach furring channels securely to main runners with DWC Furring Channel Clips or saddle tie to main runners or support members with two strands of 16 ga. galvanized tie wire (see illustration below). Install Furring Channel Clips on alternate sides of main runners. Wire tie furring channel to main runner when clips cannot be alternated. When using USG Metal Studs, install with one flange against the main supports or runners to provide a firmer support for attachment of wall board and to minimize distortion or twisting. Keep furring channels and studs from contacting abutting masonry walls. At light troffers or any openings that interrupt the main runner or furring channels, reinforce grillage with %" cold rolled channels wire tied atop and parallel to the main runner channels. Furring Channel Splices--Long runs of USG DWC Furring Channels or DWS Metal Studs used as ceiling furring members must be end-spliced. Nest one channel or stud inside the other to a depth of at least 8" and securely wire-tie together at center of splice (see illustration above). When USG Metal Studs are BB013 1630 Drywall furring channel ceilings/Systems 2 installed, splice them by springing open flanges of one stud and inserting other stud into it to a depth of at least 8". Securely wire-tie together at center of splice. Do not screw or perma nently fasten end splices together. Panel Erection--Apply gypsum wallboard of maximum prac tical length with the long dimension at right angles to the furring channel (see below). Center end joints over furring channels; fit joints neatly and accurately; stagger end joints from those in adjacent panel rows. Fasten wallboard to furring channels with 1" Type S drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. in field of board and alODg abutting ends. Back-Blocking Technique--When a fire-rated method of backblocking is desired, float wallboard end joints between furring channels. Place a 5' length of DWC Furring Channel over and parallel to each end joint where one of the end joint-panels is installed (see above). Six inches of channel must rest on each wallboard panel adjacent to end joint-panels. While holding end joint-panel and furring channel firmly together, fasten them with 1" Type S drywall screws at 12" intervals. Install mating end joint-panel and fasten to 5' furring channel in same way. It is not necessary to wire-tie furring channel to carrying channels. Finishing Ceiling--Apply metal trim, caulk around openings and at perimeter, treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. BB013 1699 6 Systems/Drywall furring channel ceilings Suspended ceiling OWC furring Channel -hanger spacing OWC furring clip 1-1/2" channels 4'-0" c-to-c max. regular or insulating wallboard max. OWC furring channel spacing >16" c-to-c 24" " 3/8" gypsum board 1/2....................... i/24" " 5/8...................... hanger DWC furring clip 1-1/2" channel OWC furring clip -- OWC furring -- channel gypsum board Section parallel to furring channel -PERF-A-TAPE joint treatment Section transverse to furring channel Exterior wall furring/Systems Exterior Walls and Furring Drywall Furring Channel Drywall Furring of exterior masonry walls is quickly accom plished by using USG Drywall Furring Channels to which the wallboard is screw-attached. An effective vapor barrier and significant insulating value are added to walls by using Insulat ing (foil back) Sheetrock Wallboard. The furring channels are attached directly to virtually any type of masonry--brick, tile, gypsum tile, monolithic concrete. To provide additional space for pipes, conduits or ducts the metal channel may be furred out up to 3" with horizontal V*" cold rolled channels wire-tied to adjustable wall furring brackets. This latter furred construction limited to 12' height; no limiting height for direct attachment. ADVANTAGES Versatility--Suitable for new construction or remodeling; used with single or double layer construction over masonry walls. Insulation and Vapor Barrier--Highly effective with Insulat ing Sheetrock facings. Economy--Simplified components and installation procedures provide one of lowest-cost exterior furring systems. BB013 1661 I 218 Systems/Exterior wall furring MATERIALS 1. Gypsum Board--(Vs") ('A") (a") thick, 48" wide Ta pered Edge Sheetrock, (Regular) (Insulating--foil back) Gyp sum Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Furring Channel--USG DWC Drywall Furring Channel. 3. Fastener--USG Drywall Screws. 1" Type S. 4. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 5. Metal Trim--(choose type from page 32). 6. Comer Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead or Econo Cor ner Reinforcement. 7. Adjustable Furring Accessories --USG Adjustable Wall Furring Bracket. --% " Cold Rolled Channels. --16 or 18 ga. Galvanized Tie Wire. INSTALLATION Furring Channel Erection--Direct Attachment Attach DWC Furring Channels to masonry or concrete surfaces, either vertically or horizontally, spaced no more than 16" o.c. for %" thick wallboard and 24" o.c. for 1A" and Va" thick wallboard. For channels positioned horizontally attach a furring channel not more than 4" from both the floor line and the ceil ing line. Secure channels with fasteners occurring on alternate channel flanges and spaced 24" o.c. Use a 2" cut nail in mortar joints of brick, clay tile or concrete block or in the field of lightweight aggregate block; W concrete stub nail or power driven fasteners in monolithic concrete (see Fig. A). Attach mitered furring channels horizontally around masonry comers at window locations. To miter channels, make two 45 cuts in each wing flange of channel with a hack saw or sheet metal snips, but do not cut into web. Bend web until cut edges of wing flanges touch each other and channel is formed in an "L" shape (see Fig. B). >33 O Fig. A Fig. B O'' Exterior wall furring/Systems Furring Channel Erection--Wall Furring Bracket Attach USG Adjustable Wall Furring Brackets, with serrated edges faced upward, to masonry wall in following spacing pat tern: 48" o.c. vertically, 6" maximum from floor and ceiling, 36" o.c. horizontally, 4" maximum from columns or other abutting construction, and as required above and below win dows. Fasten each bracket through hole closest to serrated edges. Use 2" cut nails in mortar joints of brick, clay tile, cement block, or in field of lightweight aggregate blocks; use Vi" concrete stub nails or power driven fasteners in monolithic concrete. Lay % " cold-rolled channels, horizontally, on furring brackets so that channel flanges engage serrated edges of bracket. Be certain each channel is plumbed to a line with ceiling and base channels. Wire-tie cold-rolled channels to each bracket with a double strand of 16 ga. or a triple strand of 18 ga. wire. Bend each excess bracket length down and inward toward wall. Vertically position DWC Furring Channels with wing flanges against cold-rolled channels and space them a maximum of 16" o.c. for %* thick wallboard and 24" o.c. for l/i" or Vi" thick waJlboard. Wire-tie each furring channel-coldrolled channel intersection with a double strand of 16 ga. or a triple strand of 18 ga. wire (see Fig. C). E99I EI088 Fig. C Wallboard Erection Fig. 0 Apply Insulating (foil back) Sheetrock Wallboard to the furring channel either horizontally or vertically and with the foil against the channels. Center and neatly fit abutting end or edge joints over furring channels with end joints staggered. Fasten with 1" Type S drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. (see Fig. D). Finishing Furring Apply metal trim and comer bead and treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. Wall elevation SHEETROCK gypsum wallboard --reg. or insulating_ -- 24"-; . /L-OWC furring channels-^! i! :i-t ; 12" 24" - furring channel I, ! anchors staggered ji on opposite flanges ,T'T 1 :; 12" - I" USG A drywall . ;screws ' type S Horizontal application Vertical application Adjustable wall furring rough or finished ceiling -no. 401 or 402 ! $ l Floor attachment & base SHEETROCK--STYROFOAM furring/Systems 221 Drywail and Rigid Foam Insulation Furring A highly efficient wall furring assembly consists of Sheetrock Wallboard applied vertically and adhesively bonded to Styro foam FR insulation. The Styrofoam, in Wi", 2", or 3" thick ness, is attached to unit masonry or concrete walls with port land cement mortar or modified Styrotac bonding adhesive. This system provides a self-furred solid backup for Sheetrock Wallboard and a fully insulated wall. It has excellent insulation values plus an effective vapor barrier. Installed costs are com petitive with many non-insulated furred walls. ADVANTAGES I 'b 'B :o Insulation--High thermal insulation value. Vapor Barrier--Styrofoam is unaffected by water or water vapor, so is an ideal vapor barrier. Flame Retardant--Styrofoam FR meets ASTM requirements for self-extinguishing plastics. ! Economy--Simple components; fast erection; lightweight for possible structural savings. jL B) CO O CJ o " I a Systems/SHEETROCK--STYROFOAM furring MATERIALS X. Faceboards--V8", 'A", or V<t" thick, 48" wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Waliboard--lengths as required. 2. Insulation--O") (1 V4") (2") (3") Styrofoam FR, as manu factured by the Dow Chemical Company. 3. Adhesive--Styrotac Bonding Adhesive and/or Additive, Styrocrete Latex Mortar Additive, as manufactured by the Dow Chemical Company. 4. Metal Trim--#400, #401, or #402 USG Metal Trim. 5. Comer Bead--Dur-A-Bead, Perf-A-Bead or Econo Cor ner Reinforcement. 6. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. INSTALLATION Application Conditions Styrofoam FR must not be applied to masonry walls when outdoor temperatures during the installation period may fall below 20F. Provide and maintain a minimum temperature of 55F. in the building at least 48 hours prior to, during and after the application of Styrofoam FR. Maintain a minimum temperature of 55F. in the structure during the waliboard application and joint treatment. Provide ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture. Generally, Sheetrock Waliboard can be bonded on Styrofoam FR 24 hours after foam installation. However, when outdoor temperatures are below 50F. during and after application of Styrofoam FR, allow 48 to 72 hours for adhesive to develop bond strength before application of the Sheetrock Gypsum Waliboard. Once Styrofoam FR is applied to the wall, the wall and the adhesive are isolated from any source of heat from within the building. Therefore, a longer time is required for the adhesive to develop adequate bond strength. Preparations Mortar joints on surface of unit masonry to which Styrofoam FR is to be bonded should be cut flush with masonry to provide an even surface. The wail surface should be plumb, true to dimensions, and clean. Old or dirty masonry must be hosed, swept and wiped down to remove loose material. Form mark protrusions must be removed from poured or precast concrete; form release agents must be removed. ( Prior to installation, attach wood nailer strips by mechanical ! means to the wall surface at base and wall-ceiling junctions and [ wherever required for subsequent attachment of moldings, trim, ( casings, base, cabinets, heavy drapes, or other heavy wall fixlures. These nailers may also be used to receive temporary J mechanical fasteners to aid in positioning the waliboard until the adhesive has set. B SHEETROCK--STYROFOAM furring/Systems Material Selection i Unit Masonry--Use Portland cement mortar or Styrotac Bond ing Adhesive. See (1) below. Poured Concrete--Use Styrotac Bonding Adhesive or Portland cement mortar modified with Styrocrete for architecturally poured concrete or pre-cast concrete. See (2) and (3) below. V (1) Styrotac Bonding Adhesive is furnished in 50-Ib. bags ready for mixing with water at job site. Styrotac Bonding Adhesive Concentrate is also available in lV5-lb. bags ready for mixing with water, sand and water. (2) Modify 50-Ib. bag of Styrotac Bonding Adhesive by add ing 4 qts. of Styrocrete. Modify X -lb. bag of Styrotac Bonding Adhesive Concentrate by adding 5 qts. Styrocrete. In both cases, add water to obtain proper workability. (3) Styrocrete Latex Mortar Additive increases the adhesion n of Portland cement mortar. I f Application Methods J Push-Box--Apply Vi" thick layer of Portland cement mortar, or mortar modified with Styrocrete to Styrofoam FR by means of a push-box (Fig. A). Spot Application--Apply Styrotac or Styrotac modified with Styrocrete to the entire surface of the Styrofoam FR board i using spots of adhesive 2" to 3" across, Vi" to 1" peak height and spaced approximately 8" o.c. (Fig. B). r f Notched Spreader--Apply Styrotac or Styrotac modified with > Styrocrete to wall using a notched hand spreader or to the i Styrofoam FR using a notched doctor blade and push-box. Use 1 spreaders with notches spaced 3Vi" o.c. and each notch to be as i shown in Fig. C. For more detailed mixing and application instruction refer to Technical Data Sheets published by Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich. Fig. A Styrofoam FR Erection Fig. C When preparations are complete, bond the desired thickness of Styrofoam FR directly to the masonry wall- Install foam hori zontally to wall surface, butt all edges tightly and stagger all vertical joints. Apply firm hand pressure over board surface to effect bond, and level board as required. Slight vertical and/or lateral agitation of Styrofoam helps in placement. Place Styro foam FR on wall within 20 minutes after adhesive application. When the adhesive has been modified with Styrocrete Latex Mortar Additive, place Styrofoam FR on wall within 10 min. Wallboard Erection Cut floor-to-ceiling height panels for vertical application. Allow for a continuous clearance (V8" to Vi") at the floor. A mini mum of 24 hours after Styrofoam FR has been installed, bond Sheetrock Wallboard directly on the foam with Styrotac Bond ing Adhesive. Use either the spot application or notched spreader method for applying adhesive. Spot Application Method--Spot apply Styrotac to entire back surface of Sheetrock and strip Styrotac lightly along wallboard edges. Adhesive spots should be 2" to 3" across, V4" peak height and spaced approximately 8" to 12" o.c. (Fig. D). Notched Spreader Method--Spread entire back surface of wallboard or wail surface of Styrofoam FR with Styrotac using a notched spreader. Notches should be %" high and 5/16" wide at the base, slightly tapered and spaced 3Vi" o.c. Adhesive ribbons may run in any direction convenient to application (Fig. E). 8 9 9 1 -E io n n Resilient channel furring/Systems 225 After adhesive is applied, place Sheetrock Gypsum Waliboard with long (tapered) edges vertically against the Styrofoam FR, apply firm hand pressure over board surface to effect bond and level board. Use slight vertical and/or lateral agitation to help in placement. After adhesive application, place Sheetrock Waliboard on Styrofoam FR within 20 min. When Styrocrete Latex Mortar Additive is used place waliboard within 10 min. If panel touches floor, cut it back to provide W min. clearance. Install control joints in the Sheetrock Waliboard finish (USG metal trim back-to-back), coinciding with control joints in ex terior wall. Finishing After Styrotac is well set (minimum of 24 hours), forming a firm bond between the Sheetrock Waliboard and Styrofoam FR, finish Sheetrock in conventional manner, taking care not to severely shock the surface by impact for at least 72 hours. Apply metal trim and comer bead and treat all joints, fastener heads and trim as directed in Chapter 3. Apply reinforcing tape the full length of joint. Resilient Channel Furring The RC-l Resilient Channel provides a low cost and effective means of furring exterior wails in wood frame construction. Because of the resiliency in the channel, the transfer of struc tural stresses to the interior waliboard surface is reduced. With Insulating (foil back) Sheetrock Waliboard applied with the foil against the channels the system provides an effective vapor barrier and significant insulating value. Where there is a possibility of water penetration through the exterior walls, an asphalt felt protection strip should be installed between resilient channel and wall. For further details and installation procedure, see the Resilient Channel Partition System described earlier in this Chapter. tr 226 Systems/Caged beam -:^r . -i Caged Beam Construction USG Caged Beam Construction consists of a laminated double layer of 4V' Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard applied to a frame work of USG Metal Studs and Runners paralleling the beam. It is a lightweight, fast and economical method of housing beams with a highly decorable surface, by using the same com ponents found in metal stud drywall construction. MATERIALS 1. USG Metal Studs--DWS-158, -212, -358. 2. USG Runner--DWR-158, -212, -358. 3. Gypsum Board--W thick, 4' wide Tapered Edge Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard--lengths as required. 4. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws, 1" and 14V' Type S. 5. Adhesive--USG Laminating Adhesive or Perf-A-TaPE Joint Compound (embedding type). INSTALLATION Stud System Erection--Align DWR ceiling runners adjacent to beam and securely fasten with suitable fasteners spaced 24" o.c. Caged beam/Systems ZZ Cut beam height (plus V6" for clearance) DWS Metal Studs, position 24" o.c. and fasten to ceiling runner with %" Type S-12 pan head screws. Position bottom runner over ends of studs and secure to each stud with a Vs" Type S-12 pan head screw. Wallboard Erection Base Layer--Install base layer panels to beam soffits and attach to runners with 1" Type S drywall screws 16" o.c. Install vertical panels to runners on beam faces and attach to top and bottom runners with 1" Type S drywall screws spaced 16" o.c. Apply comer bead to bottom outside corners of construction and secure to runners with 1" Type S drywall screws 16" o.c. Face Layer--Apply adhesive to all base layer surfaces of beam or to back of face panels and laminate face panels using sheet lamination method described in Chapter 3, page 71. Apply corner bead to bottom outside comers of face layers and securely fasten to internal runners with l Vs" Type S drywall screws 16" o.c. Finishing Construction--Apply joint treatment over metal trim and to inside corners as directed in Chapter 3. i--cone, fasteners : ; ! , i j j j j : 1 .y 228 Systems/Column fire protection Column Fire Protection Steel column fire protection with three layers of Sheetrock FtRECODE Wallboard offers lightweight, thin, compact fire protec tion of two or three hours depending upon the construction. The wallboard is held in place by a combination of wire, screws, metal studs and corner bead and Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound. FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION 2- Hour Rating--2 layers 1A " Firecode "C" Wallboard vertically around column; base layers attached to USG DWS-158 Metal Studs with 1" Type S screws 24" o.c.; double layer face panel attached to web of stud with 144" Type S screws; face layer screws 12" o.c. and staggered from screws in base layer; metal comer bead at all comers; joints finished. 3- Hour Rating--3 layers 44" Sheetrock Firecode Wallboard vertically around column; base and 2nd layers attached by Dur A-Bead and horizontally applied double strand 18 ga. tie wire; 2nd and 3rd layers laminated and screw-attached to comer beads; metal comer bead at all comers; joints finished. ADVANTAGES Fire Resistance--up to 3 hours. - Lightweight--These thin lightweight assemblies add minimum j dead load and save fioor area. p C Economy--Quickly and easily installed without waiting for adhesive to dry. Systemsuse a minimum number of low-cost j components. * T Column fire protection/Systems MATERIALS 1. Gypsum Board--%" thick, 48' wide Tapered Edge Sheetrooc F[recode; !A " Firecode "C" Wallboard--lengths as required. 2. Adhesive--Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound (embedding type). 3. Joint Treatment--Perf-A-Tape or Durabond Joint System. 4. Fasteners--USG Drywall Screws--1" Type S, 1%" Type S. 5. Corner Bead--103 Dur-A-Bead of Econo Metal Corner Reinforcement. 6. Tie Wire--18 ga. Galvanized Tie Wire. INSTALLATION 2-Hour Rating--Attach Yi" Firecode "C" inner layer to DWS158 Metal Studs with 1" Type S screws spaced 24" o.c. Place assembly with wallboard adjacent to column flange. Erect another wallboard layer vertically around column. Attach base layer panels to studs with 1" Type S drywall screws 24" o.c.; face layer panels 12" o.c. Apply second wallboard layer to web face side of column and attach through first wallboard layer to web of studs with 1V&" Type S screws 12" o.c. and staggered from screws in first layer. Screw-attach Econo Corner Bead vertically at all corners and finish over trim with PERF-A-Tape Compound as described in Chapter 3. 3-Hour Rating--Erect Sheetrock Firecode inner layer vertically, apply Dur-A-Bead reinforcement vertically at each comer and wire-tie in place with a double strand of 18 ga. tie wire around column. Place wires 6" from slab construction and no more than 21" o.c. Apply Perf-A-Tape Joint Compound adhesive to inner layer and erect wallboard center layer in same manner as inner layer. Fasten Dur-A-Bead with 1" Type S screws 12" o.c. Apply adhesive to center layer and erect face layer vertically; apply comer bead vertically at all comers and fasten with 1" Type S screws 12' o.c. Finish over trim with Perf-A-Tape Compound as directed in Chapter 3. BB013 1673 IB Systems/Column fire protection DUR-A-BEAD corner reinforcement at Plan sections DUR-A-BEAD Column fire protection/Systems I 23 USG #158 Column elevations -- 18-ga. tie wire -- DUR-A-BEAO reinforcement mid-height wire tie I 3-hour a oo o CJ 0* CD I ! !2 BB013 1676 Complete concrete floor assembly, with ceiling beneath, (above) is lowered into position for Underwriterf Laboratories, Inc., fire test. A furnace for testing flame spread rating on finished surfaces is shown below. /FIRE AND SOUND TEST DATA GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION 233 chapter 5 page Fire and Sound Tests 234 Selector Guide 235 FIRE AND SOUND RATINGS Wood Stud Partitions 236 Metal Stud Partitions 237 Laminated Gypsum Partitions 238 Movable Partitions 239 Bar Joist Ceilings 239 Wood Joist Ceilings 240 Steel Column Fireproofing 24X CHARTER 234 Test data/Definitions ; ; ' i CP o (T* 03 Fire and Sound Tests Laboratory test data are used to compare, specify and select materials and constructions, and frequently to secure code or agency acceptance. Fire and sound ratings are assigned on the basis of performance shown in standard laboratory testing pro cedures. Laboratory data are often validated by subsequent field tests. Fire and sound ratings are important in evaluating and qualifying gypsum drywall partitions, floor-ceiling assemblies, and column fireproofing enclosures. A fire resistance rating denotes the length of time a given assembly can resist passage of intense heat and flames while supporting the imposed design loads. Fire ratings are correlated with all components of a given assembly--not with the ceiling or partition membrane alone. The Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating has become the most widely accepted means of indicating a partition's sound resistance--the result of comparing the sound transmission loss of a tested assembly with a "standard contour" of known sound loss performance. Where Class ratings are not available, and in the case of ceiling assemblies, "db" (decibel) transmission loss averages are used resulting from sound tests conducted at 9 or 11 frequencies within a range of 125 to 4,000 cycles per second. Impact Noise Rating (INR) designates the ability of a floor ceiling construction to resist impact sound transmission. INR is measured on a plus or minus scale in relation to a standard performance curve INR=0. The higher the positive number the better the assembly resists impact sound transmission. Both fire and sound ratings are based on specific details of assembly which if not followed may directly affect the result. Caulking installed at the perimeter of gypsum wallboard fac ings and behind runner tracks, for example, is standard practice in all modern sound testing. Any deviation in construction from that described in the test report, therefore, should be checked with the architect prior to beginning of construction. In comparing any two sets of test data, one must be certain they were obtained under circumstances and by test procedures that were identical or nearly identical. Particularly in the case of acoustical laboratories, test methods are subject to change. This can necessitate the use of a correction factor for tests conducted before or after a certain date. nr to o* cj: HKS 0* at Testing laboratories/Test data United States Gypsum leads the industry in documentation of the performance of its drywall systems by recognized testing laboratories--fire ratings ranging up to 2 hours for partitions and ceilings, 3 hours for column fireproofing; STC values as high as 60. In the test listings on the following pages, labora tories are identified at the end of each description as part of the pertinent test references. They are noted by abbreviation as follows: BMS and NBS--National Bureau of Standards UL--Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. OSU--Ohio State University U of C--University of California TL--Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories G & H--Geiger & Hamme Laboratory CK--Cedar Knolls Acoustical Laboratories The Selector Guides below classify tested USG partition assem blies according to their fire and sound ratings and types of construction. The numerals in each column correspond to the "assembly numbers" listed in sequence on the succeeding pages. Rated ceiling assemblies and column fireproofing systems also are included in the tables. Sound tests have been selected to be as directly comparable to fire tests as possible. In some cases, there may be some slight variations between actual construction used in sound and fire tests. When a question arises, consult the actual test report. 2 hrs. 1V4 hrs. 1 hr. Selector Guide Fire-Rated Partitions Wood Stud Metal Stud Laminated Gypsum i 11,12,13. 20, 21. 22. 14,15,16 23. 24, 25, 27 26 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 7, 8, 9, 10 17, 18, 19 28,29 Movable Gypsum 30, 32, 33, 34 45 min. 35 55-60 STC Selector Guide Sound-Rated Partitions Wood Stud Metal Stud Laminated Gypsum 11. 12 20.22 50-54 STC 45-49 STC 40-44 STC UNDER 40 STC 2. 5.7 3, 6.3 L 4, 9, 10 13. 14,15 16, 17 18 19 21.27 23 23 24. 25, 26, 29 See following pages for assemblies numbered as above; also test data on codings and column fireproofing. Movable Gypsum 30. 34. 35 31 32,33 BB013 1679 >36 Test data/Wood stud partitions Fire and Sound Ratings WOOD STUD PARTITIONS Basic Description--2x4 wood studs 16" o.c.--W" SHEETROCK FIRECODE gypsum wallboard attached with USG drywatl screws--joints finished. See pages 126 to 137 Assembly No. Variations & Test References Fire Rating t 2 layers each side--base layer att. with 2 hrs. 6d c.c. nails--face layer laminated-- wt 12 psf--thickn 6>/i'--UL Des 4-2 hr (0--NBS--241 (s) 2 2 rows 2x3 staggered studs on separate 1 hr. plates 1' apart--2 layers each side--base layer of Vi' USG wood fiber sound deadening board att with 6d c.c. nails-- face layer att with 7d c.c. nails--wt 9 psf--thickn 8V4'--UL Des 17-1 hr (0-- USG-46-FT-G & H (s) 3 Slotted studs--2 layers each side--base 1 hr. layer of Vi' USG sound deadening board (est) att with 5d c.c. nails--face layer att with 6d c.c. nails--wt. 8 psf--thickn 5%'--USG-44-FT-G & H (s) 4 2 layers each side--base layer of 1 hr. USG sound deadening board--att with (est 5d c.c. nails--face layer att with 6d c.c. nails--wt 8 psf--thickn 5%'--USG-43- FT-G & H (s) 5 3' Thermafiber ins wool batts between 1 hr. studs--RC-1 channels 24' o.c. att to one (est) side--wt 7 psf--thickn 3%'--USG-33- FT-G & H (s) 6 Without wool--RC-1 channels 24' o.c. 1 hr. att to both sides--wt 7 psf--thickn 5%' --T-1396-OSU (f>--TL-*0-S2 (s) 7 2 rows 2x3 staggered studs on separate 1 hr. plates 1' apart--2' Thermafiber ins (est) wool batts between studs one side--wt 8 psf--thickn 7%'--USG-106-FT-G4 H(s) 8 Slotted studs--3' Thermafiber ins wool 1 hr. batts between studs--wt 7 psf--thickn (est) 4Vs'--USG-29-FT-G & H (s) 9 2' Thermafiber ins. wool batts between 1 hr. studs--wt 7 psf--thickn 4%'--USG- (est) 105-FT-G * H (s) 10 Wailboard nailed with 1%' c.c. nails-- 1 hr. wt 7 psf--thickn 4%'--UL Des 5-1 hr (f) --USG-30-FT-G <fc H (s) STC Rating 40 db (1) 53 49 36 52 45 51 48 35 34 BB013 1680 a.t t i W i i-ww-Wo.-,! Metal stud partitions/Test data METAL STUD PARTITIONS Basic Description--DWS-358 metal studs 24" o.c. in runner tracks--2 layers Y" SHEETROCK FIRECODE gypsum wallboard each side--face layer laminated and base layer attached with USG drywall screws--joints finished. See pages 138 to 1S4 Assembly No. Variations & Test References Fire Rating 11 IVV Thermafiber sound atten baus 2 hrs. between studs--Type G screws, bypass lest) ing studs, used to supplement adhesive-- wt. 12 psf--thickn 6 ft'--USG-109-FTG Sc H (s) 12 DWS-212studs--2 layers ft'Sheetrock 2 hrs. Firecode wallboard each side--1ft' (est) Therwafiber sound atten batts between studs--Type G screws, bypassing studs, used to supplement adhesive--wt 9 psf-- thickn--4ft'--USG-U4-FT-G & H(s) 13 Base layer of ft' USG mineral fiber 2 hrs. sound deadening board--face layer (ani (est) mated & screw att--wt 8 psf--thiclcn 57ft'--USG-103-FT-G & H (s) 14 3' Thermafiber ins wool batts between 2 hrs. studs--RC-1 channels 24' o.c. on one (est) side between 2 wallboard layers--face layer on side opposite RC-1 channel laminated--wt 12 psf--thickn 634'-- TL-42-212 (s) 13 RC-l channels 24' o.c. on one side be 2 hrs. tween 2 wallboard layers--all layers (est) screw att--wt 12 psf--thiclcn 6ft'-- TL-62-180 (s) 16 Basic assembly without wool, sound 2 hrs. deadening board or RC-1 channels--wt 12 psf--thickn 6ft'--UL Des 11-2 hr (f) --TL 60-113 fs) 17 DWS-158 studs--face layer of ft' 1 hr. Sheetrock Firecode wallboard -- base layer of 14' USG mineral fiber sound deadening board --wt 7 psf--thickn 3ft'--UL Des 23-1 hr (f>--USG-57-FTG & H (s) 13 Single layer 34' Sheetrock Firecode 1 hr. wallboard--wt 6 psf--thickn 434'--T1374-OSU (0--USG-17-FT-G & H Is) 19 DWS-158 studs--single layer H' 1 hr. Sheetrock Firecode wallboard--wt 5 psf--thickn 2ft'-- U of C 7-31-62 (0 --TL-64-29 fs) STC Rating 33(2) 33 54 52 50(2) 51 50 46 48 42 38 BB013 1681 238 Test data/Laminated gypsum partitions LAMINATED GYPSUM PARTITIONS Basic Description--V" SHEETROCK FIRECODE gypsum wallboard laminated St screw attached to both sides of 1" USG gypsum coreboard--metal runners--joints finished. See pages 155 to 186 Assembly No. Variations & Test References Fire STC Rating Rating 20 Triple Solid--3 rows coreboard spaced 2 hrs. 11/5` apart--Vi' Sheetrock wallboard (est) facings laminated to outer rows--!Vi' Thermafiber sound atten batts in one cavity--wt 17 psf--thickn 6V4'--USG- 94-FT-G & H (s) 59 21 Triple Solid--same as No. 20 without 2 hrs. wool--wt 17 psf--ehickn USG- (est) 95-FT-G & H (s) 53 22 Double Solid--2 rows coreboard spaced 2 hrs. 60 3' apart--Vi' Sheetrock wallboard fac (est) 56(2) ings both sides--Wt' Thermafiber sound atten batts in partition cavity --wt 13 psf--thickn 6'--USG-96-FT- G & H (s) 23 Double Solid--same as No. 22 except 2 hrs. rows spaced l]/s' apart and without wool--wt 13 psf--thickn 4 Vs"--T-13I0- OSU-(f)--USG-13FT-G & H (s) 46 24 Solid--Vi' Sheetrock Firecode wall- 2 hrs. board facings--wt 8 psf--thickn 2'-- T-1339-OSU (f) 25 Solid--angle runners at quarter points-- 2 hrs. joints unfinished--wt 10 psf--thickn 2 Vi'--UL Des 21-2 hr (f) 34 (est) 34 (est) 26 Solid--Vi' Sheetrock wallboard facings 1 Vi hrs. 34 --wt 8 psf--thickn 2'--T-1175-OSU (f) (est) 27 418 Ribwall--facings laminated & screw 2 hrs. att to staggered 1' x 6' gypsum ribs 24' o.c.--wt 12 psf--thickn --UL Des 17-2 hr (f)--TL-63-15 (s) 51 28 368 Ribwall--facings laminated St screw 1 hr. att to staggered 1%' x 6' gypsum ribs (est) 24' o.c.--wt 8 psf--thickn 3 Vi '--TL- 62-285 (s) 43 29 278 Studwaii--facings laminated & screw I hr. att to staggered iys' x 6' gypsum studs 24' o.c.--wt 7 psf--thickn 2%'--UL Des 16-1 hr fO 36 (est) U P T Q fM W Movable partitions--bar joist ceiiings/Test data MOVABLE PARTITIONS See pages 187 to 205 Assembly No. Construction & Test References Fire Rating 30 USG Demountable Partition--ft' vinyl 1 hr. faced Sheetrock Firecooe wallboard screw att to DWS-212 metal studs 24' o.c.--V Thermafiber sound atten baits between studs--aluminum battens over joints--wt 6 psf--thickn 3 Vi'--UL Des 21-1 hr (f)--TL-63-127 (s) 31 USG Demountable Partition--same as -- No. 30 without wool--wt 5 Vi psf-- thickn 3Vi'--TL-63-126 (s) 32 Vaughan Walls--standard wall--solid 1 hr. gypsum--special ft' wallboard lami nated to both sides of special 1' gypsum core units 24' wide--V-joints unfinished --Wt 10 psf--thickn 2Vi'--T-1235-OSU (f)--TL-64-213 (s) 33 Vaughan Walls--chase wall--special 1 hr. ft' wallboard laminated to both sides of special l'semi-solid gypsum core units-- V-joints unfinished--wt 8 psf--thickn 2 Vi'-- UL Des 22-1 hr <0--TL-64-212 (si 34 Vaughan Walls--sound wall--two 1 hr. rows of semi-solid units spaced 1 ft' (est) apart--each row has special Vi' wallboard laminated to both sides of special Vi' semi-solid core units--V-joints un finished--wt 15 psf--thickn 5 Vi'--TL- 64-189 (s) 35 E-Z Wall Partition--special ft' gypsum 45 min. panels 24' wide screw att to special metal H-studs 24' o.c.--2' Thermafiber sound atten batts between studs--V-joints un finished--wt 6ft psf--thickn 3Vs'--UL Des 6-45 (D--USG-93-FT-G & H (s) STC Rating 49 42 36 36 45 45 ' BAR JOIST CEILINGS ; Basic Description--SHEETROCK FTRECODE gypsum wall , board screw attached to DWC metal furring channels 24" o.c. t attached to steel bar joists--joints unfinished. \ See pages 212 to 216 Assembly No. Variations & Test References Fire Rating 1 ' 36 ft' Firecooe "C" wallboard--UL Des 82-3 hr (0 3 hrs. CO to(Beam 3 hr) o37 ft' Firecooe "C'* wallboard--UL Des 221-2 hr (f) 2 hrs. h- 38 ft' Firecooe "B" wallboard--UL Des 63-2 hr (f) 2 hrs. L3 39 H' Firecode wallboard--joints finished--UL 1V4 hrs. Des 4-1 hr (0 0* OB' (J 240 Test data/Wood joist ceilings WOOD JOIST CEILINGS Basic Description--SHEETROCK FIRECODE gypsum wall* board nailed direct to 2x10 wood joists 16" o.c.--1" nom. wood sub and finished floor construction--joints finished. See pages 206 to 211 Assembly No. Variations & Test References Fire STC tNR Rating Rating Rating 40 Vi" Firecode "C" waliboard--UL 1 hr. -- Des 42-1 hr (0 -- 41 \fi Firecode "C" waliboard screw 1 hr. att 12' o.c. to RC-1 resilient chan nels spaced 24' o.c. on joists--UL Des 41-1 hr (f) 42 Same as 40 except yy Firecode 1 hr. 37 waliboard used--UL Des 1-1 hr (f) --CK 6412-7 (s) - 19 43 Same as 42 plus carpet and pad atop 1 hr. 38 flooring--CK 6412-8 (s) (est) +5 44 Same as 40 with 3'Thermafiber ins 1 hr. 40 - 18 batts in joist space--CK 6412-6 (s) (est) 45 Same as 44 plus carpet and pad atop 1 hr. 39 flooring--CK 6412-5 (s) (est) +7 46 Same as 41 except %' Firecode 1 hr. 47 -12 waliboard used with RC-1 channels (est) --CK 6412-10 (s) 47 Same as 46 except 14' Firecode 1 hr. 47 - 12 "C" waliboard used--CK 6512-6 (s) (est) I 48 Same as 46 plus carpet and pad atop 1 hr. 47 + 15 flooring--CK 6412-9 (s) (est) 49 Same as 48 except Y\ Firecode 1 hr. 46 + 16 "C" waliboard used--CK 6512-7 (s) (est) 50 Same as 46 with y Thermafiber ins 1 hr. 49 batts in joist space--CK 6412-3 (s) (est) -5 1 51 Same as 50 except Firecode l hr. 50 -5 "C" waliboard used--CK 6512-9 (s) (est) 52 Same as 50 plus carpet and pad atop l hr. 50 flooring--CK 6412-4 (s) (est) + 19 53 Same as 52 except V4# Firecode 1 hr. 50 +20 "C" waliboard used--CK 6512-8 (s) (est) 54 Same as 40 except Firecode 45 40 waliboard used--UL Des 1-45 min min. db (0--NBS-716 (s) 13) -- Steel column fireproofing/Test data 241 STEEL COLUMN FIREPROOFING Basic Description--3 layers H" SHEETROCK FIRECODE gypsum wallboard cat to fit against and enclose steel column---outside layer protected by DUR-A-BEAD corner reinforcement screw attached 12" o-c.--finished with PERF-A-TAPE compound. See pages 229 to 231 Assembly No. Variations & Test References Fire Rating 55 1st & 2nd layers wire-tied in place--2nd and 3rd 3 hrs. layers laminated, comer reinforced & screw att at corners--UL Des 14-3 hr (f) 56 2 layers >A" Firicode "C" wallboard screw atl 2 hrs. to DWS-158 metal studs--Econo metal corner reinforcement screw att over outside layer-- UL Des 10-2 hr (0 NOTES: (1) 9-frequency average. (2) Job feet results. (3) 11-frequency average. ABBREVIATIONS: STC--Sound Transmission Class: INR--Impact Noise Rating; att-- attached; pst--pounds per sq. ft.; wt--weight; thickn--thickness; ins--insulating; atten-- attenuation; Oes--Design; db--decibel; f--fire; s--sound 00 to o CJ o CcnO 242 Intricate framing around heating and air conditioning plenum con ceals duct, conserves light from high windows, provides attach ment for light fixtures. Framing of drywall furring channel was partially cut for bending to proper angle. A complete understanding of job details plus proper inspec tion (right) can create trouble-free functional structures of architec tural beauty. /DRYWALL PROBLEMS AND REMEDIES GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION 243 chapter 6 page PROBLEMS AND REMEDIES Board 244 Finish 246 Framing 248 Joints 249 Nailing 251 Characteristics of Wood Shrinkage 253 Effect of Wood Shrinkage on Nails 254 Nail Pops Due to Wood Shrinkage 257 Cracking in High-Rise Structures 257 How to Inspect a Drywall Job 260 CHAPTER iI ';i i 5 244- Problems--Remedies/General--board Problems: Their Cause, Remedy or Prevention It is to your advantage to know and understand the conditions which may adversely affect quality of the finished wallboard job. Almost invariably, unsatisfactory results show up first in the areas over joints or nail heads. Improper application of either the board or joint treatment may be at fault, but other condi tions existing on the job can be equally responsible for reducing the quality of the finished drywall application. Irregularities found over joints, for example, usually occur in a straight line pattern. These can be caused by joint ridging, starved joints, joints located over twisted studs or on high studs or joists, board edges out of plane, joints over which delayed shrinkage has occurred, or any combination of these. Compounds used for joint finishing are a "drying type" material and therefore harden as the contained water is evaporated. As they dry, their volume shrinks. Normal shrinkage offers no problem and is anticipated in proper application procedure (see Chapter 3). Excessive shrinkage, which can be a source of trouble, may be found to result from poor atmospheric or job conditions as well as from application abuses. This is one of the more frequently encountered field problems covered in the tables following in this chapter. Each problem is listed in alphabetical order according to location, with the probable cause and recommended remedy or prevention. Fol lowing the tables are discussions of wood shrinkage and its effect on nail popping, precautions necessary in partitions for high-rise buildings, and drywall job inspection procedures. In the tables the condition, or problem, is listed across the top of each item; under "remedy", methods of prevention also are included when applicable. BOARD--Burred Ends Cause: Ends of boards become roughed up and can be felt as a ridge along end of board. Remedy: Sand off burr before erecting board. BB013 1688 Board / Problems--Remedies BOARD--Improperly Fitted Cause: Board wedged into place or improperly nailed cannot be brought into natural contact with framing (Fig. 1), or may buckle causing one end or edge to override the other. Remedy: Remove board, cut to fit properly, and replace. Nail from center of board toward ends and edges. Apply pressure to hold wallboard tightly against framing while nailing. Y (y V---- i --ff------------ ~JiJ3 Fig. 1 BOARD--Damaged Edges Cause: Paper-bound edges have been damaged or abused; may result in ply separation along edge or in loosening of paper from gypsum core. Also may fracture or powder the core itself; edges are more susceptible to ridging when joint system is applied. Remedy: Avoid butting together damaged edges that may easily be compressed. Handle Sheetrock Wallboard with rea sonable care. Cut back any severely damaged edges to sound board before application. BOARD--Loosely Nailed Cause: Framing members are uneven because of minor bowing and warping; lack of pressure on board during nailing; head of nail alone cannot pull wallboard into firm contact with uneven members. Also see BOARD--Improperly Fitted. Remedy: During final blows of hammer, apply additional pres sure with hand to board adjacent to nail (Fig. 2) to bring board into contact with framing. ja B ^ p jo a a ., Problems--Remedies /Board--finish BOARD--Surface Fractured After Application Cause: Excessive abuse or heavy blows have fractured finished wall surface--too large a break for repair with joint compound. Remedy: In shape of equilateral triangle around damaged area, cut out plug of wallboard with keyhole saw, slope edges inward at 45. Cut corresponding plug from sound wallboard, sand edges to exact fit. If necessary, cement extra slat of wallboard to back of face layer to serve as brace. Butter edges (Fig. 3) and finish as a butt joint with joint compound (Fig. 4). BOARD--Water Damaged Cause: During transit or storage, water has damaged wallboard; subject to scuffing, may develop paper bond failure. Dissolved glue from bundling tapes may damage board faces and cause them to stick together. If stored wet, may be subject to mildew. Remedy: Usually will dry and perform satisfactorily; handle board cautiously and re-pile with bundles separated by spacer strips of wallboard. Check incoming board for water stains, protect carefully during shipment and storage. Do not erect damp boards for this may result in paper bond failure. FINISH--Discoloration 1. Cause: Differences in suction of board paper and joint com pound may lighten paint color or change gloss or sheen in higher suction areas; most common when conventional oil paints are used; also caused by over-thinning of paint. Suction differences may also cause greater amounts of texturing ma terial to be deposited over high suction areas causing color differences when viewed from an angle. Remedy: Seal surface properly before painting and texturing with Sheetrock Sealer or Texoute Primer-Sealer under oil or water-thinned paints; or Texolite Primer under whites or light pastels. BB013 1690 Finish/ Problems--Remedi es .1 2 2. Cause: Joint darkening may occur, most commonly with tinted paint color rather than white. Most severe when painting has been done in humid weather or when joints have not fully dried; also when high or medium alkaline joint compounds have been used. Remedy: Use only USG joint compounds, formulated with proper alkalinity. Under humid conditions, compounds should dry 48 hours or more between coats. Repaint only after joints are thoroughly dry. 3. Cause: "Nail spots" may appear as dust particles accumulate over nail heads in outside walls and top floor ceilings; due to greater dissipation of heat directly over nail heads. Most severe with great indoor-outdoor temperature variation. Remedy: Wash painted surfaces, remove spots with wallpaper cleaner, or redecorate surfaces affected; change air filters regu larly. Preventive measures: Use double layer Sheetrock Wallboard application, which does not require face layer nail ing, thus minimizes nail spotting. 4. Cause: Browning may occur over joints when poor quality polyvinyl acetate based paints have been used, primarily in highly humid weather. Remedy: Redecorate with a quality USG latex, alkyd flat or texture paint. 5. Cause: Alkali discoloration or "burning" may occur with oil paints tinted with alkali sensitive pigments; appears as color change generally toward red or orange. Caused by diffusion of alkalies from high alkaline joint compounds into paint Remedy: Use the Perf-A-Tape System, free of this danger. Use water-thinned paints, which have alkali-resistant pigments. 6. Cause: Acid discoloration of paint pigments affects oil or water-thinned paints tinted with ultra-marine blue. Caused by a B? reaction to sulphur gases from unvented gas or oil heaters, OB Color fades out in field of board, leaving bluer appearance over O 92 joints. > Remedy: Avoid use of ultra-marine blue tints in paint; vent all 0? heaters and redecorate. 2. Problems--Remedies/Framing FRAMING--Members Out of Alignment Cause: Due to misaligned top plate and stud, hammering at points "X" (Fig. 5) as board is applied on both sides of parti tion will probably result in nail heads puncturing paper or cracking board. Chances of nail pops also are increased if board is applied over such misaligned members. Framing mem bers more than V*" out of alignment with adjacent members make it difficult to bring board into firm contact with all nailing surfaces. Remedy: Check alignment of studs, joists and plates before applying board, and correct before proceeding. Straighten badly bowed or crowned members. Shim out flush with adjoining surfaces. Use Adhesive Nail-On method of attachment. Fig. 5 FRAMING--Members Twisted Cause: Framing members have not been properly squared with plates, presenting angular nailing surface (Fig. 6). When board is applied, there is danger of puncturing paper with nail heads or of reverse twisting of member as it dries out, with conse quent loosening of board and probable nail pops. Warped di mension lumber may contribute to this deformity. Remedy: Align all twisted framing members before applica tion. Also see Framing Requirements, Chapter 1. FRAMING--Protrusions Cause: Bridging, headers, flrestops or mechanical lines have been installed improperly so as to project beyond face of fram ing, preventing board from contacting nailing surface (Fig. 7). Result will be loose board, and nails driven in area of protru sion will probably puncture face paper. Remedy: Before applying board, check to make certain there are no protrusions beyond plane of nailing surface. See that ) they are trimmed off or reinstalled. *A T Joints/Problems--Remedies 249 JOINTS--Blisters in Tape Cause: Insufficient compound was used under the tape, or tape was not initially pressed into good contact with the compound. Remedy: Open up blistered area by slitting tape. Fill cut with joint compound and press tape back in place with knife blade. When dry, sand to smooth, level finish. JOINTS--Cracks in Inside Corners Cause: Too much compound was applied over tape at apex of angle. Remedy: Wipe down comers correctly after applying com pound, leaving only a small amount or no compound in apex. If cracks still occur, excessive structural movement is the cause. JOINTS--Edge Cracking Cause: After completion of joint treatment, straight narrow fissures or cracks may appear along edges of tape. This can result from: too rapid drying because of high temperature ac companied by low humidity, or excessive drafts; improper ap plication, such as overdilution of joint compound, excessive joint compound under tape or failure to follow embedding with a skim coat over tape; cold, wet application conditions which also may cause poor bond. Remedy: Especially when poor atmospheric conditions exist, carefully examine all joints after taping and skimming applica tions have dried; repairs are more economical at this stage. Cut away any weakly bonded tape edges. Fill hairline cracks with cut shellac (2 to 3 lbs.); groove out larger cracks with sharp tool, coat with shellac and allow to dry, then refill with joint compound; or cover cracks with complete joint treatment in cluding reinforcing tape, feather to even surface with plane of board; Preventive measures: Use Perp-A-Tape Ready-Mixed Joint Compound or Durabond Joint Compound which have maximum built-in resistance to cracks; place shielding devices over room openings to prevent drafts; wet down floors if room humidity is too low; during cold weather, control heat at mini mum of 55 and supply good ventilation. Avoid practices listed under "Cause", above. JOINTS--High Joints or Crowns S3 04 Cause: Needless piling of compound in channel; compound not 03 Ot feathered out beyond shoulders; insufficient sanding; framing may be out of alignment or board edges not tight against 2 framing. J Remedy: Sand joints to Bush surface. If misaligned framing or board are responsible, see "Framing" or "Board" problems, above. 0 0 GJ 250 Problems--Remedies/Joints JOINTS--Ridging or Beading Cause: Combination of factors may cause joint deformity which appears as a continuous ridge or bead along length of joint, with uniform fine ridge-like pattern at exact center. Usually develops after joint finishing is completed, at any time from a few hours to several months afterward. Occurs on sidewalls with same frequency as on ceilings, but is usually more apparent on ceilings because of large expanse, angle of view, and light conditions. Ridging is not a result of a material quality defect; incidence is greater on jobs taped and finished during cold, damp or highly humid periods and on joints fin ished with high crown and wide feathering rather than with flat, narrow concealment. Severity of ridging will increase under widely fluctuating humidity conditions. Remedy: {1) Let ridge develop fully before undertaking re pairs--usually six months is sufficient. Time repairs for hot and dry conditions. (2) Sand ridge down to reinforcing tape without cutting through tape. Fill concave areas on either side of ridge with light fill of thick mix compound. After this is dry, float very thin film of compound over entire area. (3) Examine area with strong side lighting to make certain that ridge has been con cealed. If not, use additional coats of compound. Redecorate. Preventive measures: Use USG Back-Blocking System or Double Layer adhesive lamination (Chapter 3). Follow general recommendations for joint treatment (Chapter 1) and approved application procedure (Chapter 3). Pay particular attention to temperature, ventilation, consistency of compound, prompt covering coat over tape, minimum width of fill and finish coats, and required drying time between coats. JOINTS--Excessive Shrinkage Cause: (1) Atmospheric conditions--slow drying and high hu midity; (2) Job conditions--inadequate protection from hot drafts; (3) Insufficient drying time between coats of compound; (4) Excessive water addition in mixing compound; (5) Heavy fills. Remedy: See "Starved Joints" below. JOINTS--Starved Joints Cause: This is a form of delayed shrinkage caused chiefly by insufficient drying time between coats of compound. May also be caused by insufficient compound applied over tape to fill channel, over-thinning of compound, or oversanding. Shrinkage usually progresses until drying is complete. Remedy: Reapply a full covering coat of heavy-mixed com pound over tape--since this is heaviest application, most shrinkage will take place in this coat, making it easier to fill channel properly. Finish by standard procedure. ,c^paa. = NAILING--Nail Pops Cause: A protrusion directly over the head of a nail results from outward movement--of the concealed nailhead in relation to the smooth finished surface of wallboard. This protrusion is usually only slightly larger than the nail head but may be about the size of a hammer dimple and is known as a nail pop. It may occur with any type of material secured to wood with nails. With drywall, it is the product of improper application, lumber shrinkage, or a combination of both. With board held reason ably tight against framing member (Fig. 8 below), only severe shrinkage of the lumber normally will cause nail pops. But if nailed loosely (Fig. 9), any inward pressure on board will push nailhead through its thin covering pad of compound. Likewise, board insecurely nailed (Fig. 10) is subject to movement and vibrations which result in nail pops. Pops resulting from "nail creep" occur when shrinkage of the wood framing exposes nail shank and consequently loosens board (see "Wood Shrinkage" discussion following table). \ wallboard --//fr>f!',\\ /x Fig. 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Remedy: Repairs usually are considered necessary only for pops which protrude .005" or more from face of board. Smaller protrusions may require repair if they occur in a smooth gloss surface or flat painted surface under extreme lighting condi tions. Those which appear before or during decoration should be repaired immediately. Pops which occur after one month's heating or more are usually caused wholly or partly by wood shrinkage, and should not be repaired until near end of heating season. Repair procedure is to select proper nail for thickness of board, then drive it about 1 `A" from popped nail while applying sufficient pressure adjacent to nailhead to bring board in firm contact with framing. Strike popped nail lightly to seat it below surface of board. Remove loose compound and apply finishing coats of compound and paint. Preventive measures: removal of insecure nails and proper nail application; use of lumber meeting Framing Requirements (Chapter 1); attachment with USG Drywall Screws or by Adhesive-Nail on Appli- cation (Chapter 3). 05 CD O Uj -L. lb- 252 Problems--Remedies/Nailing NAILING--Puncturing of Face Paper Cause: Twisted or misaligned framing members, protrusions of bridging, poorly formed nailheads, careless nailing, or exces sively dry face paper can bring on puncturing problems. Nailheads which puncture face paper and shatter core of board (Fig. 11) have very little grip on wallboard and often cause nail pops. Fig. 12 Remedy: Correction of faulty framing (see Framing problems, above) and properly driven nails produce tight attachment with slight uniform dimple (Fig. 12). Nailhead bears on paper and holds wallboard securely against framing member. Recom fmended GWB-54 nails have a head designed to minimize cut ting; USG Drywall Screws with specially contoured head are best fastener known to eliminate cutting and fracturing. If face paper becomes dry and brittle, its low moisture content may ar; <8 3s aggravate nail cutting. One remedy is to hang board in position with a few nails, then sponge or fog spray areas in which other nails will be driven. Other methods are to cover stacked board with vapor-proof plastic sheets and place pads of water under sheets, to stock board on concrete slabs, fog spray the framing, or splash water across floors. Otherwise, replacement of nails and filling of depressions in joint compound may be necessary. Wood Shrinkage/Problems--Remedies 253 Characteristics of Wood Shrinkage Framing lumber as commonly used has a moisture content in the range of 15% to 19%. However, individual pieces may be considerably higher or slightly lower. Wood having a moisture content at the time of construction in the 15% to 19% range may, in service, eventually reach a moisture content of from 5% to 10%, except in the damp Southern coastal states and the dry Southwestern states, where the ranges may be 8% to 13% and 4% to 9% respectively. Thus, when wood is framed into a building and the building is put into service, the framing lumber loses some of its moisture content. After the lumber has eventually reached equilibrium with surrounding conditions, there will be only minor residual increases and decreases in its moisture content. The important fact to be established here is that the first and by far the greatest change in moisture content usually occurs during the first year after construction, particularly during the first heating season. Living wood may contain from 30% to 300% of water. This water is divided roughly into two parts--free water in cell cavities and water absorbed by the capillaries of the fibers and ray cells. When all the free water has been removed and the absorbed water remains, the wood is said to have reached the fiber saturation point, which is approximately 30%. Wood shrinks as the moisture content of the wood is reduced below 30%. As the moisture content of a piece of wood is reduced below the fiber saturation point, the unit of shrinkage is fairly uniform, being approximately 1/30 of the total shrink age which may occur for each l % loss of moisture content. Wood shrinks most in the direction of the growth rings (flat grain) somewhat less across the growth rings (edge grain) and very little, as a rule, along the grain (longitudinally). Gener ally, heavier pieces of the same wood species shrink more than the lighter ones. (These characteristics often account for a concentration of nail pops along the length of a particular stud or joist.) Under job conditions, the gypsum wallboard is usually applied within two to four weeks after the building has been enclosed. During this period the framing will dry out to a certain extent, depending upon drying conditions. However, even under the most favorable drying conditions and four weeks' exposure, it is doubtful that the moisture content of the framing will reach a percentage as low as that which will occur "in service." (The authority tor the preceding is U.S. Department of Agri culture publication, Wood Handbook No. 72, in a section titled "Control of Moisture Content and Shrinkage of Wood." Ob tainable from Supt. of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.) BB013 1696 254 Problems--Remedies/Wood shrinkage & nails Each increment or part of a mass of wood shrinks at a fairly uniform rate. Shrinkage in a mass of wood is toward the center. The movement of any point on the wood or boundary, such as an outer surface towards the center, is equal to the total of the shrinkage of each increment between that point or boundary and the center. For example. Fig. 13 shows a mass of wood 4" wide by 2" thick divided into 1" increments. For purposes of illustration, a total of 1/16" shrinkage has been selected for each 1" incre ment under conditions wherein the moisture content has been reduced from 19% to 10%. The outer plane of Areas "A" has moved 1/16" closer to the horizontal center line. The outer sur face of Areas ``B" has moved Va" closer to the horizontal center line (1/16" for the shrinkage in Areas "A" plus 1/16" for the shrinkage in Areas "B"). Similar proportionate shrinkage also occurs in relationship to the vertical center line. 19% moitu** conUM l (7% moituv* content ! BB013 *1697 Effect of Wood Shrinkage on Nails Fig. 14 represents the cross section of a piece of framing lum ber with a moisture content of 19% through which has been driven a steel rod with both ends sheared off flush with the surface. The right hand drawing represents the same piece of wood after the moisture content has been reduced to 10%. Note that wood shrinkage has resulted in a movement of each outer edge surface of the wood Va" towards the center line; also, that the steel rod protrudes from the lumber on each edge Va". NOTE: The dimensions used in Figures 15 to 17 inclusive were selected only for convenience to illustrate principles and are not to be construed as actual measurements. -- Wood shrinkage & nails/Problems--Remedies 19% 10% w>hwi <ontim Fig. 14 Fig. 15 illustrates the same conditions as in Fig. 14 except that nails have been driven different distances into the 19% moisture content wood, one nail penetrating 2" and the other 1". The sections of the nails protruding from the wood were then sheared off flush with the surface as illustrated by the drawing on the left. In the drawing on the right, the wood penetrated by the 2" section of the nail shrank Vi", resulting in an exposure of '/a" of the nail shank. In this same drawing, note that the wood pene trated by the 1" nail shrank 1/16", resulting in an exposure of the nail shank of only 1/16". The 1/16" shrinkage of the wood between the point of the 1" nail and the center line resulted in the nail's moving 1/16" toward the center line. f OBI or. OS- JI- 256 Problems--Remedies/Wood shrinkage 4 nails Figures 16 and 17 illustrate Vi" gypsum wallboard attached with nails having a penetration of 1" and 1" respectively. The figures on the right show how the emergence of the nail due to wood shrinkage creates a space between the back of the board and the nailing surface. A comparison of the distances between the backs of the boards and the nailing surfaces of Figures 16 and 17 shows that the use of the shorter nail resulted in a smaller space between the back of the board and the nailing surface. 19% von 10% mtOM cottant inMIWUKM 10%wHw content Extensive experiments conducted by Forest Products Labora tory and Purdue University have shown conclusively that the recession of the wood nailing surface from the nail head is almost in direct proportion to the depth of the penetration. That is, the longer the nail, the greater the exposure of the nail shank; the shorter the nail, the less the exposure of the nail shank. BB013 Nail pops from shrinkage/Problems--Remedies 257 Nail Pops Due to Wood Shrinkage As previously shown, as the framing lumber shrinks, the dis tance between the head of the nail and the nailing surface of the framing member increases. Assuming that the nail origi nally held the gypsum wallboard reasonably secure against the framing, the board is held less securely after the framing has shrunk. If the additional nail shank exposure is in the range of 1/16" (.0625) to 1/32" (.03125) the board will no longer be held tightly against the framing. This is the condition (loose nail) which is the basic cause of nail pops. Fortunately, minor emergence of a properly driven nail (up to .005") seldom results in a visible pop. Were it not for this, nail pops due to lumber shrinkage would be much more common. If framing lumber has been subjected to a full heating season, chances are good that the lumber has reached an equilibrium moisture content. During the following spring, summer, and fall seasons, the lumber will undoubtedly pick up some moisture and swell to a degree. During the following winter, heating will again result in a loss of moisture content and subsequent shrinkage. Although there is little factual data on what actually occurs, it is believed sea sonal fluctuations are usually in the range of not more than 2% to 4% moisture content differences. Under these conditions, movement is so slight that there is little danger of future pops. Cracking Problems in High-Rise Structures 11 i 3 x d 4 a Drywall contractors who install commercial partitions should be aware of the cracking problems that have recently been identified in high-rise buildings employing "flat plate" rein forced concrete construction. In this design the underside of the concrete structural floor slab becomes the base for a ceiling. Cracking of partitions has occurred in "flat plate" buildings-- most seriously in the upper floors--in various parts of the U.S. Extensive research by United States Gypsum has established that this cracking occurs in two distinct patterns traced to two different probable causes associated with the design of the building. Neither can be attributed to faulty materials. BO 2 CJ One pattern, known as Type A, usually occurs in the form of cracks and gaps at opposite comers of partitions which connect ^ q O _________________________________________________ i I' I | | I ! ] 258 Problems--Remedies/Cracking on upper floors an exterior and interior column (Fig. 18). Diagonal cracks may also show up on the face of the partition if the edges are unusually well reinforced. This type of partition failure, found primarily in buildings where exterior columns are exposed, results from racking of structural elements that surround and support the partition. The racking is believed due to movement of exterior columns and beams as outside temperatures change. The cracking may still occur, but is less severe when the partitions are supported by a suspension system. On the basis of research and job experience, two factors can be estimated--the "critical height" above which Type A cracking may occur in flat plate buildings of various heights; and the amount of slab deflection, resulting from column movement, that may be expected in those buildings in various climatic areas of the U.S. Both factors are shown in the table below. The amounts of anticipated deflection are given for four different temperature ranges based on low average winter temperatures (+ 20 to -- 20F.). The movement for all four ranges is calculated from a 70 average. It is assumed that upward movement from summer temperatures and sun load will be no greater than the downward deflection in winter. Height of Building 10 floors- 95' 15 floors--140' 20 floors--185' 25 floors--230' 30 floors--275' 35 floors--320' 40 floors--365' Critical Height ' 6th floor 8th floor 10th floor 12th floor 14th floor 16th floor 18th floor Calculated Amount of Slab Deflection 70 to +20 70 to 0* 70 to -10 70 to --20 .106' .160' .220' .270' .320' .375' .430' .156' .230' .305' .378' .450' .525' .600' .180' .260' .350' .430' .520' .600' .680' .200' .295' .390' .485' .585' .675' .765' The second pattern of cracking, identified as Type B, is pre- t dominateiy found near the center of a partition span (Fig. 19). ^ It is believed to be the result of flexural tension as the wall , panel tries to follow the deflection of the flat plate floor and/or ceiling. Flexural cracks are widest at the bottom, and run out as they move vertically up the partition. They are typically much narrower than Type A cracks and may be expected anywhere in the building, not just on the upper floors. They are less likely to occur when the wall connects to a suspended ceiling than when it extends to the bottom of the structural floor. Cracking on upper floors/Problems--Remedies 259 vntuoi mi4soft 0>--Q.S' I. osj' cd": o-i ' Of Not only is Type B cracking less severe than Type A, but the probable amount of deflection in the flat plate--responsible for its occurrence--can be calculated by the structural engineer in advance with reasonable accuracy. The question of "What can be done about it?" has at least four prospective answers: 1. After the cracking has occurred, repairs can be undertaken --but they are likely to be successful only in the case of Type B cracking. Since the basic deflection gradually decreases, Type B cracks can be filled satisfactorily after about one year. On the other hand, Type A cracking cannot be repaired by filling the cracks, since the racking distress reverses with a change in seasons. A comer that is now being pulled apart will show signs of compression six months later. 2. In design of the building, anticipated structural movement in the frame and deflection in the floor system should be taken into account. Preliminary investigation indicates that exposed concrete columns and shear walls can be safely used in struc tures from six to ten stories high in most areas. 3. For the critical upper floors of a taller flat plate building (see table, above), the architect should select, or the contractor should suggest, partition and ceiling systems that have sufficient resistance to the stresses causing Type A cracks. 4. Control or "slip" joints should be provided at the periphery of walls installed on critical floors. Such joints minimize the effect of both structural movement and flat-plate deflection. It is clear that problems of parution cracking with flat plate construction are best met by preventive measures before installation, rather than by attempted repairs afterward. Meanwhile, United States Gypsum is making intensive efforts to develop partition walls that can accommodate the building movements, rather than resist them--and still maintain past economies. gj OB O t-- U Hk >4 O M I 260 Problems--Remedies/Job inspection How to Inspect a Drywall Job Proper drywall job inspection during installation many times reveals potential problem areas or procedures that will produce unsatisfactory results. Corrective action taken immediately is usually less costly than callbacks to repair and perhaps rebuild walls and ceilings after the job is completed. A complete understanding of job details, schedules, and specifi cations is necessary to conduct proper inspection. If the as sembly is to meet fire and sound rating requirements, then construction details must also be known. All walls and ceilings must be judged by these criteria and the awarded contract. Thus it is important that drawings and specifications be com plete, accurate and easily understood. The following discussion is aimed at preventing trouble before it starts. Proper planning and attention to printed instructions will many times eliminate the need to refer to earlier parts of this chapter. A better, high quality drywall job will be produced with a minimum of effort and unprofitable extra cost. SCHEDULE OF INSPECTION Make job inspections at the following stages: A. When drywall materials are shipped to the job, (1) verify material meets specifications and approvals. (2) check for proper storage of materials (see Chapter 1). Damaged material should not be used. B. When framing is erected but before wallboard application. C. When base layer is applied; when face layer is applied. D. When joints are treated, (1) during taping and first coat application, and (2) during second coat application. E. When job is completed. INSTALLATION INSPECTION Job inspection should include the installation of ail materials with particular attention directed to the following items: Framing 1. Check accuracy of alignment and position of framing ac cording to plans or details. 2. See that partitions are straight and true; ceilings level. 3. Measure spacing of studs and joists. Spacing should not exceed maximum allowable for the system. 4. Verify that there is caulking beneath runners, if required. 5. Look for protrusions of blocking, bridging, or piping, and twisted studs and joists that would create an uneven surface. Correct situation before wallboard attachment Job inspection/Problems--Remedies 261 6. Make sure there is appropriate blocking and support for fixtures and wallboard. 7. Measure the moisture content of wood framing with a mois ture meter. Delay wallboard application until moisture content is 15% or less. 8. Check to see that window and door frames, electrical and plumbing fixtures are set for the wallboard thickness used. 9. Check for proper position and attachment method of RC-t Resilient Channels. 10. Review all wood framing for compliance with minimum framing requirements outlined in Chapter 1. 11. Examine metal studs at corners, intersections, terminals, door and borrowed light frames for positive attachment to floor and ceiling runners. 12. Inspect spliced metal studs for proper assembly. 13. See that door and borrowed light frames are securely at tached to stud and runner rough framing at all anchor clips. 14. Look for spot grouting at door and borrowed light frames. Suspended Grillage 1. Measure spacing of hangers, channels and studs to see that they are within allowable limits. 2. Check ends of main runner and furring channels. They should not be let into or supported by abutting walls, and should extend to within 6" of the wall to support a furring channel. 3. Make sure DWC furring channel clips are alternated and that furring channel splices are properly made. 4. See that mechanical equipment is independently supported and does not depend upon the grillage for support. 5. Inspect construction around light fixtures and openings to see that recommended reinforced channel support is provided. Base Layer 1. Verify that material being used complies with the specifica tions and fire or sound test construction. 2. Make sure the proper type of application is being used, horizontal or vertical application, and that joints are staggered. 3. Check for cracked and damaged edge board. These should not be used. 4. See that the recommended fastener is being used and meas ure the spacing of fasteners. 5. Check caulking for proper seal behind electrical boxes, medicine cabinets, etc. 262 Problems--Remedies/Job inspection 6. Inspect installation to make sure insulating wool blankets are adequately attached and properly fitted. 7. Review appropriate system construction and application, and inspect for compliance with laminating recommendations and other construction procedures. Face Layer 1. Verify material compliance. 2. Look for high quality workmanship. Cracked or damaged edge board should not be used. Wallboard surfaces should be free of defects; joints correctly butted and staggered. 3. Check proper application method--horizontal or vertical. 4. Examine fasteners for compliance with specifications, and measure the spacing of fasteners. 5. Review adhesive application method and see that recom mendations and specifications are being followed. 6. Inspect trim at comers and around partition perimeter for secure attachment and proper installation. 7. Make sure that caulking is applied where required and com pletely seals the void. 8. Review back-blocking installation to be sure correct pro cedure is followed (see Chapter 3). Fasteners 1. Make sure recommended or specified fasteners are used. 2. See that fasteners are applied starting in the center of the wallboard and working to the ends and edges. 3. Observe whether the board is held tightly against the fram ing. Test for loose board by pushing adjacent to the fastener. Check to see that the face paper is not broken when fastener is driven. If necessary, a second fastener should be driven within l'/i" of the faulty one. 4. Examine fastener positions. Fasteners should be at least in from edges and ends. Adhesives 1. See that adhesive is applied only to clean, dry surfaces. 2. Make sure that board is erected within the allowable time limit after adhesive is applied so proper bond can be obtained. 3. Measure size of bead and spacing. Check for correct shape. 4. Observe impacting blows for proper spacing and positioning. 5. Make sure temporary fastening and shoring holds board tightly in place. 6. Review the appropriate adhesive application methods (Chap ter 3) and inspect for compliance. co /i.E io n n Job inspection/problems--Remedies 263 Joint Treatment 1. Make sure wallboard surface is ready for joint treatment. Fastener heads should be properly seated below wallboard sur face. Protrusions should be sanded below level of surface. Cracks between panels should be filled with joint compound before taping. 2. See that recommended mixing directions are followed (see Chapter 3). Only dean water and mixing equipment should be used. Durabond Joint Compound should not be held over or retempered. 3. Inspect joints and comers to see that the tape is properly embedded and covered promptly with a thin coat of joint com pound. Only compounds suitable for embedding should be used. Heavy fills should be avoided. 4. Make sure that compound is used at its heaviest workable consistency and not over-thinned with water. 5. Check to see that joint compound is allowed to dry thor oughly between coats (see Drying Time Guide page 99). Ex ception: Durabond Topping or Ready-Mixed finishing coats may be applied over Durabond Joint Compound before it dries thoroughly. 6. Inspect second and third coats over joints for smoothness and for proper edge feathering. Only compatible compounds should be used over Durabond compound. 7. Examine fastener heads and metal trim to see they are completely covered. 8. See that all finished joints are smooth and dry before decora tion. Sand smooth if necessary. Temperature See that in cold weather, temperatures between 55 and 70F are maintained both day and night. This temperature should be maintained 24 hours before, during and after the entire wallboard and joint treatment application (see Chapter 1). Ventilation Check for proper ventilation to provide drying of joint com pound in about 24 hours. Avoid drafts during hot dry weather that cause too rapid drying of compound (see Chapter 1). Special Applications Review installation recommendations for special applications such as back-blocking, floating angle, predecorated board, Sheetrock W/R wallboard, arches, sliding door lamination and radiant heat application and see that procedure is correct. BB013 1706 /TOOLS 265 GYPSUM DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION 07 chapter 7 page WALLBOARD APPLICATION TOOLS Handling Measuring Cutting Hammers Power-Driven Screwdrivers 267 267 268 268 269 METAL FABRICATION TOOLS Power Saw and Saw Blade 270 USG Metal Lock Fastener 271 JOINT TREATMENT TOOLS Mixing Equipment Applicators Finishing Tools Sling Psychrometer 272 273 275 275 WALLBOARD LAMINATION TOOLS Adhesive Nail-On Equipment 276 Joint Compound Spreaders 277 MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS Caulking Equipment Materials Handling Equipment Tool Holders 278 279 279 CHAPTER 7 I Tools/General--suppliers THE TOOLS YOU NEED Suitably designed tools are of major importance in assuring a high quality of workmanship. The right tools for a particular job can result in improved efficiency and man-hour savings. In this section you will find tools specifically designed to meet the needs of the drywall contractor. In addition you will find infor mation on tool construction, rental, purchase and application. Through long experience it has been found that some tools may be easily and economically fabricated on the job. Construction details, instruction in use, and application of these tools also are included. Where applicable, the original manufacturer is mentioned in the discussion of each tool. In addition a symbol is used to denote another source or sources of procurement. Here is the key to the symbols used throughout this section. KEY TO SYMBOLS USED * Wallboard Tool & Equipment Co. 1708 Seabright Ave. Long Beach, Calif. f Goldblatt Tool Company 1910 Walnut St. Kansas City, Mo. A Cameo Supply Company, Inc. 5833 Outlook Mission, Kas. * Available from *, t, A tt Ames Taping Tools, Inc. 505 O'Neill Ave. Belmont, Calif. * * Behr Manning Co. Troy, N.Y. (H) Available at hardware stores (L) Available at lumber dealers (P) Available at paint stores Uto O u >o1 >0 Wall board application/Tools 267 Foot Power Wallboard Lifter--This device is designed to move wallboard against the wall as it lifts. The tool is primarily used to raise the lower course of horizontally applied Sheetrock Wallboard into nailing position. Vertically applied Sheetrock may be raised in the same manner. The lifter is available from 8. E. Gillespie, Box 446, Refugio, Texas. A similar tool is also available from Ames Taping Tools, Inc. MEASURING Steel Role--King-size white face steel rule with Tru-Guide measuring aid and Tru-Cut tape-tip.* Straight Edge--A calibrated metal straight edge and T-square used as a guide in making cuts across the full four-foot width of the wallboard. It eliminates the need for drawing lines, thus speeds accurate cutting. A metal edge is preferred because it prevents the knife from cutting into the edge as wallboard is scored.* O a) q ** q. 268 Tools/Wallboard application CUTTING Trimming Knife--The Stanley Trimming Knife No. 199, with changeable blades, is used to score gypsum wallboard. It should be kept sharp to cut the paper cleanly and to score the core. The handle is taken apart to change blades. Spare blades are inside. Manufactured by Stanley Tool Co., New Britain, Conn.f (H) Rasp--This tool is made on the job and is used to trim or smooth cut Sheetrock ends or edges. It consists of a 2"x4" wood block with metal lath stapled to the face. All-Round Circle Cutter--Cuts clean, sharp, round holes in gypsum wallboard up to 12" in diameter.* Utility Saw*, Keyhole Saw (H)--Used for cutting small openings and making right-angle cuts in gypsum wallboard. HAMMERS The proper hammer for nailing Sheetrock wallboard has round edges and a slightly crowned bead which forms a "dimple" in the face of the board as the nail is "driven home." A hammer with a flat head and sharp edges will fracture the paper around the nail head and these cracks around the ham mer head imprint may eventually appear through the decora tion. The head of a lather's hatchet is too flat and its comers too sharp. A ball-peen hammer is too heavily crowned. A regular hammer head may be easily crowned with a file, if necessary. For driving nails in Sheetrock Vinyl Wallboard, a plastic headed hammer, a rawhide mallet, or a regular hammer covered with pliable leather should be used to avoid chipping the enameled nail head. - . ; aB B 0 1 3 1 7 Wallboard application/Tools 269 14 oz. Crown Head--Carpenters' claw hammer with crown head will dimple wallboard properly. (H) Plastic Headed Hammer--For driving special nails used with Sheetrock Vinyl Wallboard and applying trim in Sheetrock Demountable Partition. (H) Wal-Board Hammer--Has a symmetrical convex face de signed to compress wallboard and leave a perfect "dimple."* Rubber Mallet--For impacting wallboard in adhesive nail-on method of application. POWER-DRIVEN SCREWDRIVERS The electric, power-driven screwdrivers shown here are the type used to drive USG Drywall Screws Types W, S, S-12, and G for attachment of gypsum wallboard to wood or metal fram ing or to gypsum core materials in laminated construction. These tools are designed to drive Phillips head steel screws to a preset depth below the wallboard surface, where the bit tip will be disengaged by a clutch mechanism. The magnetic bit tip holds the screw in position, ready to be driven. The tool may be set for various screw depths. Two models, heavy-duty and standard, are manufactured by Black & Decker Mfg. Co., Towson 4, Md. and Millers Falls Co., Greenfield, Mass. When ordering specify voltage desired: 115V or 220V AC/DC. 270 Tools/Wallboard application--metal fabrication Finder--This accessory permits faster and neater screw attach ment of aluminum battens in the Sheetrock Demountable Par tition. Part No. 52103, available from Black & Decker Mfg. Co., Towson, Md. Pistol-Type Stapler--Used to attach base layer wallboard to wood studs and Thermafiber Insulating and Sound Attenuation Blankets. (H) (L) Batten Insert Tool--Use to speed insertion of vinyl strip in batten on Sheetrock Demountable Partitions. Cut from 6" length of Vi" copper tubing; shape one end to a 50 angle and flatten tube to oval shape as shown. As vinyl strip feeds through, lip of tool provides flex in strip for easy insertion. Metal Fabrication Tools 10" Radial Saw--An excellent unit for cutting aluminum Sheetrock Demountable pans to size or for mitering and coping. Saw has movable l-HP, 115/230 V, 3450 rpm motor with precision manual feed for fast, safe, accurate cutting. Components are held tightly to stationary table and stops, thus permitting more accurate cutting than with table type saws in which work is moved. Completely portable--unit weighs only 200 lbs. Easily moved from one location :o another for on-the- BB013 I t 13 Metal fabrication/Tools spot cutting. Available from Alum-Cut Saw Attachment Co., 401 N. Olive St., South Bend 28, Ind. Model: Delta Super 990 10" Radial Saw with Aium-Cut attachment. Aluminum Cutting Saw Blade--A special aluminum cutting blade, 10" diameter, 100 teeth with diameter arbor hole comes with above described saw. Also highly suitable is a non- ferrous metal cutting blade made of semi-hard high speed steel, 1/16" thick, hollow ground, 190 teeth, no set in teeth, manufac tured by Simonds Saw & Steel Co., 3323 W. Addison St., Chicago, III. Keep saw blades sharp for smooth clean cuts; use lubricant of automobile motor oil, water emulsified oil or kerosene. Other manufacturers produce saws and saw blades satisfactory for sawing aluminum components. Before purchasing new equipment or adapting existing tools, contact reputable sup pliers or manufacturers for their recommendations. BB013 1714 USG Metal Lock Fastener--Specially designed to rigidly attach metal studs to drywall runners and metal trim to drywall studs. This tool quickly pierces and folds over light gauge metal to form a positive, permanent lock. It insures a smooth stud face without fastener protrusions for flush wailboard attachment. Available from United States Gypsum. i 272 Tools/Metal fabrication--joint treatment Welding Gun--Automatically produces a perfect button weld on light metals by an arc welding process. The gun automati cally attains proper welding heat, leaves a metal deposit with perfect penetration, controls the electrode burn-off length and stops the arc when the weld is completed. Used to secure metal studs to runners and steel door frames, also to splice studs. Models operate on 110-115V or 115-230V electricity. Manufac tured by Marquette Manufacturing Co., 307 E. Hennepin Ave., Minneapolis 14, Minn. Hand Shear--Cuts holes for electrical and plumbing installa tions in metal studs. Quickly and easily driven with hammer blows. Available from Whitney Metal Tool Co_, Rockford, 111. Joint Treatment Tools MIXING EQUIPMENT While hand mixing of Perf.-A-Tafe and Durabond Joint Com pound is adequate, many applicators prefer electric mixers. Power mixing saves considerable time, particularly on large jobs where mixing in a central location is convenient. Power is supplied by a Vi" heavy duty electric drill operating on 115 volts AC-DC at not over 400 rpm. Drills operating at high speeds will whip air bubbles into the joint compound, rendering it unfit for finish coat purposes. If available at rea sonable costs, drills of 200 to 300 rpm are even better. ny Mixing Paddles--Mixing paddles may be any one of the above types or variations thereof consisting of a 4k" diameter shaft about 24" long to which blades are welded. Type "A" blades are approximately 1V4"x3" welded on at an angle of 45. BB013 1715 Joint treatment /Tools Type "B" has three equally spaced blades approximately 2"x3V4" welded in line with the shaft Slots approximately l"x2" are cut out of the blades to allow the compound to work through the blades in a folding action. Type "C" has blades approximately 2"x2" welded at a 45 angle on the bottom leg of a 4"x6" stirrup. Material for the blades is Vi" strap iron, for the shaft is Vi" round iron--both available at wrought iron fabricating shops. Potato Masher--Used to hand mix joint cement. Available at restaurant supply companies or drywall accessory suppliers.ft* TAPE APPLICATORS 4", 5", & 6" USG Joint Finishing Knives--Dual purpose taping tools with squared corners. Professionally designed for flat work or to effectively work both sides of comer at one time. Available with either plain handle (as in 4" knife shown) a or hammer head handle (as with 6" Knife). Also available in ca regular shaped, standard blade knives (not shown). Available o from United States Gypsum. u 10" USG Joint Finishing Knife, United States Gypsum-- Plain handle only. (H) (L) (P) ^4 PERF-A-TAJPE Comer Tool--Permits application of tape and joint compound to both sides of a comer at once. United States 0* Gypsum. (H) (L) (P) 4i*` Automatic Taper (A)--Applies tape and proper amount of joint compound simultaneously to flat joints or comers. Designed for high volume machine tool application.!t Comer Roller (B)--Used to imbed tape in corner and force excess compound from under tape prior to finishing. Corner Finisher (O--distributes excess compound evenly over tape and feathers edges. Hand Pump (D)--fills mechanical tools from 5-gal. pail. Flat Applicator (E)--finishes over fastener heads.tt Broad Knife--Used for wiping excess joint compound from taped joints!-,.Available with regular or long handle; 7" or 9" replaceable blades. v " 11" Trowel--Used to apply joint compound in large areas or may be notched for use as a spreader tool. (H) V-'. Joint treatment/Tools FINISHING TOOLS 7", 10", 12" Ames Finishing Tools--Used for application of successive coats of Perf-A-Tape and Durabond Joint Com pound. Also used for mechanical tool application of USG Cover Coat.tt Pole Sander--Used for sanding ceilings and walls from the floor. Tool has a 48" handle, aluminum sanding block, and a universal joint.ft Pole Drywall Blade--Used for smoothing and finishing USG Cover Coat applications. Tool has 48" handle and replaceable spring steel blade 24" or 26" wide. Also known as Ames Acous tical Knife, tf Sling Psychrometer--Used to determine temperature and. hu midity for figuring joint compound drying time. Available from chemical supply firms. "Durite Screen-Bak" Sanding cloth--320 grit (fine) and 220 grit (medium). Used for sanding successive layers of Perf-A-Tape and Durabond Joint Compound.** (Not illustrated.) cioas l Tools/Wallboard lamination Wallboard Lamination Tools ADHESIVE NAIL-ON EQUIPMENT Model A-3 Drywall Adhesive Applicator--This caulking-type gun has a trigger mechanism which stands rough usage and offers minimum resistance to a large bulk load of adhesive. Ratchet rod and precision, construction aid in uniform applica tion of adhesive. Barrel is 16" long and IVi" diameter with a quarter-turn or fully threaded breech cap. May be loaded using Alemite Loader Pump. Nozzle has a wedge-shaped nose with a Y" opening. Capacity of the gun is 2Vi" quarts and weight is approximately 8 lbs. Available from United States Gypsum. Model A-2 Drywall Adhesive Gun--This cartridge type caulk ing gun is light in weight and easy to handle. The trigger mechanism's bearing is mounted to withstand rough usage and offers minimum resistance to a 'A-gal. cartridge of adhesive. The %" ratchet rod is specially heat treated for long wear. Precision construction makes for even and steady application of adhesive. This applicator has a 1-qt. capacity. The reinforced cradle barrel is 13Vi"x2%", provides a generous flow of ad hesive. The gun nozzle has a orifice and wedged nose. Weight about 3 lbs. Available from United States Gypsum. Wallboard lamination/Tools 277 Alemite Loader Pump, Model 7537--This device clamps on a 5-gal. can of Sheetrock Brand Adhesive and is used to mechan ically load the A-3 gun and Mastic Meter applicators. It elimi nates the mess and waste of hand and paddle loading methods. When loading the A-3 gun, connect the gun to the pump with a standard galvanized pipe reducer bushing W'x46" and a V* "x'/i" reducer coupling. (H) Loader pump is available from Alemite Company distributors. Shown at bottom left, opposite. JOINT COMPOUND AND ADHESIVE SPREADERS While there are a variety of manufactured spreaders available for use in wallboard laminauon, it may be necessary to provide additional spreaders which can be made on the job. Stainless or galvanized sheet steel makes the best spreader. Spreaders made of other materials do not provide spreading action because joint compound tends to accumulate and dry in the notches. The metal spreader should have the approximate stiffness of a plas ter trowel and be kept reasonably clean at all times. Apply a firm downward pressure on the spreader as it is drawn across the Sheetrock surface. SHEET AND STRIP LAMINATION This spreader is generally used when back blocking walls and ceilings, laminating sliding door installations and applying double layer laminated Sheetrock to wood or metal framing. Notches are spaced I Vi" to 2" o.c. Each notch is Vt" deep, y" wide at the base with an inverted "V" shape. A piece of wood dowel, window stop, etc., provides a grip when attached near the edge of the blade. For notch size and spacing of adhesive beads used in various partition systems, refer to the particular system description in Chapter 4. aa o M CJ b** 'd * Mastic Spreader--Used to apply adhesive in vertical strips to dJ base layer gypsum boards or coreboard in strip laminated parti < tion construction, tt Caulking Loader--Model 4-A "Force-Flo" Caulking Loader for filling 3*-USG Model A-3 Drywall Adhesive Applicator from a standard 5-gal. pail. Available from Force Flo, Inc., P.0. Box 2442, East Cleveland 12. Ohio. MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIPMENT The development of better systems with improved sound and fire resistance has opened a whole new opportunity for drywall in high-rise construction. Important to these applications is effi- Miscellaneous equipment/Tools 279 cienl, low cost handling of wallboard at the job site. This includes elevating the materials to the required heights, unload ing and distributing them damage-free to the point of use. A large variety of equipment is available to do the job. Some may be rentable and some furnished by the general contractor. Job situations vary with each building. Thus, the following description is intended to give a basic understanding of terms and types of equipment used. Further consultation with sup pliers for their recommendations should be undertaken before an expenditure is made. The USG Customer Service Department is also available to help contractors solve problems relating to materials handling equipment and methods. Platform Hoist--A cantilevered platform lifting device. Manu factured by: Buck Equipment Co., 720 Anderson Ferry Rd., Cincinnati, Ohio; Champion Mfg. Co., 3700 Forest Park Ave., St. Louis, Mo. Tubular Tower--A four poster, single or double-wall hoist. Manufactured by: American Tubular Elevator Co., Zelienople, Pa.; Beaver Advance Co., Elwood City, Pa. Mobile Crane--A truck, crawler or railway-mounted crane. Manufactured by: Harnischfeger Corp., Milwaukee 46, Wise.; Bucyrus-Erie, P.O. Box 1144, Milwaukee, Wise. Hand Pallet Truck--A manually operated lifting device which raises a load hydraulically and is used for distribution of ma terial. Manufactured by: Raymond Corp., 159 Madison St., Green, N.Y. 13778; Wright-Hibbard Industrial Truck Co., 19th & West End Ave., Pottsville, Pa. 17901. Sling--A device wrapped around a load or unit of material to enable a crane to lift the entire load. Manufactured by: Liftex Sling Inc., P.O. Box 368, Libertyville, III. 60068; Columbian Rope Co., 309 Genesee St., Auburn, N.Y. Look-Out Platform--A portable braced platform or shelf ex tending from the building which supports material delivered by crane. Can be fabricated locally from steel I-beams or channels and lumber decking. TOOL HOLDERS Leather Tool Pouch--Holds nine wallboard application tools --big belt loop.* Leather Nall Bag--Soft leather riveted for long life; round bottom designed so nails won't "pack"; big belt loop.* 280 Index Ac Accessories, Metal, for Wallboard................................. 52 Acoustical Tile Base...................28 Adhesive SHEETROCK Brand...............48 Application.................................. 67 (JSG Laminating....................... 48 Application.................................. 70 Adhesive Products........................48 Multi-layer Application...........70 Nail-on Application...................67 Adhesive Nail-On Construction.............................. 67 Equipment................................. 276 Adjustable Wall Furring Bracket.........................................36 Alemite Loader Pump, Model 7537.............................. 277 All-Around Circle Cutter. . . .268 Ames Taping Tools............................ 274 Finishing Tools........................ 275 Angle Runner, Metal.................. 34 Application, Types of................. 58 Single Layer............................... 73 Double Layer..............................79 Predecorated Panels.................81 SHEETROCK W/R...............83 Radiant Heat............................105 Exterior Soffits........................108 Applicators, Joint Compounds..............................278 Arches............................................ 101 Attenuation Blankets, THERMAFIBER Sound.. .42 Automatic Taping Tool........... 274 B Back Blocking System, USG. .76 Backing Board Products, Specifications.....................27, 29 Base, USG Metal......................... 34 Batten Insert Tool..................... 270 BAXBORD Gypsum Backing Boards.........................28 Beading or Ridging................... 250 Blisters in Tape........................... 249 Board--Problems....................... 245 Borrowed Light Frames...........115 Bracket, Adjustable Wall Furring........................................ 36 Broad Knife................................. 274 Burred Wallboard Ends............245 Caged Beam Construction........................ 226 Carport Ceilings, SHEETROCK...................... 109 Casing, PERF-A-TRIM...........32 Application.............................. 88 Caulking Application...............114 Tools...................................... 278 Caulking Equipment............... 278 Ceiling Systems........................ 206 Single Layer.......................... 206 Double Layer........................ 208 Resilient Channel................. 210 Drywall Furring Channel. . .212 Fire and Sound Resistance................ 239, 240 Ceramic Tile Base...................... 27 Channel, DWC Drywall Furring.................................... 35 Channel, Resilient, RC-l......... 35 Channel. USG Cold-Rolled.. .35 Chase Wall-Metal Stud Partition System................... 148 Circle Cutter, All-Around... .268 Clip, DWC Furring Channel. .35 Clip, USG Core Spacer............36 Cold-Rolled Channel, USG.. .35 Cold Weather Tips. PERF-A-TAPE Joint System 97 Colorcast Panels, ULTRAWALL........................27 Column Fire Protection Systems..................................229 Fire Resistance......................241 Conditions, Temperature and Humidity......................... 13 Construction Practices, Good.. 10 Core Spacer Clip, USG.............36 Coreboard, USG \m...................27 Corner Reinforcement......................... 51 Floating Interior Angle...........75 Comer Roller, Comer Finisher, Tools..................... 274 Comer Tool, PERF-A-TAPE 273 Corrections, Framing.................12 Cover Coat, USG...................... 53 Application............................ 100 Cracking, High-Rise................ 257 Cracks in Inside Comers........ 249 Crane, Mobile............................ 279 Crown in Joints......................... 249 Curved Surfaces......................... 102 Custom Vinyl, SHEETROCK Wallboard................................. 26 Cutting SHEETROCK Wallboard.................................14 Tools for................................ 268 C f * Index 2; DF Damaged Wailboard Edges...245 Decorating General Recommendations... 17 Products....................................54 Demountable Partition Products................................... 37 Demountable Partition System, SHEETROCK.... 187 Door Frames, Metal................ 115 Door Lamination, Sliding.... 103 Double Layer Application.. . .79 Double Layer Ceiling System. 208 Double Layer-Metal Stud Partition System....................140 Double Layer-Wood Stud Partition System................... 128 Double Nailing Application... 66 Double-Solid Partition System.................................... 176 Drywall Furring Channel Ceiling System....................... 212 Wall Furring System............. 217 Drywall Runners, USG............ 34 Drywall Soffit System.............. 150 Drywall Studs, USG................. 34 Drywall Systems, USG Gypsum........................ 126 DUR-A-BEAD Corner Reinforcement........................ 32 Application............................... 86 DURABOND Joint Compound.............................. 52 Application............................... 95 DURABOND Topping Coat. .53 Durite "Screen-Bale" Sanding Cloth........................ 275 DWC Drywall Furring Channel....................................35 E ECONO Corner Reinforcement........................... 32 Application.................................. 86 Edge Crack in Tape...................249 Electric Heating Systems.........105 Electrical Fixture Installation. 119 Embedding Type Joint Compound. PERF-A-TAPE 51 Estimating Materials................... 61 Exterior Walls and Furring Systems..................... 217 Drywall Furring Channel. . .217 Rigid Foam Furring............... 221 Resilient Channel.................... 225 E-Z Wall Partition System. .202 Fabrication Tools, Metal... .270 Fasteners...................................43 Load Tables, Drywall Partitions.......................... 123 General Recommendations.. .16 USG Metal Lock.................. 271 USG Drywall Screws............. 43 Nails......................................... 46 USG Drywall Adhesives.........48 Field Problems......................... 244 Finder, Screw............................270 Finish Problems....................... 246 Finish Products, Joint Treatment.............. 52, 53 Finishing Tools.........................275 Fire Protection, Column.........229 Fire Resistance Ratings, Selector Guide...................... 235 Fire Resistance Testing...........234 FIRECODE, SHEETROCK Wailboard.. .24 3AXBORD.............................. 28 Fitted Boards, Improperly.. .245 Fixture Attachments, USG Drywall Partitions.. .119 Rat Applicator......................... 274 Flat Plate Cracking................. 257 Roating Interior Angie............. 75 Fractured Board.......................246 Frame Installation Door and Borrowed Light.....................115 Framing Requirements....................10, 60 Corrections...............................12 Framing Member Spacing........ 60 Framing Problems................... 248 Furring Bracket, Adjustable Wall...................... 36 Furring Channel Clip, DWC. .35 Furring Channel. USG DWC Drywall........................ 35 Furring, Wood............................74 Furring Systems....................... 217 G Good Construction Practices. .10 Gypsum Drywall Systems, USG.......................................... 126 Gypsum Ribwali Partition System...................................... Gypsum Studs and Ribs......... 28 Gypsum Studwall Partition System................................. ca tzs o N* CJ M ru 2 index H Application................................. 88 Toots.......................................... 272 Hammers...................................... 268 Hand (Joint Compound) Pump......................................... 274 Hand Shear..................................272 Handling Equipment, Joint Treatment Products......... 50 DURABOND............................ 52 PERF-A-TAPE......................... 51 PERF-A-TAPE, Ready-Mixed......................... 52 Materials.................................. 279 Handling, Mechanical.................13 Handling Tools, Wallboard.. .267 Hanger Wire..................................36 K Heated Ceiling, Radiant.......... 105 High Joints or Crowns.............249 Knife, Trimming....................... 268 High-Rise Cracking.................. 257 Hoist, Platform...........................279 Horizontal vs. Vertical Application, SHEETROCK.59 Humidity, Conditions................. 13 L Laboratories, Testing................235 Laminated Gypsum Partition Systems..................................... 155 Semi-Solid................................ 155 I r Solid St Vent Shaft............159 Improperly Fitted Boards.--245 Inspection, Job...........................260 Installation, Methods of..........58 Insulating SHEETROCK Wallboard.. .26 BAXBORD Backing Board.. .28 Insulating Wool Blankets, THERMAFIBER................... 42 Interior Angie, Floating............75 Gypsum Srudwall.................... 166 Gypsum Ribwall...................... 170 Double Solid............................ 176 Triple Solid.............................. 180 SHEETROCK to Masonry. 184 Fire and Sound Resistance. .238 Laminating Adhesive, USG.. .48 Application................................. 70 Lamination Sheet.............................................71 Strip............................................. 72 Tools.......................................... 276 Lifter, Wallboard....................... 267 Loader Pump Model 7537, j Alemite......................................277 Job Inspection.............................260 Loosely Nailed Board...............245 Job Planning................................. 59 Joint and Corner Reinforce ment and Concealment..........90 Joint Compound, M DURABOND............................ 52 PERF-A-TAPE......................... 51 Masonry Partitions with Applicators............................... 273 SHEETROCK........................ 184 Mixing Equipment..................272 Mastic Spreader......................... 277 Spreaders..................................277 Material Estimating.....................61 Joint Compound-Embedding Materials Handling Type, Equipment............................... 279 PERF-A-TAPE.........................51 Measuring and Cutting Mixing.........................................70 Application..................................14 Joint Darkening or Tools.......................................... 267 Lightening............................... 246 Mechanical Handling.................. 13 Joint Finishing Knife, Tools.......................................... 279 USG Steel................................273 Metal Accessories for Joint Problems............................249 Wallboard...................................32 i Joint Shrinkage...........................250 Metal Base, USG.........................34 Joint Treatment Metal Door Frames...................115 General Recommendations... 17 Metal Fabrication Tools.........270 Index Metal Lock Fastener. USG...271 Metal Runner Attachment. . .HO Metal Stud Partition................. 138 Single Layer............................. 138 Double Layer............................140 Sound Deadening Board.... 142 Chase Wall................................148 Resilient Channel.................... 152 Drywall Soffit.......................... 150 Fire and Sound Resistance. .237 Metal Runners...............................34 Metal Studs.................................... 34 Metal Trim, No. 200-A USG..32 Application..................................87 Metal Trim, No. 200-B USG. .32 Application..................................87 Metal Trim, No. 200-C USG. .32 Application..................................87 Metal Trim, No. 400 USG... .32 Application.................................. 88 Metal Trim. USG.........................32 Specifications............................. 33 Application.................................. 86 Metal Window Installation.. .118 Methods of Installation............. 58 Mineral Fiber Sound Deadening Board..................... 42 Application................................ 113 Miscellaneous Tools..................278 Mixing Equipment, Joint Compound.................... 272 Mixing Paddles........................... 272 Mixing PERF-A-TAPE Joint Compound............................... 90 DURABOND Joint Compound...............................95 Model A-3 and A-2 Drywall Adhesive Applicators........... 276 Moldings, SHEETROCK.........36 Application.................................. 82 Movable Partition Systems... 187 SHEETROCK Demountable....................... 187 E-Z Wall...................................202 VAUGHAN WALLS........... 204 Fire and Sound Resistance. .239 N Nail Bag.........................................279 Nail Pops............................251, 257 Nail Spots.....................................247 Nailing Problems....................... 251 Nails, Watlboard...........................46 Application.................................. 65 Double Nailing...........................66 Adhesive-Nail-On......................67 p Paint Discoloration................... 246 Paint Products, Wallboard... .54 Panels, Predecorated SHEETROCK Vinyl............... 26 SHEETROCK Custom Vinyl 26 ULTRAWALL........................... 26 ULTRAWALL Colorcast____ 27 Application.................................. 81 Partition Systems........................126 Wood Stud................................ 126 Metal Stud................................138 Laminated Gypsum.................155 Movable.................................... 187 Exterior Walls and Furring. .217 PERF-A-BEAD, No. 100..........32 Application..................................86 PERF-A-TAPE Reinforcement...........................51 PERF-A-TAPE All-Purpose Ready-Mixed Compound.. .52 PERF-A-TAPE Corner Tool. 273 PERF-A-TAPE Joint Compound................................. 51 Embedding Type....................... 51 Mixing......................................... 90 PERF-A-TAPE Ready-Mixed Topping Compound................52 PERF-A-TAPE Joint System, Cold Weather Tips. .97 PERF-A-TAPE Topping Compound................................. 52 PERF-A-TAPE Joint Treatment Products................ 51 Application..................................88 PERF-A-TRIM............................ 32 Application..................................88 Planning the Job...........................59 Plastic Tile Base........................... 27 Platform Hoist.......................................... 279 Look-Out.................................. 279 Pole Sander........................................275 Drywall Blade..........................275 Pops, Nail.......................... 251, 257 Porch and Carport Ceilings.. 108 Potato Masher............................273 Pouch, Tool................................. 279 Power Driven Screw Attachment................................ 64 Tools.......................................... 269 Practices. Good Construction.. 10 Predecorated Panels . SHEETROCK Vinyl.............. 26 SHEETROCK Custom Vinyl............................................ 26 ULTRAWALL..........................26 ULTRA WALL Colorcast... .27 Application................................. 81 03 CO o M* CJ Nj (U 4a Index Presstite Caulk........................... 114 Problems. SHEETROCK Wallboard............................... 244 Products..........................................22 Puncturing of Face Paper... .252 PYROBAR Partitions with SHEETROCK........................ 184 R Radial Saw.................................. 270 Radiant Heated Ceilings......... 105 Rapid Room Measure................ 62 Rasp.............................................. 268 RC-t Resilient Channel............. 35 Readv-Mixed Compound, PERF-A-TAPE All Purpose 52 Application................................. 94 Reinforcement, PERF-A-TAPE........................ 51 Back-Blocking Application.. .76 Metal Trim Application..........86 Remedies for Drywall Problems..................................244 Repairing Nail Pops..................251 Repairs, Damaged SHEETROCK....................... 246 Requirements. Wood Framing 10 Resilient Channel Ceiling System...................................... 210 Resilient Channel Furring System...................................... 225 Resilient Channel-Metal Stud Partition System.................... 152 Resilient Channel. RC-1............35 Resilient Channel-Wood Stud Partition System.................... 130 Resurfacing Old Walls and Ceilings.....................................104 Ribs, Gypsum............................... 28 Ribwall Partition System. Gypsum....................................170 Ridging or Beading...................250 Rigid Foam Wall Furring System. .-i.............................. 221 Rough Framing. Metal Stud.. 117 Runner. "L" Shaped Metal Drywall.......................................34 Runner. USG Drywall............... 34 s Sanding Cloth, Durite "Screen-Bak"........................... 275 Saw. Utilitv and Keyhole ... .268 Screwdrivers, Power-Driven. .269 Screws, USG Drywall. Application................. Sealant, SHEETROCK Brand W/R............... Selector Guide USG Drywall Screws Wallboard Nails. . . . USG Drywall Adhesives........ 49 USC Paint Products............... 54 SHEETROCK Wallboard. . .30 Semi-Solid Partition System.. 155 Shear, Hand............................... 272 Sheet Lamination........................ 71 SHEETROCK Brand Adhesive....................................48 Application................................ 67 SHEETROCK Demountable Partition Products.................. 3" Aluminum Components........... 37 Steel Components.................... 39 Plastic Components................. 40 SHEETROCK Demountable Partition System.................... 187 SHEETROCK Gypsum Wallboard................................. 22 Application. Ceneral................ 14 Base for Acoustical Tile......... 28 Base for Wall Tile....................83 Double Layer Application----- 79 Double Nailing System........... 66 FIRECODE.............................. 24 Insulating................................... 25 Porch and Carport Ceilings Application.......... 109 Problems.................................. 244 Radiant Heated Ceilings Application.............................105y Single Layer Application. . . .73 Soffit Application....................109 Specifications.............................29 Tapered Edge............................ 24 Vinvl Panel................................26 ULTRA WALL Panels............ 26 W/R Water Resistant............. 27 Where to Use............................30 SHEETROCK Laminated to Masonry Partition.................184 SHEETROCK Moldings........... 36 Application.................................82 SHEETROCK Resilient Channel, RC-1......................... 35 Shrinkage in Joints....................250 Stngie Layer Application........... 73 Single Layer Ceiling System. .206 Single Layer-Metal Stud Partition System.................... 138 Single Layer-Wood Stud Partition System.................... 126 Sliding Door Lamination. . . .103 Sling..............................................279 zz.L\ exoaa Index Sling Psychrometer Tool..........275 Use................................................99 Slotted Stud Partition System, USG............................134 Soffits....................................108, 150 Sound Control Products............ 42 Application............................ .112 Sound Deadening Board-- Metal Stud Partition System........................................142 Sound Deadening Board............ 42 Wood Fiber.................................42 Application................................ 113 Mineral Fiber............................. 42 Application................................ 113 Sound Resistance Ratings, Selector Guide.........................235 Sound Resistance Testing... .234 Spacer Clip, USG Core.............. 36 Spacing of Framing Members..................................... 60 Specifications BAXBORD Backing Boards. .29 Metal Trim................................. 33 SHEETROCK Wallboard. . .29 SHEETROCK Demountable Partition Components.............. 41 USG Drywali Screws.............. 44 Wallboard Nails........................ 46 SHEETROCK Brand Adhesives................................ 48 Joint Treatment Products.. . .53 Spreaders, Joint Compound and Adhesives..........................277 Staggered Stud Partition System, USG............................136 Stapler, Pistol-Type................... 270 Starved Joints.............................. ISO Steel Column Fire Protection, Fire Resistance............. 229, 241 Steel Rule...................................... 267 Storage, Job.................................... 12 Straight Edge................................267 Strip Lamination...........................72 Studs, Gypsum.............................. 28 Studs, USG Drywali................... 34 Studwall Partition System, Gypsum..................... 166 STYROFOAM FR Insulation.................................. 221 Systems...........................................126 Systems, USG Gypsum Drywali...................................... 126 Wood Stud Partitions............ 126 Metal Stud Partitions............ 138 Laminated Gypsum Partitions.............................. 155 Movable Partitions.................187 Ceilings...................................... 206 Exterior Walls and Furring. 217 Column Fire Protection. . . .229 T Tape Applicators....................... 273 Tape, PERF-A-TAPE Reinforcement...........................51 Tapered Edge SHEETROCK Wallboard.................................. 24 Taping Tools, Ames..................274 Testing Laboratories.................235 Tests--Fire and Sound............ 234 THERMAFIBER Insulating Wool........................ 42 Application................................ 112 Sound Attenuation Blankets.. 42 Application................................ 113 Tie Wire..........................................36 Tile Base, Acoustical.................. 28 Tile Base, Wall, Ceramic, Plastic.......................................... 27 Tool Pouch.................. ..............279 Tools............................................... 266 Topping Compound PERF-A-TAPE......................... 52 PERF-A-TAPE ReadyMixed........................................... 52 DURABOND.............................53 Tower, Tubular........................... 279 Trim, Metal....................................32 Application.................................. 86 Specifications..............................33 Trim. No. 200-A USG Metal..32 Application.................................. 87 Trim, No. 200-B USG Metal. .32 Application.................................. 87 Trim. No. 200-C USG Metal. .32 Application.................................. 87 Trim. No. 400 USG Metal___ 32 Application.................................. 88 Trimming Knife..........................268 Triple Solid Partition System. 180 Trowel........................................... 274 Truck, Hand Pallet.................... 279 Twisted Studs or Joists............248 Two-Inch Solid Partition System....................................... 159 V VAUGHAN WALLS Movable Partition System.....................204 Vent Shaft Construction.......... 159 Vertical vs. Horizontal Application. SHEETROCK.59 Vinyl Panel SHEETROCK Wallboard................................... 26 Application..................................... OHU13 1726 286 Index W walk-a-calk Caulking Applicator..............278 Wall Furring Bracket. Adjustable...................................36 Wall Furring, Exterior..............217 Wall Tile Base................................27 Application.................................. 83 Wallboard (See SHEETROCK. Gypsum Wallboard) Wallboard Application Problems.................................... 244 General Recommendations.. .14 Wallboard Lamination Tools.276 Wallboard Lifter......................... 267 Wallboard. Metal Accessories . 32 Wallboard Paint Products..........54 Wallboard Tools......................... 267 Application................................ 267 Cutting....................................... 268 Handling.................................... 267 Lamination................................ 276 Measuring................................. 267 Metal Fabrication...................270 Water Damaged Board..... .246 Welding Gun............................... 272 Window installation. Metal. .118 Wires, Hanger and Tie............... 36 Wood Fiber Sound Deadening Board, USG Application..................................42 Wood Framing Requirements.................... 10, 60 Wood Furring Strips...................74 Wood Runner Attachment.. .110 Wood Shrinkage Characteristics......................... 253 Effect on Hails.........................254 Sail Pops from Shrinkage. .257 Wood Stud Partition Systems 126 Single Layer............................. 126 Double Layer........................... 128 Resilient Channel.................... 130 USG Slotted Stud...................134 USG Staggered Stud.............136 Fire and Sound Resistance. .236 ST- H'T ''ST SALES REPRESENTATIVES --FULL INFORMATION about the many products and systems for construction manufactured Oy United States Gypsum Company is available from the nearest of trie following district offices or from your local United States Gypsum representative. ALABAMA ARIZONA CALIFORNIA COLORADO CONNECTICUT FLORIDA GEORGIA ILLINOIS INDIANA KENTUCKY LOUISIANA MARYLAND MASSACHUSETTS MICHIGAN MINNESOTA MISSOURI NEBRASKA NEW JERSEY NEW MEXICO NEW YORK NORTH CAROLINA OHIO OKLAHOMA OREGON PENNSYLVANIA TENNESSEE TEXAS UTAH VIRGINIA WASHINGTON WISCONSIN Birmingham, 871-6136 Phoenix, 274-5461 Fresno, 233-1102 Los Angeles. 388-1171 Los Angeles (So. Calif.), 665-5721 San Leandro, 483-7077 Sacramento. 481-0383 San Diego, 295-5191 Denver, 388-6301 Hamden. 288-1607 Jacksonville. 359-1628 North Miami, 949-3436 Tampa, 253-5325 Atlanta. 231-3180 Chicago, 321-5861 Indianapolis. LI 6-4777 Louisville, 897-2529 New Orleans. WH 4-5591 Baltimore, DR 7-8001 Cambridge, 491-6318 Southfield. 357-2000 Grand Rapids. 459-4477 Minneapolis, WA 7-9911 Kansas City, WE 1-1388 Clayton, PA 1-1133 Omaha. 551-6166 Clifton, 472-3900 Albuquerque, 268-2457 Albany, IV 9-2559 Buffalo. 854-3427 De Witt. 446-1291 Jericho. 938-4320 New York, 935-4460 Charlotte. 332-5023 Raleigh, 828-5441 Cincinnati, 961-4090 Cleveland Heights. 932-5033 Columbus, 486-2933 Oklahoma City. JA 5-6645 Portland, 227-3731 Harrisburg, 234-3251 Bryn Mawr, LA 5-7630 Pittsburgh. 341-0364 Nashville, 254-1928 Dallas, FL 1-5386 Houston, JA 4-8251 San Antonio, TA 4-4534 BO 00 0 * 01 Salt Lake City, 359-3751 Arlington, 525-3300 Richmond, 359-4008 Seattle. 282-8292 vt M CO Spokane. MA 4-3311 Milwaukee, BR 6-5672 Since methods end conditions of aoolication and use are beyond the control of the United States Gypsum Comoany, its warranties of FITNESS and MERCHANTABILITY as well as any other warranties, express or imotied. made m connection with the sale of these products. SHALL NOT 0E EFFECTIVE OR ACTIONABLE UNLESS the oroducts are eopfied according to United States Gypsum Company's directions and specifications. BB013 1729 r